TWM631314U - Head-mounted display system - Google Patents

Abstract

A head-mounted display system includes a head-mounted display unit having a display, a battery pack for powering the head-mounted display system, and a positioning and stabilising structure configured to hold the head-mounted display unit anterior to a user’s eyes such that the display is viewable by the user in use and configured to hold the battery pack posterior to the user’s head in use. In an embodiment, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a posterior support portion configured to engage a posterior portion of a user’s head, the posterior support portion having a parietal strap portion configured to overlie the parietal bones of the user’s head in use and an occipital strap portion configured to overlie or lie below an occipital bone of the user’s head in use. The positioning and stabilizing structure further includes a pair of lateral strap portions configured to connect between the posterior support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each configured to be located on a respective lateral side of the user’s head in use.

Description

head mounted display system

The present invention is directed to a head mounted display, and in particular to positioning and stabilization structures, user interface structures and other components for a head mounted display, related head mounted display components and systems, in particular.

The present invention relates generally to head mounted displays, positioning and stabilization structures, user interface structures and other components for head mounted displays, related head mounted display components and systems, including display units, positioning and stabilization structures, interfaces Structure and/or components and methods. The present creation finds particular application in the use of immersive reality head mounted displays and is described in this context. It should be appreciated that the present techniques may have broader application and may be used with any type of head mounted display arrangement, including but not limited to virtual reality displays, augmented reality displays and/or mixed reality displays.

Related technical description

It should be understood that if any prior art is mentioned herein, the reference does not constitute an admission that the prior art forms part of the common general knowledge in the field in Australia or any other country.

1. Immersive Technology

Immersion technology refers to technologies that attempt to replicate or enhance the physical environment by creating surrounding sensory sensations by means of digital or virtual environments, thereby generating a sense of immersion.

Specifically, immersion technologies provide users with visual immersion, creating virtual objects and/or virtual environments. Immersion technology can also provide immersion for at least one of the other five senses.

2. Virtual reality

Virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) is a three-dimensional image or environment generated by a computer and presented to a user. In other words, the environment can be completely virtual. Specifically, the user observes the electronic screen to observe virtual or computer-generated images in the virtual environment. Because the created environment is entirely virtual, users may be blocked and/or hindered from interacting with their physical environment (eg, they may not be able to hear and/or see physical objects in the physical environment they are currently in).

The electronic screen may be supported in the user's line of sight (eg, mounted to the user's head). When viewing the electronic screen, the visual feedback output by the electronic screen and observed by the user can generate a virtual environment that is intended to be analogous to the actual environment. For example, a user can look around (eg, 360°) by pivoting their head or their entire body, and interact with user-observable virtual objects through an electronic screen. This may provide an immersive experience to the user, wherein the virtual environment provides stimulation to at least one of the user's five senses and replaces the corresponding stimulation of the physical environment when the user uses the VR device. Typically, stimulation involves at least the user's vision (ie, because they are viewing an electronic screen), but may also include other senses. These electronic screens are typically mounted to the user's head so that they can be positioned near the user's eyes, which allows the user to easily view the virtual environment.

VR devices may generate other forms of feedback in addition to or in addition to visual feedback. For example, the VR device may include and/or be connected to speakers to provide audible feedback. The VR device may also include haptic feedback (eg, in the form of haptic responses), which may correspond to visual and/or auditory feedback. This can create a more immersive virtual environment as the user receives stimuli corresponding to more than one user's feelings.

When using a VR device, the user may wish to limit blocking of surrounding stimuli. For example, a user may wish to avoid seeing and/or hearing the surrounding environment in order to better handle stimuli from the VR device in the virtual environment. Thus, the VR device can limit and/or prevent the user's eyes from receiving ambient light. In some examples, this may be accomplished by providing a seal against the user's face. In some examples, the shield may be positioned in close proximity to (eg, in contact or in close contact with) the user's face, but may not seal against the user's face. In either example, ambient light may not reach the user's eyes, so that the only light observable to the user is from the electronic screen.

In other examples, the VR device may limit and/or prevent the user's ears from hearing ambient noise. In some examples, this may be accomplished by providing the user with a headset (eg, a noise-cancelling headset) that can output sound from the VR device and/or limit the user's ability to learn from their physical environment hear noise. In some examples, the VR device may output sounds at a volume sufficient to limit the user's hearing of ambient noise.

In any example, the user may not want to become overstimulated (eg, by both their physical and virtual environments). Thus, blocking and/or confining the environment to stimulate the user helps the user to focus on the virtual environment without possible distractions from the environment.

The different types of VR devices are described below. Typically, a single VR device can include at least two different categories. For example, VR devices can be classified by their portability and by how the display unit is coupled to the rest of the interface. These classifications may be independent, such that classification in one group (eg, portability of units) is not pre-determined to classification in another group. There may also be additional categories for classifying VR devices, which are not explicitly listed below.

2.1 Portability

2.1.1 Fixed unit

In some forms, the VR device may be used in conjunction with a stand-alone device, such as a computer or video game console. This type of VR equipment can be stationary because it does not have a computer or video game cannot be used in the case of a video game console, and therefore the location where it can be used is limited (eg, by the location of a computer or video game console).

Because the VR device can be used in conjunction with a computer or an AV game console, the VR device can be connected to a computer or an AV game console. For example, wires can tie two systems together. This can further "fix" the position of the VR device, as the user wearing the VR device cannot move farther than the length of the wire from the computer or video game console. In other examples, the VR device may be connected wirelessly (eg, via Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, etc.), but may still be relatively fixed by the strength of the wireless signal.

A connection to a computer or video game console can provide control functions to the VR device. These controls may be communicated (ie, through wired connections or wirelessly) to illustrate operation of the VR device. In the example of a fixed-unit VR device, these controls may be necessary to operate the display screen, and the VR device may not be operable without a connection to a computer or video game console.

In some forms, a computer or video game console can provide power to the VR device so that the user does not need to support a battery on their head. This can make the VR device more comfortable to wear because the user does not need to support the weight of the battery.

The user may also receive output from a computer or video game console, at least in part, through the VR device rather than through a television or monitor that can be used while using the computer or video game console (eg, to play video games) provide users with a more immersive experience. In other words, the display output of the VR device can be substantially the same as the output of a computer monitor or TV. Some of the controllers and/or sensors necessary to output these images can be housed in a computer or video game console, which can further reduce the weight a user needs to support on their body.

In some forms, the motion sensor may be located remotely from the VR device and connected to a computer or video game console. For example, at least one camera may face the user in order to track the movement of the user's head. Before transferring to the VR device, it can be done by a computer or an audio-visual game console. Processing of recorded data. While this speaks to the weight savings of VR devices, it can also further limit where VR devices can be used. In other words, the VR device must be within the camera's line of sight.

2.1.2 Portable Units

In some forms, the VR device may be a self-contained unit that includes a power source and sensors so that the VR device does not need to be connected to a computer or video game console. This provides users with more freedom of use and movement. For example, the user is not limited to using the VR device near a computer or video game console, and can use the VR device outdoors or in other environments that do not include a computer or television.

Because the VR device is not connected to a computer or video game console in use, the VR device needs to support all the necessary electronic components. This includes batteries, sensors and processors. These parts add to the weight of the VR device that users must support on their body. Proper weight distribution may be required so that the added weight does not increase discomfort for the user wearing the VR device.

In some forms, the electronics of the VR device are contained in a single housing that, in use, can be positioned directly in front of the user's face. This configuration may be referred to as a "brick". In this configuration, the center of gravity of the VR device without positioning and stabilizing structures is directly in front of the user's face. In order to resist the moment produced by gravity, the positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the brick structure must provide a force directed against the user's face, such as the force produced by tension in the headgear straps. While brick structures may be beneficial for manufacturing (eg, because all electronic components are in close proximity) and may allow for interchangeability of positioning and stabilizing structures (eg, because they do not include electrical connections), maintaining the position of the VR device requires The force (eg, tension in the headgear) may be uncomfortable for the user. Specifically, VR devices may be embedded in the user's face, causing irritation and markings on the user's skin. When a user's head receives force from the display housing on his face and from the headgear on the back of his head, the combination of forces can feel like "clamping". This makes it less likely that the user will be wearing a VR device.

Since VR and other mixed reality devices can be used in ways that involve vigorous movement of the user's head and/or their entire body (eg, during gaming), there may be a tendency to disrupt the position of the device on the user's head Significant force/moment. Simply forcing the device tighter against the user's head to withstand large disruptive forces may not be acceptable as it may be uncomfortable to the user or become uncomfortable only after a short period of time.

In some forms, the electronic components may be spaced throughout the VR device rather than entirely in front of the user's face. For example, some electrical components (eg, batteries) may be arranged on the positioning and stabilizing structures, especially on the rear contacts. In this way, the weight of the battery (or other electronic components) can generate a moment in the opposite direction of the moment generated by the rest of the VR device (eg, the display). Therefore, the positioning and stabilizing structure may be sufficient to apply lower gripping forces, which in turn result in lower forces on the user's face (eg, fewer markings on their skin). However, in some such existing devices, cleaning and/or replacing the positioning and stabilizing structures may be more difficult due to the electrical connections.

In some forms, spacing the electronic components apart may involve positioning some of the electronic components separately from the rest of the VR device. For example, the battery and/or processor may be electrically connected but carried separately from the rest of the VR device. Unlike the "fixed unit" described above, the battery and/or processor, as well as the rest of the VR device, can be portable. For example, the battery and/or processor may be carried on the user's belt or in the user's pocket. This may provide the benefit of reducing the weight of the user's head, but will not provide an offsetting moment. The tension provided by the positioning and stabilizing structure can still be less than the "brick" configuration because the overall weight supported by the head is less.

2.2 Display connection

2.2.1 Integrated Display Screen

In some forms, the display screen is an integral part of the VR device and generally cannot be detached or removed from the rest of the VR device.

The display screen can be fixed within the housing and protected from damage. For example, the display screen can be completely covered by the case, which can reduce the occurrence of scratches. Additionally, integrating the display with the rest of the VR device eliminates the occurrence of lost displays.

In these forms, the display screen is used purely as an immersive technology display. The vast majority of "fixed units" will include integrated display screens. A "portable" may include an integrated display screen, or may include a removable display screen (as described later).

2.2.2 Movable Display Screen

In some forms, the display screen is a separate structure that can be removed from the VR device and used alone.

In some forms, a portable electronic device (eg, a cellular phone) can be selectively inserted into the housing of the VR device. Portable electronic devices may include most or all of the sensors and/or processors, and may create virtual environments through downloadable applications.

Implantable electronic devices are generally lightweight and may not require positioning and stabilizing structures to apply large forces to the user's head.

3. Augmented Reality

In some forms, augmented reality (AR) is a computer-generated three-dimensional image or environment presented to a user.

While similar to Virtual Reality (VR), AR differs in that the user's physical environment is combined to view a virtual environment created at least in part by an electronic screen. In other words, AR creates virtual objects to alter and/or enhance a user's physical environment with elements of the virtual environment. The result of AR is a combined environment that includes physical and virtual objects, and is therefore a physical and virtual environment.

For example, images created by electronic screens can be superimposed on the user's physical environment. Only a portion of the AR composition environment presented to the user includes virtual ones. Therefore, users may wish to It is desirable to continue to receive environmental stimuli from their physical environment (eg, to continue to observe physical or non-virtual components of the combined environment) while using the AR device.

Since AR can be used with the user's physical environment, the AR device may not be electrically connected or otherwise tethered to a computer or video game console. Alternatively, the AR device may include a battery or other power source. This provides users with maximum freedom of movement, allowing them to explore various physical environments while using the AR device.

This key difference between VR and AR could lead to different types of wearable electronic screens. As mentioned above, the user of the VR device may wish to block ambient light, so the housing of the electronic screen may be opaque in order to limit or prevent ambient light from reaching the user. However, users of AR devices may wish to see a virtual environment mixed with their actual environment. An electronic screen in an AR device may similarly be supported in front of a user's eyes, but the screen in an AR device may be transparent or translucent, and the screen may not be supported by an opaque housing (or the opaque material may not substantially obstruct the user's view) ). This may allow the user to continue to receive ambient stimuli with the virtual environment simultaneously present. Although users can see their real world environment through a transparent screen, some VR devices that do not have a transparent screen can obtain a real-time view of the user's real world environment from the user's point of view (eg, using a camera on the display housing). Audio and video and display it on the display screen to configure for AR.

Additionally, people using AR devices may be more mobile than people using VR devices (eg, because AR users can see their physical environment and/or are not linked to a computer or video game console). Therefore, a person using an AR device may wish to wear the device for an extended period of time while also moving around (eg, walking, running, biking, etc.). Including components such as batteries on an AR device may make the AR device uncomfortable for the user's head and/or neck, and may prevent the user from wearing the AR device for extended periods of time.

4. Mixed Reality

Mixed Reality (MR) is similar to AR, but can be more immersive because MR devices can provide users with more ways to interact with virtual objects or environments than AR devices. Virtual reality in MR can also overlap and/or blend with the user's physical environment. Unlike AR, however, users are able to interact with a similar virtual environment that occurs in VR. In other words, while AR can present only computer-generated images of the physical environment, MR can present the same or similar computer-generated images to the user, but allow interaction with the images in the physical environment (e.g., "grab" using hands Virtually generated objects). Therefore, the virtual environment can be further integrated with the physical environment, so that the combined environment better reproduces the actual environment.

5. Head-mounted display interface

Head-mounted display interfaces enable users to have an immersive experience in virtual environments and have wide-ranging applications in fields such as communications, training, medical and surgical procedures, engineering, and video games.

Different HMD interfaces can each provide different levels of immersion. For example, some head mounted display interfaces may provide a user with an overall immersive experience. An example of a total immersive experience is virtual reality (VR). Head-mounted display interfaces can also provide partial immersion consistent with using AR devices.

A VR head mounted display interface is typically provided as a system comprising a display unit arranged to remain in an operating position in front of the user's face. The display unit typically includes: a housing that contains the display; and a user interface structure that is constructed and arranged in opposing relation to the user's face. A user interface structure may extend around the display and define, in conjunction with the housing, a viewing opening to the display. The user interface structure may be face-engaging and include padding for user comfort and/or be light-tight to block ambient light from the display. The head mounted display system further includes a positioning and stabilizing structure arranged on the user's head to maintain the display unit in place.

Other HMD interfaces can provide a sub-full immersion experience. In other words, users can experience elements of their physical environment as well as their virtual environment. Examples of fully immersive experiences are Augmented Reality (AR) and Mixed Reality (MR).

AR/VR head mounted display interfaces are also typically provided as systems comprising a display unit arranged to remain in an operating position in front of the user's face. Likewise, a display unit typically includes: a housing that contains the display; and a user interface structure that is constructed and arranged in opposing relation to the user's face. A head mounted display system for AR and/or MR head mounted displays is also similar to VR in that it further includes a positioning and stabilizing structure that is arranged on the user's head to hold the display unit in place. However, AR and/or MR head-mounted displays do not include a gasket that completely seals the ambient light from the display, as these sub-fully immersive experiences require elements of the physical environment. Conversely, enhanced and/or hybrid head mounted displays allow the user to see the physical environment combined with the virtual environment.

In any type of immersion technology, it is important that the head mounted display interface is comfortable in order to allow the user to wear the head mounted display for extended periods of time. Additionally, it is important that the display is capable of providing altered images with altered positions and/or orientations of the user's head in order to create a partially or fully virtual environment that resembles or reproduces a fully physical environment.

5.1 Interface Structure

The head mounted display may include a user interface structure. Since it is in direct contact with the user's face, the shape and configuration of the interface face has a direct impact on the effectiveness and comfort of the display unit.

The design of the user interface structure presents many challenges. The face has complex three-dimensional shapes. The size and shape of the nose and head vary widely between individuals. Because the head includes bone, cartilage, and soft tissue, different areas of the face respond differently to mechanical forces.

One type of interface structure extends around the perimeter of the display unit and is intended to seal against the user's face when force is applied to the user interface, wherein the interface structure is in face-to-face engagement with the user's face. The interface structure may include a liner made of polyurethane (PU). With this type of interface structure, there may be a gap between the interface structure and the face, and additional force may be required to force the display unit against the face in order to achieve the desired contact.

Areas not occupied by the user interface at all may allow a gap to form between the facial interface and the user's face through which undesired light pollution can enter the display unit (eg, especially when using virtual reality). Light pollution or "light leaks" can reduce the effectiveness and fun of the user's overall immersion experience. Furthermore, previous systems can be difficult to adjust to be able to apply to various head sizes. Still further, display units and associated stabilizing structures can often be relatively heavy and can be difficult to clean, which can thus further limit the comfort and usability of the system.

Another type of interface structure incorporates a sheet seal of thin material on a portion of the perimeter of the display unit to provide a seal against the user's face. As with previous interface structures, if the face does not fit well with the interface structure, additional force may be required to achieve the seal, or light may leak into the display unit during use. Furthermore, if the shape of the interface structure does not match the shape of the user, it may wrinkle or bend in use, resulting in undesired light transmission.

The user interface can be partially characterized according to the design intent of where the interface structure engages the face in use. Some interface structures may be limited to engagement with regions of the user's face that protrude beyond the arc of curvature of the face-engaging surface of the interface structure. These areas may typically include the user's forehead and cheekbones. This can lead to discomfort for the user at the localized pressure point. Other facial regions may not be engaged by the interface structure at all, or may only be engaged in a negligible manner, which may not be sufficient to increase the translation distance of the clamping pressure. These areas may typically include the sides of the user's face, or the area adjacent to and surrounding the user's nose. between the shape of the user's face and the structure of the interface To the extent of the mismatch, it is advantageous that the interface structure or related components are adapted to form appropriate contacts or other relationships.

5.2 Positioning and stabilization

In order to maintain the display unit in its correct operating position, the head mounted display system further comprises positioning and stabilizing structures arranged on the user's head. These structures may be responsible for providing a force that opposes the gravity of the head mounted display and/or interface structure. In the past, these structures were formed from expandable rigid structures that were typically applied to the head under tension to hold the display unit in its operative position. Such systems tend to apply clamping pressure on the user's face, which can cause discomfort to the user at localized pressure points. Also, previous systems can be difficult to adjust to achieve a wide range of head sizes. Additionally, display units and associated stable structures are often heavy and difficult to clean, further limiting the comfort and usability of the system.

Certain other head mounted display systems may not be functionally applicable in this field. For example, positioning and stabilizing structures designed for decorative and visual aesthetics may not have the structural ability to maintain appropriate pressure around the face. For example, too much clamping pressure may cause discomfort to the user, or alternatively, insufficient clamping pressure on the user's face may not effectively seal the display from ambient light.

Certain other head mounted display systems may be uncomfortable or impractical with the present technology. For example, if the system is used for extended periods of time.

Due to these challenges, some head-mounted displays face one or more of the following problems: obtrusive, unattractive, expensive, disproportionate, difficult to use, and inconvenient, especially when worn for extended periods of time or when the user is unfamiliar with the system Comfortable. Wrongly sized positioning and stabilizing structures can result in reduced comfort, which in turn shortens the life cycle.

Thus, the interface face of the user interface for a fully immersive experience of the virtual environment is subjected to forces corresponding to the user's movements during the experience.

5.3 Materials

Materials for the head mounted display assembly include: dense foam for the contacts in the interface structure, rigid housing for the housing, and positioning and stabilizing structures formed from rigid plastic clamping structures. These materials have various disadvantages, including not allowing the skin covered by the material to breathe, being inflexible, difficult to clean and prone to accumulation of bacteria. As a result, products made from such materials can be uncomfortable to wear for extended periods of time, causing skin irritation in some individuals and limiting the application of the product.

This application claims the benefit of: Australian Application No. 2020900953, filed March 27, 2020, US Application No. 16/865,480, May 4, 2020, US Application No. May 4, 2020 .16/865,526, Australian Application No. 2020901432 filed on 5 May 2020, Australian Application No. 2020901437 filed on 6 May 2020, Australian Application No. 2020902514 filed on 20 July 2020, Australian Application No. 2020903055 filed on 26 August 2020, Australian Application No. 2020903112 filed on 31 August 2020, Australian Application No. 2020903395 filed on 22 September 2020, in September 2020 Australian Application No. 2020903502 filed on 29, Australian Application No. 2020903638 filed on October 7, 2020, PCT Application No. PCT/AU2020/051081 filed on October 8, 2020, on October 26, 2020 Australian Application No. 2020903876 filed on 28 October 2020, PCT Application No. PCT/AU2020/051158 filed on 28 October 2020, Australian Application No. 2020904664 filed on 15 December 2020, 24 December 2020 Australian Application No. 2020904849 filed, Australian Application No. 2021900871 filed March 24, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

The present technology may relate to providing positioning and stabilizing structures for support, stabilization, mounting, utilization and/or securing of head mounted displays with one of improved comfort, cost, efficacy, ease of use and manufacturability one or more.

A first aspect of the present technology relates to an apparatus for supporting, stabilizing, mounting, utilizing and/or securing a head mounted display.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to methods for use in supporting, stabilizing, mounting, utilizing and/or securing head mounted displays.

1. A head mounted display system having side strap portions and parietal and occipital strap portions

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system including: a head mounted display unit including a display; a battery pack for powering the head mounted display system; a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to attach the head mounted display The type display unit is held in front of the user's eyes so that the display is viewable by the user in use, and is configured to hold the battery pack behind the user's head in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes: a rear support portion, which Configured for engaging a rear portion of a user's head, the rear support includes a parietal strap portion configured to cover, in use, a parietal bone of the user's head and an occipital or occipital bone that is configured to cover, in use, a user's head. an occipital strap portion below the occiput; a pair of side strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to, in use, be positioned on a respective side of the user's head superior.

In some examples, the head mounted display system includes a top strap portion configured to cover an upper portion of a user's head in use. In some examples, the top strap portion is configured to connect between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit.

1.1 Parietal Bone Banding Department

In the example: (a) the position of the parietal strap portion is movable in an anterior and posterior direction relative to the top strap portion; (b) the angle between the parietal strap portion and the occipital strap portion is adjustable by the user; ( c) the parietal strap portion is positioned below the top strap portion; (d) the top strap portion passes through a buckle connected to the parietal strap portion, the buckle being configured to limit lateral movement of the top strap portion; and/or (e) The buckle is in use in the sagittal plane of the user's head.

1.2 Top strap part

In a further example: (a) the top strap portion is connected to the occipital strap portion; (b) the length of the top strap portion between the head mounted display unit and the battery is adjustable; (c) the top strap The strap portion is connected to the head mounted display unit through eyelets, looped back and secured to itself, and the eyelets are connected to the head mounted display unit; (d) the outer layer of the top strap portion is configured to pass through the eyelets and loop back and secure to the head mounted display unit. on itself; (e) the user-facing layer does not pass through the eyelets; (f) the top strap portion includes a fabric user-facing layer, a fabric outer layer, and a substantially inextensible layer between the user-facing layer and the outer layer; (g) the top the user-facing layer of the strap portion is configured to pass through the eyelet and loop back and secure to itself; (h) the top strap portion is substantially inextensible; (i) the top strap portion comprises a layered construction; ( j) the top strap portion includes a substantially inextensible layer; (k) the front end of the substantially inextensible layer is spaced from the head mounted display unit along the length of the top strap portion; (l) the top strap portion includes a fabric facing a user layer; (m) the top strap portion includes a fabric outer layer; (n) the top strap portion includes a power cable that connects the battery pack to the head mounted display unit to provide power from the battery to the head mounted display unit in use (o) the power cable is inside the top strap portion; (p) the power cable is user insertable through the interior of the top strap portion; and/or (q) the power cable is insertable through the top strap The portion is located between the substantially inextensible layer and the outer fabric layer.

1.3 Front and rear of the top strap

In a further example: (a) the top strap portion includes a front portion and a rear portion, the rear portion is configured to engage the user's head in use, and the front portion is configured to not engage the user's head in use; (b) the top strap portion includes a shape with a bend between the back of the top strap portion and the front of the top strap portion; (c) the top strap portion is shaped to follow a user in the back of the top strap portion (d) the top strap portion is stiffened to support the front in spaced relation to the user's head in use (e) the front portion of the top strap portion is bent downward toward the head mounted display unit; (f) the front portion of the top strap portion extends in a partially upward direction from the rear portion of the top strap portion; (g) the top strap portion The front portion of the strap portion is connected to the rear portion of the top strap portion at the front end of the rear portion, the front end of the rear portion being positioned behind the edge region of the user's head; (h) the front end of the rear portion of the top strap portion is positioned, in use, at the edge of the user's head. Posterior of the frontal bone; (i) the leading end of the posterior portion of the top strap portion is located near the coronal plane of the user in use, the coronal plane being aligned with the user's supra-ear base; (j) the leading end of the posterior portion of the top strap portion is at in use rearward of the coronal plane; and/or (k) the front end of the posterior portion of the top strap portion in use adjacent to the parietal strap portion.

1.4 Battery pack

In further examples: (a) the battery pack is attached to the top strap portion in the upper and lower positions; (b) the battery pack is removably attached to the top strap portion; (c) the battery pack is attached to the top strap portion by a hook and loop connection The top strap portion; (d) the inferior position is at or near the occipital strap portion; (e) the inferior position is spaced from the occipital strap portion to allow the top strap portion to be in contact with the occipital strap portion in the inferior position (f) the battery pack is connected to the top strap portion on the upper side of the battery pack and to the occipital strap portion on the lower side of the battery pack; (g) the battery pack is connected to the occipital strap portion through the lower battery pack strap portion (h) the battery pack includes a battery pack housing and a plurality of battery cells housed within the housing; (i) the battery cells are equidistantly spaced in the battery pack housing from the front wall of the battery pack housing; (j) one of the plurality of battery cells is further away from the front wall of the battery case than the other or more battery cells; (k) each of the plurality of battery cells is spaced from the front wall of the battery case; (l) The battery pack housing contains counterweights configured to facilitate weight balance between the battery pack and the head-mounted display unit; (m) the battery pack housing is spaced from the rear surface of the user's head; and/or ( n) head mounted display system including configuration to A pad contacts the back surface of the user's head, and the battery pack case is separated from the back surface of the user's head by the pad.

1.4.1 Vertically Oriented Battery Pack

In a further example: (a) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to maintain the battery pack in a vertical orientation in use; (b) the battery pack has a length, a width and a depth, the length being greater than the width and depth; (c) the positioning and the stabilizing structure configured for maintaining the battery pack in an orientation in which the length of the battery pack is aligned substantially vertically in use; and/or (d) in use, the length of the battery pack is substantially the same as the length of the battery pack The sagittal plane of the user's head is aligned.

1.4.2 Horizontally oriented battery pack

In further examples: (a) the parietal strap portion is configured to cover the area of the user's head at or near the junction between the parietal and occipital bones in use; (b) the parietal strap portion and the side strap portion are configured to lie in a common plane in use; (c) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to maintain the battery pack in a horizontal orientation in use; (d) the battery pack has a length, a width and a depth, the length being greater than the width and depth ; (e) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured for maintaining the battery pack in an orientation in which the length of the battery pack is substantially horizontally aligned in use; (f) the length of the battery pack is substantially horizontally aligned in use The parietal strap portions are aligned in parallel; and/or (g) the battery pack is connected to the parietal strap portion.

1.5 Example of additional battery pack

In a further example: (a) the battery pack is supported by the top strap portion and/or the parietal strap portion; (b) the head mounted display system comprises between the battery pack and the occipital strap portion in use on the user's head (c) the head-mounted display system is configured to allow the user's hair to pass through the opening; (d) the occipital strap portion is formed in two parts, each in use on respective sides of the sagittal plane of the user's head; (e) the two parts of the occipital strap are releasably attachable to each other at a pair of connections, each connection point being provided to the occipital strap two parts of the belt (f) when the two parts of the occipital strap are connected to each other, each connection point in use is at or near the sagittal plane of the user's head; (g) in use, when the occipital strap is When the two parts of the strap are connected to each other, the connection points are spaced laterally in the sagittal plane; (h) the head-mounted display system includes two battery packs, each supported on the two parts of the occipital strap (i) the battery pack is spaced apart in use to allow the two parts of the occipital strap portion to connect to each other in use at or near the sagittal plane of the user's head; (j) the occipital strap The strap is formed in two parts, each part in use being located on a respective side of the sagittal plane of the user's head, wherein the two parts of the occipital strap part are not connected to each other in use, wherein the occipital strap part The medial ends of the two parts are spaced apart from each other and in use are each laterally spaced from the sagittal plane; (k) the head mounted display system includes two battery packs, each battery pack provided to the occipital tie on a respective one of the two portions of the strap; (l) a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to, in use, retain the battery pack in a position covering the occiput of the user's head; and/or (m) positioning and stabilizing The structure is configured to retain the battery pack in a position adjacent to the occiput of the user's head and in a position at or adjacent to the vertical axis of rotation of the user's head.

1.6 Retractable power cable

In a further example: (a) a portion of the power cable is located within the battery pack and can be extended from and retracted into the battery pack; (b) one or more layers of the top strap portion are located partially within the battery pack (c) the outer layer of the top strap portion is located within the battery pack and is capable of extending and retracting from the battery pack with the power cable into and out of the battery pack; In the battery pack; (d) the substantially inextensible layer of the top strap portion is located within the battery pack and can be extended and retracted from the battery pack together with the power cable into the battery pack; (e) the user of the top strap portion A contact layer is located between the battery pack and the user's head; (f) the portion of the power cable located within the battery pack and the top strap portion one or more layers partially within the battery pack form a retractable top strap portion The retractable portion can be extended from and retracted into the battery pack to adjust the top the length of the strap portion between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit; (g) the retractable portion is selectively movable relative to the battery pack between a plurality of predetermined positions where the retractable portion is retractable The position of the return portion can be fixed relative to the battery pack; and/or (h) the retractable portion can be continuously moved relative to the battery pack within a range of positions.

1.7 Arm

In a further example: a head mounted display unit comprising: a display unit housing and a pair of arms extending from the display unit housing, side strap portions are each connected to a corresponding one of the arms; each side strap each side strap portion is passed through an eyelet at the rear end of the corresponding arm and fastened back to itself; each side strap portion is close to The front end of the arm is attached to a respective one of the pair of arms; each side strap portion is passed through an eyelet at or near the rear end of the respective arm and through an aperture near the front end of the arm and fastened to the arm each side strap portion is fastened to the lateral side of the arm; each side strap portion is fastened to its own exposed portion within the arm; the eyelet at or near the rear end of the arm is partially open so that Allows the strap to move in/out of the eyelet in a lateral direction relative to the strap; each arm is covered in the sock and each side strap portion is fastened to the sock; each arm includes a substantially rigid overmolded to the fabric portion and/or each of the pair of arms is pivotable relative to the display unit housing.

1.8 Adjusting rigid parts

In a further example: The positioning and stabilizing structure further includes an adjustment rigid member including a substantially inextensible member configured to connect to the occipital strap portion, the adjustment rigid member configured to reduce the length of the occipital strap portion; the occipital strap portion includes three or more occipital strap attachment points, the adjustment rigidity is selectively attachable to a first pair of occipital strap attachment points and attachable to a second pair of occipital strap attachment points, wherein when the adjustment rigidity The occipital strap portion has a first effective length when the member is connected to the first pair of occipital strap attachment points, and wherein the occipital strap portion has a first effective length when the adjustment rigid member is attached to the second pair of occipital strap attachment points a second effective length with a longer effective length; when the adjusting rigid part is connected to the connection points of the first pair of occipital straps, the adjusting rigid part constrains the occipital strap part to the first effective length; the adjusting rigid part comprises a pair of adjusting rigid parts The connecting point of the adjustment rigid piece is configured to be connected to the connecting point of the occipital bone strap; the occipital bone strap part includes four connecting points of the occipital bone strap; the middle; the occipital strap portion includes a left portion separated from the right portion, and the adjustment rigid part is configured for connecting the left and right parts; the adjustment rigid part includes an intermediate rigid part and a pair of lateral rigid parts extending laterally from the intermediate rigid part, the adjustment rigid connection point is located on the transverse rigid portion; the adjustment rigid connection point is located on the transverse rigid portion; the intermediate rigid portion is configured, in use, to be located at the junction between covering the user's occipital bone and covering the user's parietal bone; the intermediate rigid portion is configured to located on the user's head, at or near the user's frontal bone, overlying the junction between the user's parietal bones and attached to the occipital strap portion; adjusting the rigidizer to form the top strap portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure a part; The adjustment stiffener forms a substantially inextensible layer of the top strap portion; the adjustment stiffener is permanently attached within the top strap portion; the adjustment stiffener is permanently attached to the user facing layer of the top strap portion; the battery pack is configured as connected to the adjustment rigid part; the power cable is in use between the adjustment rigid part and the outer layer of the top strap part; the power cable can be inserted between the adjustment rigid part and the outer layer of the top strap part; the adjustment rigid part and the top strap part The user-facing layer of the device is detachable; the adjustment rigidizer is insertable between the user-facing layer and the outer layer of the top strap portion; the adjustment rigidizer is configured to be attached to the user-facing layer; the adjustment rigidizer includes hook material, The hook material is configured to form a hook and loop connection to the user facing layer of the top strap portion; the power cable is permanently attached to the adjustment rigid; the battery pack is permanently attached to the adjustment rigid; the adjustment rigid is included in a pair of an undercut between the lateral rigid portions that allows the adjustment rigid to flex at or near the junction of the lateral rigid portion and the intermediate rigid portion; adjusting the rigid includes proximate the lateral rigid on opposite sides of the intermediate rigid portion and/or the user-facing layer of the top strap portion includes a cutout that corresponds to (eg, aligns with) the lower cutout in the adjustment stiffener.

3.1.9 Lockable and extendable connections

In a further example: the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a first strap portion and a second strap portion connected by a lockable extendable connection comprising: an elastically extensible connector strap portion configured to allow the first strap portion to be spaced apart from the second strap portion by a predetermined amount; and a substantially inextensible connector strap portion configured for use in The first strap portion is releasably attached to the second strap portion to prevent separation of the first strap portion from the second strap portion.

the substantially inextensible connector strap portion is adjustable in length; the substantially inextensible connector strap portion includes a magnetic clip configured to magnetically attach to a connection point on the positioning and stabilizing structure; The positioning and stabilizing structure includes a lockable extendable connection in each side strap portion; each lockable extendable connection is located at an arm extending rearwardly from the head mounted display unit; each lockable extendable connection is located at Near the junction between each of the side, parietal, and occipital strap portions; and/or the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a lockable, extendable connection in the occipital strap portion.

1.10 Power Cable Tie Section

In a further example: the head mounted display system includes a power cable connected between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit; the power cable may be located in the top strap portion in use; the power cable may be located in the top strap in use The power cable is attached to the power cable strap portion near the head mounted display unit; the power cable strap portion is extendable in length, and the serpentine portion of the power cable is such that the power cable of the power cable is tied A serpentine pattern in which the strap portion and the serpentine portion extend in length is attached to the power cable tie portion; and/or the power cable is attached to the parietal tie portion.

1.11 Rigid parietal and/or occipital straps

In a further example: The parietal strap portion includes a layered construction; the parietal strap portion is substantially inextensible; the parietal strap portion includes a user contact layer and a substantially inextensible layer; the user contact layer of the parietal strap portion is formed of a textile material; the parietal strap portion the front end of the substantially inextensible layer of the strap portion is at or near the junction between the parietal strap portion and the occipital strap portion; the occipital strap portion includes a layered construction; the occipital strap portion is substantially inextensible; the occipital strap portion The strap portion includes a user contact layer and a substantially inextensible layer; the user contact layer of the occipital strap portion is formed of a textile material; the front end of the substantially inextensible layer of the occipital strap portion is located at or near the parietal and occipital strap portions and/or the substantially inextensible layer of the parietal strap portion is connected to the substantially inextensible layer of the occipital strap portion.

2. Lockable and extendable connector

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a positioning and stabilizing structure configured for maintaining, in use, a head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising: a rear support a pair of side strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to be positioned on the user's head in use The first strap portion and the second strap portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure are connected by a lockable and extensible connection portion, and the lockable and extensible connection portion includes: an elastically extensible connector strap portion configured to allow the first strap portion to be spaced apart from the second strap portion by a predetermined amount; and a substantially inextensible connector strap portion configured for use in The first strap portion is releasably attached to the second strap portion to prevent separation of the first strap portion from the second strap portion.

In an example: the substantially inextensible connector strap portion is adjustable in length; the substantially inextensible connector strap portion includes a magnetic clip configured to magnetically attach to the positioning and stabilizing structure on the attachment point; the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a lockable extensible connection in each side strap portion; each lockable extensible connection is located at an arm extending rearwardly from the head mounted display unit; the rear support includes a configuration for a parietal strap portion covering the parietal bone of the user's head in use and an occipital strap portion configured to cover, in use, the occipital bone of the user's head or below the occipital bone of the user's head; each lockable extendable connection is located at Near the junction between each side strap portion, parietal strap portion, and occipital strap portion; the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a lockable extendable connection in the occipital strap portion; the occipital strap portion includes a lateral occipital strap portion A strap portion and at least one medial occipital strap portion configured to connect to the lateral occipital strap portion, the medial occipital strap portion forming a substantially inextensible strap portion, the elastically extensible connector strap portion attached to the medial occipital strap portion between the strap portion and the lateral occipital strap portion; the elastically extendable connector strap portion is connected between the lateral occipital strap portion and the junction between the middle occipital strap portion and the parietal strap portion; positioning and stabilization The structure includes a lockable extendable portion in at least one of the side strap portions; and/or a resiliently extensible connector strap portion configured to connect in the arm of the head mounted display unit and the pair of side strap portions The side strap portions form a substantially inextensible connector strap portion between one of the ligaments and the junction between the parietal strap portions.

3. Front and rear of the top strap

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a positioning and stabilizing structure configured for maintaining, in use, a head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising: a rear support a pair of side strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to be positioned on the user's head in use and a top strap portion configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, the top strap portion being configured to cover, in use, an upper portion of the user's head; wherein the top strap portion Comprising a front portion and a rear portion, the rear portion is configured to engage a user's head in use, and the front portion is configured to not engage a user's head in use.

In an example: the top strap portion includes a shape with a curve between the back of the top strap portion and the front of the top strap portion; the top strap portion is shaped to follow the shape of the user's head at the back of the top strap portion curvature and offset from the curvature of the user's head at the front of the top strap portion; the top strap portion is stiffened to support the front in spaced relation to the user's head in use; the front of the top strap portion faces downwards The head mounted display unit is bent; the front part of the top strap part extends in a partially upward direction from the front end of the rear part of the top strap part; the front part of the top strap part is connected to the rear part of the top strap part at the front end of the rear part, the rear part The front end of the top strap portion is located behind the edge area of the user's head; the front end of the rear portion of the top strap portion is located behind the user's frontal bone when in use; the front end of the rear portion of the top strap portion is located near the user's coronal plane in use. The plane is aligned with the base of each of the user's upper ears; the front end of the rear of the top strap portion is positioned behind the coronal plane in use; and/or The front end of the rear portion of the top strap portion is located closest to the top strap portion in use.

In a further example: the top strap portion is configured to connect between the head mounted display unit and a battery pack of the head mounted display system for powering the head mounted display system.

The top strap portion is adjustable in length; the top strap portion is configured to be attached to the head-mounted display unit, looped back and secured to itself through an eyelet that is attached to the display unit housing of the head-mounted display unit; the top strap The user-facing layer of the top strap portion is configured to pass through the eyelet and loop back and secure to itself, wherein the outer layer of the top strap portion does not pass through the eyelet; the top strap portion is substantially inextensible; the top strap portion includes a portion of layer construction; top strap portion includes a substantially inextensible layer; front end of the substantially inextensible layer is spaced from the head mounted display unit along the length of the top strap portion; top strap portion includes a fabric user facing layer; top strap The strap portion includes a fabric outer layer; the top strap portion includes a power cable that connects the battery pack to the head-mounted display unit to provide power from the battery to the head-mounted display unit in use; the power cable is in the top strap portion The power cable is user insertable through the interior of the top strap portion; and/or the power cable is insertable through the top strap portion, between the substantially inextensible layer and the outer fabric layer.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system comprising: a head mounted display unit including a display; a battery pack for powering the head mounted display system; A positioning and stabilizing structure according to any of the above aspects or examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure being configured to, in use, hold the head mounted display unit in an operable position, and configured to hold, in use, the battery in the position of the user's head rear.

4. Power cable management

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system including: a head mounted display unit including: a display unit housing including a display; and an interface structure constructed and arranged in an inverse relationship to a user's face and engaging the user's face; a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to hold the head mounted display unit in an operating position over the user's face in use; a battery pack for powering the head mounted display system; And the power cable, which connects the head-mounted display unit and the battery pack.

In an example: wherein the power cable enters the display unit housing outside the perimeter of the interface structure; the display unit housing includes a rear-facing side and an interface structure extending rearwardly from the rear-facing side, the rear-facing side being larger than the interface structure's perimeter, wherein the power cable enters the display unit housing through an opening in the rear-facing side; the opening is located inside the perimeter of the display unit housing; the opening is located at the perimeter of the display unit housing; the rear-facing side includes a rectangular shape, and the interface structure comprising a circular shape wherein the openings of the rear facing side are located near the corners of the rear facing side rectangular shape; the head mounted display unit comprises one or more power cable retention features configured to limit the power cable in the display positioning and/or orientation within the unit housing; The head mounted display unit includes two power cable retention features; the power cable retention feature is an annular rigid portion through which the power cable passes; wherein the positioning and stabilizing structure includes: the rear support portion includes a parietal bone configured to cover, in use, a user's head a parietal strap portion and an occipital strap portion configured to cover, in use, the occipital bone of the user's head or below the occipital bone of the user's head; a pair of side strap portions configured to connect to the rear support portion and the head-mounted display between the units, each side strap portion configured to lie on a respective side of the user's head in use; and a top strap portion configured to connect between the battery pack and the head mounted display unit, the top strap portion configured to cover, in use, an upper portion of a user's head; wherein the power cable extends from the battery pack to the head-mounted display unit along the top strap portion; wherein the power cable runs along one of the parietal strap portion and the side strap portion extending from the battery pack to the head mounted display unit; wherein the power cable is connected to the head mounted display unit at its laterally facing side; wherein the power cable extends along the occipital strap portion and one of the side strap portions; and /or wherein the power cable includes a slack configured to allow movement between the head mounted display unit and the battery pack.

5. Interface structure

A head-mounted display system comprising: a head-mounted display unit; and a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to, in use, maintain the head-mounted display unit in an operating position over a user's face, the head-mounted display type display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, wherein the interface structure includes a resilient and flexible face engaging portion having a curved cross-section, Wherein the face engaging portion includes a front portion extending on a radially outwardly rearward portion, the frontal portion being bent into a rearward portion extending on a radially inwardly rearward portion, wherein a rearwardly facing surface of the rearward portion provides a user contact surface.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure including a resilient and flexible face engaging portion having a curved cross-section wherein the face engaging portion comprises a front portion extending in a radially outward rearward direction, the front portion being bent into a rearward portion extending in a radially inward rearward direction, wherein a rearward facing surface of the rear portion provides a user contact surface.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure including a resilient and flexible face engagement having a curved cross-section portion, wherein the face engaging portion includes a front portion extending radially outward from the rear portion.

In the examples: (a) the face engaging portion is configured such that, in use, the rear portion is biased into engagement with the user's face; (b) the face engaging portion includes at least one closed loop having a closed cross-section; (c) the face engaging portion includes a first closed loop portion and a second closed loop portion; (d) the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are disposed on respective sides of the user's nose in use; (e) the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are in close proximity in use The user's cheek setting; (f) the face engaging portion is bent around itself and overlapped to provide at least one closed loop portion; (g) the face engaging portion includes a base and a ring including a ring flange, wherein the ring flange overlaps the base to provide A ring portion is provided; (h) the ring portion extends from the front position to the rear position; (i) the cross-section of the ring portion tapers between the front position and the rear position; (j) the ring portion is included between the front position and the ring flange (k) the ring flange overlaps the forward facing surface of the base; (l) the ring flange is fastened to the base; (m) the base and the ring are integrally formed as a single part; (n) the interface structure includes A light-shielding nose spanning between cheeks of the face-engaging portion, wherein the light-shielding nose comprises a nose-point extending radially and upwardly over a nose-point of the user's nose, wherein the light-shielding nose further comprises The first nasal bridge portion and the second nasal bridge portion extending in the upward direction from the nasal protuberance, the first nasal bridge portion There is a slot between the bridge portion and the second nose bridge portion, the slot extending from the rear edge of the light-shielding nose portion towards the front nose portion, and wherein the first nose bridge portion and the second nose bridge portion are configured to rest on the bridge of the user's nose in use the respective sides; (o) the interface structure includes a foam cushion, the rear portion extends over the foam cushion; (p) the face engaging portion includes a cushion support flange extending from a radially inward facing surface of the face engaging portion; (q) The foam cushion is disposed between the cushion support flange and the rear; (r) the face engaging portion includes a plurality of regions, each of the plurality of regions has a corresponding cross-sectional thickness; (s) the face engaging portion includes the forehead, Two cheeks and two sides, both of which in use are proximate to the user's sphenoid region and connect the forehead to the respective cheek; (t) the plurality of areas of the face-engaging portion includes: engaging around the face a first region extending around the inner perimeter of the face-engaging portion; a second region extending around the outer perimeter of the face-engaging portion; a third region extending around the inner perimeter of the face-engaging portion, located between the first region and the second region; in A fourth region of each cheek, defined by the first region and the third region; (u) the first region includes the rear forehead in the forehead, the rear forehead extending upward from the inner periphery of the face-engaging portion extending in the direction of the forehead; (v) the third region includes the upper forehead in the forehead, the upper forehead extending into the forehead above the center of the forehead; (w) the second region includes the upper side, Each upper side portion extends from the respective side portion toward the upper forehead; (x) the second region includes the outer peripheral forehead; (y) the first region has a greater thickness than the fourth region; (z) the fourth region region has a greater thickness than the third region; (aa) the third region has a greater thickness than the second region; (ab) the width of the first region through the forehead in an anterior-posterior direction is greater than that of the cheeks or sides width; and/or (ac) the width of the second region in the anterior-posterior direction through the forehead is greater than the width at the cheeks.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system including: a head mounted display unit; and a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to operate to hold the head mounted display unit above a user's face in use in position; The head-mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, wherein the interface structure includes a rigid support portion and a flexible and resilient face engaging portion disposed to the rigid support portion, and wherein the face The engaging portion has a curved cross-section.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged in an opposing relationship to a user's face, the interface structure including a rigid support portion and a flexible portion provided to the rigid support portion And a resilient face-engaging portion, wherein the face-engaging portion has a curved cross-section.

In the examples: (a) the face engaging portion includes a support flange and an integral face engaging flange having a face engaging surface; (b) the overlapping portion of the face engaging portion is fixed to the rigid support portion; (c) the rigid support portion includes a positioning (d) the face engaging portion includes a biasing portion configured to provide a biasing force to the face engaging portion in the direction of the user's face; (e) the biasing portion includes a spring; (f) the biasing portion is received in and/or (g) the face engaging portion includes a folded portion between the rigid support portion and the face engaging flange.

In a further example: (a) the interface structure includes a foam portion supported by a resilient and flexible face-engaging portion, wherein the foam portion provides a face-engaging surface; (b) the foam portion is permanently attached to a face-engaging flange; ( c) the foam portion is releasably attached to the face engaging flange; and/or (d) the foam padding comprises one of a fabric foam composite, flocked foam, or coarse foam.

In a further example: (a) the interface structure includes a fabric layer disposed to the elastic and flexible face-engaging portion, wherein the fabric layer provides a face-engaging surface; (b) the fabric layer is releasably attached to the face-engaging portion; and/or (c) the fabric layer is permanently attached to the face engaging portion.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system including: a head mounted display unit; and a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to, in use, maintain the head mounted display unit in an operative position over a user's face; the head mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged to interface with the user's face In a relative relationship, wherein the interface structure includes a face-engaging portion supported by a more rigid support, wherein the face-engaging portion includes a foam cushion and an elastomeric cover covering the foam cushion.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure including a face engagement supported by a more rigid support wherein the face engaging portion includes a foam pad and an elastomeric cover covering the foam pad.

In the examples: (a) the face engaging portion includes a support flange and a cushion support flange extending from the support flange; (b) a foam cushion is provided on the cushion support flange; (c) the cushion cover is releasable (d) the gasket cover is permanently attached to the interface structure; the gasket cover is integrally formed (eg, integrally formed) with the support flange and gasket support flange; (e) the gasket The pad cover does not extend around the foam pad to the pad support flange; (f) the pad support flange extends from the rigid support and is made of a more rigid material than the pad cover; (g) the pad cover is in use Extends from a position on the cushion support flange proximate to the user's face; (h) the face engaging portion includes an overlapping portion secured to the rigid support portion; (i) the cushion cover covers the foam cushion and the support flange; (j) the cushion cover The edge of the cushion cover is located adjacent to the rigid support; and/or (k) the cushion cover is attached to the rigid support.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system including: a head mounted display unit; and a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to operate to hold the head mounted display unit above a user's face in use in position; The head mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, wherein the interface structure includes a support structure and a face engaging portion integrally formed as a single part including different thicknesses to A desired level of rigidity and/or cushioning is provided at the face engaging surfaces.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure including a support structure and a face engaging portion, the face engaging portion being integral Formed to include a single piece of varying thickness to provide a desired level of rigidity and/or cushioning at the face engaging surface.

In the examples: (a) the interface structure includes a forehead, two cheeks, and two sides that, in use, are adjacent to the user's sphenoid region and connect the forehead to the respective cheeks; ( b) a tab extends from the free end of each cheek; (c) the interface structure includes a first region extending around the inner perimeter of the interface structure; (d) the interface structure includes a second region extending around the outer perimeter of the interface structure; ( e) the interface structure includes a third region extending around the inner perimeter of the interface structure, the third region is located between the first region and the second region; (f) the interface structure includes a fourth region on each cheek, the fourth region Delimited by a first region and a third region; (g) the first region includes a rear forehead of the forehead, the rear forehead extending in an upward direction from the inner periphery of the interface structure; (h) the third region includes the upper forehead in the forehead, the upper forehead extending into the forehead above the center of the forehead; (i) the second region includes upper sides, each upper side facing upward from the respective side (j) the second region includes an outer peripheral forehead; (k) the first region has a greater thickness than the fourth region; (l) the fourth region has a greater thickness than the third region; (m) the third region has a greater thickness than the second region; (n) the first region has a thickness of between 1.9 mm and 2.3 mm; (o) the first region has a thickness of about 2 mm; (p) the first region The four regions have a thickness between 1.4mm and 1.8mm; (q) the fourth region has a thickness of about 1.5mm; (r) the second region has a thickness between 0.9mm between 0.4mm and 0.8mm thickness; (s) the second region has a thickness of about 1mm; (t) the third region has a thickness of between 0.4mm and 0.8mm; (u) the third region has a thickness of about 0.7mm (v) the width of the first region through the forehead is wider than the width of the first region of the cheeks or sides; and/or (w) the width of the second region through the forehead is wider than the width of the cheeks.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system including: a head mounted display unit; and a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to operate to hold the head mounted display unit above a user's face in use in position; the head mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged to be in opposing relation to a user's face, wherein the interface structure includes a face engagement portion configured to be biased in use to be in contact with the user's face; face engagement.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head-mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure including a face-engaging portion configured to be in use is biased to engage the user's face.

In the examples: (a) only selected areas of the face-engaging portion are biased toward engaging the user's face; (b) the interface structure is shaped such that, when unloaded, the area of the face-engaging portion is not parallel to which the face-engaging portion is intended to be The angle of the surface of the engaged user's face extends toward the user; (c) the first interface portion corresponding to a typical recessed area of the user's face is shaped to bias the face-engaging flange toward engagement with the user's face; and/or ( d) The second interface portion corresponding to the typical protruding area of the user's face is shaped to avoid biasing the face engaging flange towards engagement with the user's face.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system including: a head mounted display unit; and a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to, in use, maintain the head mounted display unit in an operative position over a user's face; the head mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged to interface with the user's face In a relative relationship, the interface structure includes a chassis configured to allow airflow into the space between the interface structure and the user.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure including a chassis configured to allow airflow into the interface structure space between users.

In the illustrative examples: (a) the chassis includes at least one opening; (b) the chassis includes one or more of a side opening, an upper opening, and a lower opening; (c) the chassis includes a main chassis portion and a side chassis portion, the main chassis portion configured to extend laterally across the face of a user in use, the side chassis portions are configured to extend in a generally rearward direction; (d) the chassis includes at least one opening between the main chassis portion and each side chassis portion; ( e) the head-mounted display unit includes a display unit housing, and an air passage leading to at least one opening is provided between the interface structure and the display unit housing; (f) the chassis includes provided between the main chassis portion and each side chassis portion (g) the chassis includes one or more reinforcement members spanning between the main chassis portion and each side chassis portion; (h) the interface structure includes a face joint; and/or (i) the face joint and The chassis is one piece.

6. Frontal bone support

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system comprising: a head mounted display unit including a display; a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold the head mounted display unit on a user's head in use In the operable position on the head, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes: a rear support configured to engage the rear of the user's head; a pair of side strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, each side strap portion configured to, in use, be positioned on a corresponding side of the user's head; a frontal support portion, which is configured to, in use, engage the user's head at a location covering the frontal bone of the user's head; wherein the frontal bone support is connected to the head mounted display unit.

6.1. Frontal bone support connected to the head mounted display unit

In the example: the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a frontal connector connected between the frontal support and the head mounted display unit; the frontal connector is located substantially in the sagittal plane of the user's head; the frontal connector is formed by Formed from a flexible material; the flexible material includes a flexible non-elastic material, such as a thermoplastic material; the flexible material includes an elastic material, such as one of silicone, TPE, or an elastic fabric strap; and/or the frontal connector is formed from a substantially rigid material , such as thermoplastic materials.

6.2 Frontal Support Connected to Posterior Support

In a further example: the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a pair of lateral connectors, each connecting between a frontal support portion and a posterior support portion; the posterior support portion includes a parietal bone configured to cover the user's head in use a parietal strap portion and an occipital strap portion configured in use to cover the occipital bone of the user's head or below the occipital bone of the user's head; each side connector is attached to the respective side of the rear support portion adjacent the occipital strap portion, or connected to the respective side of the occipital strap portion; each side connector is elastically extendable; the length of the side connectors is adjustable; Each side connector is fixedly connected to the frontal support and releasably attached to the rear support; each side connector is connected to the rear support by a snap button, clip or hook and loop connection; each side connector releasably attached to the frontal support and releasably attached to the rear support; and/or each side connector releasably attached to the frontal support and fixedly connected to the rear support superior.

6.3 Frontal Bone Support Attachment to Arm

In a further example: a head mounted display unit comprising: a display unit housing and a pair of arms extending from the display unit housing, side strap portions are each connected to a corresponding one of the arms; each side strap connected to the rear end of a respective one of the pair of arms; each side strap portion is passed through an eyelet at the rear end of the respective arm and fastened back to itself; and/or the Each arm is pivotable relative to the display unit housing.

In a further example: the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a pair of side connectors, each side connector being connected between the frontal bone support and a respective one of the pair of arms; each side connector being resiliently extendable ; Side connectors are adjustable in length; each side connector is fixedly connected to the frontal support and releasably attached to a corresponding one of the arms; or a hook-and-loop connection to a respective one of the arms; each side link releasably attaches to the frontal support and to a respective one of the arms; and/or Each side connector is releasably attached to the frontal bone support and fixedly connected to a respective one of the arms.

7. Hair tie department

A positioning and stabilizing structure for a head mounted display system, the positioning and stabilizing structure being configured to hold the head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising: a rear support portion , which is configured to engage the back of a user's head; one or more front supports, the one or more front supports configured to connect, in use, the rear support and the head-mounted display unit; and The hair strap portion is positionable in use between the user's head and the hair descending from the back of the user's head.

In an example: the one or more front supports include a pair of side strap portions connecting the rear support portion to the head mounted display unit; the hair strap portion includes a pair of end portions connected to respective sides of the rear support portion; Each end of the hair strap portion is in use proximate the Frankfurt level of the user's head; the hair strap portion is removably attached to the rear support at one or both ends; the hair strap portion includes a left strap portion and the right strap portion to which it is removably attached; the left strap portion is removably attached to the right strap portion in use near the sagittal plane of the user's head; the hair strap portion is elastically extendable the hair strap portion is substantially inextensible; the rear support portion includes a parietal strap portion configured to cover the parietal bone of the user's head in use and an occipital bone configured to cover the user's head in use or located on the user's head the occipital strap portion below the occipital bone; the hair strap portion is connected to the occipital strap portion in use; and/or The hair strap portion is attached to the occipital strap portion near the end of the occipital strap portion.

8. Inward-biased interface structure

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure including a chassis including a main chassis portion and a side chassis the main chassis part is configured to extend laterally across the face of the user in use, the side chassis parts are configured to extend in a generally rearward direction; contact the user's face in the middle; wherein each of the side chassis portions is biased medially toward the user's head to bias the face-engaging portion at or near the user's sphenoid on each side of the user's head to be in contact with the user's head. User head contact.

In the examples: the chassis is flexible, allowing the side chassis portions to be deployed laterally in use by the user's head into the deployed configuration and to be centrally biased towards the undeployed configuration; the side chassis portions are flexible so as to relative to the main The chassis portion flexes or pivots to allow the side chassis portion to be deployed laterally in use by the user's head into the deployed configuration and to be centrally biased towards the undeployed configuration; the side chassis portion is capable of flexing relative to the main chassis portion flexes or pivots to allow the side chassis portions to be deployed laterally by the user's head into the deployed configuration and in use to be centrally biased into the undeployed configuration, each side chassis portion being centrally biased by a biasing member the biasing member includes a spring element configured to centrally pull each side chassis portion; the biasing member includes a spring element configured to centrally urge each side chassis portion; the face engaging portion includes a face mating flange; face mating flange bent inward from chassis; face mating flange formed of silicone; the chassis includes at least one opening between the main chassis portion and each side chassis portion; and/or the head mounted display unit includes a display unit housing and provides access to the at least one opening between the interface structure and the display unit housing air passage.

9. Positioning and stabilizing structure, which is connected to the interface structure

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system including: a head mounted display unit including: a display unit housing including a display; and an interface structure configured to contact a user's face in use; positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold the head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising: a rear support configured to engage the rear of the user's head ; and a pair of side strap portions connected to the rear support portion and configured to connect to the interface structure of the head mounted display.

10. Positioning and stabilizing structure pulls the sides of the chassis inward

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head-mounted display system including a head-mounted display unit including a display and an interface structure, the interface structure including a chassis including a main chassis portion and a side chassis portion, the main chassis portion being configured to be in use extending laterally across the user's face, and each side chassis portion is configured to extend in a generally rearward direction from a corresponding side of the main chassis portion; a face engaging portion connected around the perimeter of the chassis, the face engaging portion being configured as contacting the user's face in use; a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold the head mounted display unit in an operable position on the user's head in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising: a rear support , which is configured to engage the back of the user's head; a pair of side strap portions configured to connect, in use, the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit; wherein, in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure is connected to the head mounted display unit such that, in use, the side chassis portions The side strap portions are pushed towards the middle of the user's head to push the face engaging portion into contact with the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid on each side of the user's head.

In an example: each side strap portion is configured to connect to a corresponding one of the side chassis portions; each side strap portion is configured to pull the corresponding side chassis portion rearwardly causing the side chassis portion to bend or pivot toward the middle , to force the face-engaging portion to contact the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone; each side strap portion is configured to push the corresponding side chassis portion centrally so that the side chassis portion bends or pivots medially to force the face engaging portion contacts the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone; each side strap portion is configured for medially pushing the corresponding side chassis portion via the substantially rigid member; the rear support portion includes a parietal strap portion configured to cover the parietal bone of the user's head in use and an occipital strap portion configured to cover, in use, the occipital bone of the user's head or below the occipital bone of the user's head; the front support portion includes a pair of upper side straps a strap portion and a pair of lower strap portions, each upper strap portion configured to connect in use between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit on the respective side of the user's head, each lower strap portion the upper side strap portions are each configured to apply a force to the head mounted display unit having the upper part and the rear part; The lower side strap portions are each configured to be removably attached to the respective side chassis portions by magnetic attachment; and/or the rear support portion includes an annular strap portion having an upper portion that covers the parietal bone of the user's skull and The lower part of the occipital bone that covers the user's skull.

11. An interface structure consisting of two or more components

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system including: a head mounted display unit; and a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to operate to hold the head mounted display unit above a user's face in use in position; the head mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, wherein the interface structure includes a chassis and a face engaging portion, wherein at least a portion of the face engaging portion is configured to be releasably attached to the chassis.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure including a chassis and a face engaging portion, wherein the face engaging portion has a At least a portion is configured to be releasably attached to the chassis.

In an example: (a) the releasable attachments of the face-engaging portion may be provided to the chassis at discrete locations; (b) the releasable attachments may be provided in the forehead region and/or one or more cheeks of the interface structure (c) the releasable attachment portion of the interface structure may be provided to the entire perimeter of the chassis, or at least a substantial portion thereof; (d) the releasable attachment portion of the interface structure may be provided by the following One or more of: foam, elastomer, fabric, and composite; (e) the face-engaging portion of the interface structure may include at least one elastomeric portion and at least one foam portion; (f) at least one foam The part may be attached to the interface structure such that the elastomer part covers the foam part to provide a face engaging surface; (g) at least one foam part may be attached to the chassis, the elastomer part, or both the chassis and the elastomer part; ( h) a portion of the face-engaging portion of the interface structure may be permanently attached to the chassis; and/or (i) a space in the permanent attachment portion of the face-engaging portion may be provided in which the removable attachment may be relative to the Chassis positioning and attachment.

12. Side arms inside the perimeter of the shell

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system comprising: a head mounted display unit; a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to, in use, maintain the head mounted display unit in an operating position over a user's face , the positioning and stabilizing structure includes: a rear support portion configured to engage the back of a user's head; a pair of side strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, each side The strap portions are configured to be positioned on respective sides of the user's head in use; wherein the head mounted display unit includes: a display unit housing including a display; an interface structure configured to contact the user's face in use; a pair of arms , each arm extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each arm being configured for connection to a respective one of the side strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure; wherein the display unit housing has a rear side, the rear side has a perimeter, the arm Each of them extends from the display unit housing from within the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display unit therefor.

In an example: the interface structure has a perimeter, each arm is located between the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing and the perimeter of the interface structure; each arm includes an eyelet configured to receive in the side strap portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure a respective one of the side strap portions of the pair of arms; the eyelet of each arm is located at or near the rear end of the respective arm; each arm of the pair is pivotable relative to the display unit housing; each arm is configured, in use, to orbit vertically pivots on the horizontal axis of the sagittal plane of the user's head; Each arm is configured to pivot through an angular range of at least 9 degrees; and/or the angular range is at least 19 degrees.

In a further example: each arm has a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement relative to the display unit housing; each of the arms is configured to pivot between a plurality of predetermined incremental orientations from which the arms are capable of A predetermined resistance to pivotal movement needs to be overcome before pivoting to another predetermined incremental orientation; each of the arms includes one or more first engagement features configured to sequentially during pivoting of the arms between the predetermined incremental orientations each arm includes a single first engagement feature; each of the arms includes a plurality of first engagement features, each first engagement feature configured to engage a first engagement feature at a time A respective one of the two engagement features engages and is configured to sequentially move between the second engagement features during pivoting of the arms; each of the arms includes a plurality of first engagement features configured to engaging with one or more second engagement features of the head mounted display unit, the one or more second engagement features configured to sequentially engage the first engagement features during pivoting of the arm between predetermined incremental orientations; the first The engagement feature is a protrusion and the second engagement feature is a depression; and/or the first engagement feature is a depression and the second engagement feature is a protrusion.

In a further example: each arm includes a hub pivotally connected to the display unit housing and an elongated portion extending from the hub; the one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided to the elongated portion of the arm each arm is configured to deform to allow one or more of the first engagement features to move sequentially between the second engagement features during pivoting of the arm; and/or Each arm includes a spring configured to bias the elongated portion of the arm toward the second engagement feature such that one or more of the first engagement features are biased into engagement with the second engagement feature.

In a further example: the one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided in a circular arrangement to the hub of the arm and are configured to rotate with the hub about the pivot point of the arm; the first engagement of each arm The feature is radially facing away from the pivot point and the second engagement feature is radially facing the pivot point; the first engagement feature of each arm is radially facing the pivot point and the second engagement feature is radially facing away from the pivot point the first engagement feature is provided to a deformable portion of the hub, the deformable portion being configured to deform when the arm is pivoted to allow the first engagement feature to move sequentially between the second engagement features; the hub includes a raised portion , the raised portion is raised relative to the arm and includes a deformable portion and a first engagement feature, the raised portion includes an aperture adjacent each deformable portion, the aperture allowing the deformable portion and the first engagement feature to deform toward the aperture so that when the arm is Pivoting allows the first engagement feature to move sequentially between a plurality of second engagement features; each deformable portion includes one or more cantilevered portions having at least one of the first engagement features thereon, the cantilevered portion each cantilevered portion has a single first engaging feature at its end; each cantilevered portion has multiple thereon the raised portion has an S-shape; and/or the first engagement feature of the arm forms a snap-fit connection to the head mounted display unit to connect the arm to the head mounted display unit.

In a further example: The first engagement feature faces away from the hub of the arm in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm and faces the second engagement feature.

the hub is configured to move parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm to move away from the second engagement feature, thereby allowing the first engagement feature to move sequentially among the plurality of second engagement features when the arm is pivoted; and/or the hub is The spring is biased toward the second engagement feature.

In a further example: each arm is connected to the display unit housing such that pivoting each arm relative to the display unit housing requires overcoming a pre-z static torque resistance; providing a predetermined static torque resistance through static friction; head mounted display The system includes a pair of friction rings, each mounted in contact with a respective one of the arms and in contact with an adjacent surface within the head mounted display unit to provide stiction that needs to be overcome so that each arm is relatively The display unit housing pivots; each friction ring is located within a friction ring cavity defined in part by the corresponding arm and in part by the arm-mounted portion of the head mounted display unit; each arm is attached to a respective one of a pair of arm mounts; each of the arms is attached to a respective one of the pair of arm mounts, the display unit housing includes a pair of side portions on opposite sides of the display unit housing, the arm each of the mounting portions is attached to a medial side of a respective one of the side portions; each arm is located between the respective arm mounting portion and the respective side portion of the display unit housing; each arm has a length comprising a long axis and a The cross-sectional shape of the short axis, where each arm is larger on the long axis than on the short axis, where the long axis is in use sagittal to the user's head at a point along the length of each arm inside the display unit housing The plane is oriented at an oblique angle; At a point along the length of each arm located inside the display unit housing, the long axis of the cross-sectional shape has, in use, an upper-middle-lower orientation; each arm is shaped such that the long axis of the cross-section is along the length of the arm The length changes orientation; and/or at points along the length of each arm located outside the display unit housing, the major axis is oriented substantially parallel to the sagittal plane of the user's head in use.

In a further example: the head mounted display unit includes a pair of electron volumes, each electron volume is located on a respective side of the head mounted display unit and adjacent to a respective one of the arms, each electron volume includes one or more electron volumes components; each arm includes a hub pivotally connected to the display unit housing at a pivot point and an elongated portion extending from the hub; the elongated portion is curved to avoid interference with the electronic volume; each arm includes a the elongated portion includes an offset portion that is offset from an axis passing through the eyelet and the pivot point to the eyelet connected to the side strap portion; and/or the electronic volume contains one of a sensor, battery, processor, or audio speaker or more.

13. The arms have elastic connector elements attached to the side straps

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system comprising: a head mounted display unit; a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to, in use, maintain the head mounted display unit in an operating position over a user's face , the positioning and stabilizing structure includes: a rear support portion configured to engage the back of a user's head; a pair of side strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, each side The strap portions are configured, in use, to be positioned on respective sides of the user's head; wherein the head-mounted display unit comprises: a display unit housing including a display; an interface structure configured to contact a user's face in use; a pair of arms, each extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each configured for releasable direct attachment to a respective one of the side strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure; a pair of elastic connectors, each configured to form connecting a respective one of the side strap portions to a respective one of the arms Elastic connections on the arms, wherein the elastic connections are configured to stretch during donning and removal of the head mounted display system when the side strap portions are not directly attached to the arms, while maintaining the side strap portions in contact with the arms. Elastic connection between arms.

In the examples: each arm includes a hub and an elongated portion, the resilient link is connected to the elongated portion at the resilient link attachment point; each arm includes an eyelet at the rear end of the arm, the eyelet is configured to connect to the corresponding The elastic link attachment points are located forward of the eyelets; each elastic link is permanently attached to the respective arm; and/or each elastic link is removably attached to the respective side strap portion.

14. An arm configured to pivot through a predetermined incremental orientation

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system comprising: a head mounted display unit; a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to, in use, maintain the head mounted display unit in an operating position over a user's face , the positioning and stabilizing structure includes: a rear support portion configured to engage the back of a user's head; a pair of side strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, each side The strap portions are configured, in use, to be positioned on respective sides of the user's head; wherein the head-mounted display unit comprises: a display unit housing including a display; an interface structure configured to contact a user's face in use; a pair of arms, each extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each configured for connection to a positioning and stabilizing structure A respective one of the side strap portions, wherein each of the arms is configured to pivot between a plurality of predetermined incremental directions relative to the display unit housing, and wherein the arms are pivotable from one predetermined incremental direction to A predetermined resistance to pivotal movement needs to be overcome before another predetermined incremental direction.

In an example: the display unit housing has a rear side, the rear side has a perimeter, and each of the arms extends from the display unit housing from within the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing; each of the arms contains one or more a first engagement feature configured to sequentially engage a plurality of second engagement features of the head mounted display unit during pivoting of the arm between predetermined incremental orientations; each arm comprising a single first engagement feature; the arm Each of the first engagement features includes a plurality of first engagement features, each first engagement feature configured to engage a respective one of the second engagement features at a time, and configured to sequentially between the second engagement features during pivoting of the arm moving; each of the arms includes a plurality of first engagement features configured to engage with one or more second engagement features of the head mounted display unit, the one or more second engagement features configured to Sequentially engage the first engagement feature during pivoting of the arm between predetermined incremental orientations; the first engagement feature is a protrusion and the second engagement feature is a recess; and/or the first engagement feature is a recess and the second engagement feature is a protrusion.

In a further example: each arm includes a hub pivotally connected to the display unit housing and an extension extending from the hub; The one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided to the elongated portion of the arm; each arm is configured to deform to allow the one or more first engagement features to sequence between the second engagement features during pivoting of the arm and/or each arm includes a spring configured to bias the elongated portion of the arm toward the second engagement feature such that one or more of the first engagement features are biased into engagement with the second engagement feature engage.

In a further example: the one or more first engagement features of each arm are provided in a circular arrangement to the hub of the arm and are configured to rotate with the hub about the pivot point of the arm; the first engagement of each arm The feature is radially facing away from the pivot point and the second engagement feature is radially facing the pivot point; the first engagement feature of each arm is radially facing the pivot point and the second engagement feature is radially facing away from the pivot point the first engagement feature is provided to a deformable portion of the hub, the deformable portion being configured to deform when the arm is pivoted to allow the first engagement feature to move sequentially between the second engagement features; the hub includes a raised portion , the raised portion is raised relative to the arm and includes a deformable portion and a first engagement feature, the raised portion includes an aperture adjacent each deformable portion, the aperture allowing the deformable portion and the first engagement feature to deform toward the aperture so that when the arm is Pivoting allows the first engagement feature to move sequentially between a plurality of second engagement features; each deformable portion includes one or more cantilevered portions having at least one of the first engagement features thereon, the cantilevered portion each cantilevered portion has a single first engaging feature at its end; each cantilevered portion has multiple thereon a first engagement feature; the raised portion has an S-shape; and/or The first engagement feature of the arm forms a snap fit connection to the head mounted display unit to connect the arm to the head mounted display unit.

In a further example: the first engagement feature faces away from the hub of the arm in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm and faces the second engagement feature; the hub is configured to move parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm to move away from the second engagement feature , thereby allowing the first engagement feature to move sequentially among the plurality of second engagement features when the arm is pivoted; and/or the hub is spring biased toward the second engagement feature.

15. The arm is slidably and pivotally connected to the display unit housing

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system comprising: a head mounted display unit; a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to, in use, maintain the head mounted display unit in an operating position over a user's face , the positioning and stabilizing structure includes: a rear support portion configured to engage the back of a user's head; a pair of side strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, each side The strap portions are configured to be positioned on respective sides of the user's head in use; wherein the head mounted display unit includes: a display unit housing including a display; an interface structure configured to contact the user's face in use; a pair of arms , each arm extending rearwardly from the display unit housing, each arm configured for connection to a respective one of the side strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure; wherein each arm is slidably connected to the display unit housing and configured To slidably move to pivot about a pivot point.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display unit therefor.

In the example: each arm is slidably connected to the display unit housing at a location spaced from the respective pivot point; each arm is slidably connected to a corresponding one of a pair of guides of the display unit housing , so as to slide along the corresponding guides and pivot about the corresponding pivot points; each guide is elongated and curved; the front end of each arm is located near a corresponding one of the guides; the display unit housing has a pair of The rearmost point, the rearmost point is on the respective side of the display unit housing, and each guide is located near a respective one of the rearmost points of the display unit housing; the display unit housing has a rear side, the rear side having a perimeter, each of the arms extending from the display unit housing from within the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing; the interface structure having a perimeter, each arm being located between the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing and the perimeter of the interface structure each of the arms is attached to a respective one of a pair of arm mounts, the display unit housing includes a pair of side portions on opposite sides of the display unit housing, each of the arm mounts is attached onto a medial side of a respective one of the side portions; each arm is located between a respective arm mounting portion and a respective side portion of the display unit housing; each arm is configured, in use, to wrap around a vector perpendicular to the user's head the horizontal axis of the shape plane pivots; each arm is configured to pivot through an angular range of at least 9 degrees; the angular range is at least 19 degrees; each arm has a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement relative to the display unit housing; each arm comprising an eyelet configured to receive a respective one of the side strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure; the eyelet of each arm is located at or near the rear end of the respective arm; Each arm has a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement relative to the display unit housing; each of the arms is configured to pivot between a plurality of predetermined incremental orientations, where the arm can pivot from one predetermined incremental orientation to another A predetermined pivotal movement resistance needs to be overcome prior to the incremental orientation; the display unit housing includes a plurality of recesses corresponding to the predetermined incremental orientation, and each arm includes a protrusion configured to fit into each recess; each arm is connected to the display unit housing, Pivoting each arm relative to the display unit housing requires overcoming a predetermined static torque resistance; and/or providing a predetermined static torque resistance through static friction;

16. Head strap buckle integrated into the interface structure

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system including: a head mounted display unit; and a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to operate to hold the head mounted display unit above a user's face in use In position, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes: a rear support portion configured to engage the back of a user's head; and a pair of side strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, each each side strap portion is configured to be positioned on a corresponding side of the user's head in use; a top strap portion is configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit; wherein the head mounted display unit comprises: a display a unit housing; and an interface structure constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure comprising: a face engaging portion configured to engage the user's face in use; and a chassis connected to the face engaging portion, the chassis is further connected to the display unit housing to attach the interface structure to the display unit housing; wherein the chassis is configured for attachment to the top strap portion.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display unit therefor.

In an example: the chassis includes an eyelet through which the top strap portion can be looped back and secured to itself; the eyelet is formed by both the chassis and the display unit housing so that the top strap portion can wrap around a portion of the chassis and the display unit A portion of the housing both; an eyelet formed in an upper protrusion of the chassis; and/or the upper protrusion protruding through an opening in the display unit housing.

17. Attach lateral occipital straps with releasable fasteners

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system comprising: a head mounted display unit including a display; a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold the head mounted display unit on a user's head in use In the operable position on the head, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a rear support portion configured to engage the back of a user's head, the rear support portion including a parietal strap portion configured to cover the user's head in use the parietal bone of the upper part; the middle occipital part, which is configured to cover or lie below the occipital bone of the user's head in use; Each side occipital strap portion is configured to, in use, rest on a respective side of the user's head; a pair of side strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, each side strap a top strap portion configured to lie on a respective side of a user's head in use; and a top strap portion configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, the top strap portion configured to cover the user's head in use an upper portion of the portion; wherein each of the pair of lateral occipital strap portions is configured to be releasably attached to the lateral occipital portion.

In the example: The head mounted display system includes a battery pack for powering the head mounted display system, the battery pack is configured to be positioned behind the user's head in use; the battery pack is configured to be connected, in use to the top strap portion; the intermediate occipital portion includes Occipital rigidity; middle occipital portion forms part of top strap portion of positioning and stabilizing structure; middle occipital portion includes middle occipital portion straps; middle occipital portion forms substantially inextensible layer of top strap portion; middle occipital portion permanently attached within the top strap portion; the middle occipital portion is permanently attached to the user facing layer of the top strap portion; the positioning and stabilizing structure is included in each of a pair of middle occipital strap portions and between the middle occipital portion the inter-occipital releasable fasteners; each releasable fastener includes a fastener portion configured to attach to a corresponding connection point; the middle occipital portion includes a pair of connection points configured to be connected to a corresponding lateral occipital bone a corresponding fastener portion on the strap portion; each releasable fastener includes a magnetic fastener; each magnetic fastener includes a magnetic clip configured to magnetically attach to a corresponding one of the connection points each of the contralateral occipital strap portions is configured to be adjustable in length; and/or each releasable fastener includes an eyelet and a portion of each of the contralateral occipital strap portions passes through the eyelet the corresponding one of the eyelets and fasten back to itself.

18. The washable user contact layer is separable from the outer layer of the top strap portion

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system including: a head mounted display unit including a display; A positioning and stabilizing structure configured for holding the head mounted display unit in an operable position on a user's head in use, the positioning and stabilizing structure comprising: a rear support configured for engaged use The rear portion of the user's head, the rear support portion includes a parietal strap portion configured to cover the parietal bone of the user's head in use and an occipital strap portion configured to cover, in use, the occipital bone of the user's head or below the occipital bone of the user's head a pair of side strap portions configured to connect between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, each side strap portion being configured to, in use, be positioned on a corresponding side of the user's head; a top strap portion , which is configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head-mounted display unit, the top strap portion is configured to cover the upper portion of the user's head in use, and the top strap portion includes a user-facing layer and an outer layer; wherein the top strap portion is The user-facing layers of the strap portion, the parietal strap portion, the occipital strap portion, and the side strap portions are separable from the outer layers of the top strap portion.

In an example: the user facing layer of the top strap portion, the parietal strap portion, the occipital strap portion and the side strap portion form a washable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure, the washable portion being separable from the outer layers of the top strap portion the outer layer of the top strap portion is configured to be connected to the head mounted display unit; the occipital strap portion is removably connected to the top strap portion; the top strap portion is configured to be connected to the occipital strap via a pivotable connection a strap portion; the pivotable connection includes a snap connection; the occipital strap portion includes a pair of lateral occipital strap portions configured to connect between the parietal strap portion and the top strap portion, each The lateral occipital strap portions are configured to lie on respective sides of the user's head in use; the length of each lateral occipital strap portion is adjustable; each lateral occipital strap portion is configured to be connected to the top strap portion via a magnetic fastener ; the occipital strap portion is permanently connected to the top strap portion; the occipital strap portion includes an occipital attachment tab, the top strap portion includes an occipital attachment tab hole, the occipital attachment tab is configured to pass through the occipital attachment tab hole and be secured to the top strap portion; and/or the occipital attachment tab is Attachable to the top strap portion by means of a snap connection.

In a further example: the head mounted display system includes a battery pack for powering the head mounted display system, the battery pack is configured to be positioned behind the user's head in use, the top strap portion is connected to the battery pack in use the top strap portion includes an outer sleeve forming an outer layer of the top strap portion; the outer sleeve is connected to the battery pack; the head mounted display system includes a power cable connected between the battery pack and the user's head mounted display unit, The power cable is located within the outer sleeve; the power cable can slide within the outer sleeve along the length of the outer sleeve; the washable portion is releasably attached to the outer sleeve by one or more shackle connections; the outer sleeve includes multiple the washable portion includes a surface formed of a continuous loop material to which the hooks can be attached; the washable portion includes a plurality of continuous loops corresponding to the hooks and to which the hooks can be attached; The top strap portion includes a substantially inextensible layer positioned in use between the outer layer and the user facing layer; the substantially inextensible layer is semi-rigid; the battery pack is removably attached to the substantially inextensible layer; and/ Or the substantially inextensible layer and the battery pack include respective first and second fastener portions configured to removably connect the battery pack to the substantially inextensible layer.

In a further example: the substantially inextensible layer is located within the outer sleeve; and/or the washable portion is separable from the substantially inextensible layer.

In a further example: the substantially inextensible layer forms part of the washable portion; the top strap portion includes a user contact portion forming a user facing layer, the substantially inextensible layer is provided to the user contact portion; the user contact portion includes the user contact portion a contact sleeve, the substantially inextensible layer is located within the user contact sleeve; the user contact sleeve includes a rigid opening through which the substantially inextensible layer can be removably inserted; in use, the battery pack covers the rigid member opening; The user contact sleeve includes a fastener opening through which the battery pack can be removably attached to the substantially inextensible layer; the substantially inextensible layer includes a first fastener portion extending through the fastener; The fastener is open and configured to connect to a corresponding second fastener portion of the battery pack; in use, the battery pack covers the fastener opening; the occipital connection tab is configured for connection to a user on a non-user facing side of the user contacting sleeve on the contact sleeve; the occipital connection tab is configured to pass through a first user contact sleeve hole on the user facing side of the user contact sleeve and through a second user contact sleeve on the non-user facing side of the user contact sleeve and/or the occipital connection tab is configured for connection to the user contact sleeve by a hook and loop connection.

18.1. Battery pack construction

In a further example: the battery pack includes a battery pack housing connected to the battery pack base; the top strap portion includes a user contact portion forming a user-facing layer; the battery pack base portion is configured to connect to the user contact portion of the top strap portion; The battery pack includes a cable guide configured to guide a power cable; the cable guide includes an elongated portion through which the power cable can slide into and out of the battery pack housing; the elongated portion is rigid; the cable guide includes an elongated portion configured to connect to a cable guide mount of a battery pack base; the battery pack base includes a cable guide mount for a cable guide, the cable guide mount configured to connect to the cable guide mount; the cable guide includes a cable guide mount configured for engagement one or more teeth of the top strap portion; the top strap portion includes an outer sleeve forming an outer layer of the top strap portion, the outer sleeve is connected to the battery pack; the power cable is located within the outer sleeve; the power cable can be inserted in the outer sleeve slides inwardly along the length of the outer sleeve; the teeth of the cable guide are configured to engage the outer sleeve to secure the outer sleeve to the battery pack; the cable guide includes a plurality of teeth; the teeth are located on the elongated portion of the cable guide and face outer; the teeth of the cable guide clamp the outer jacket against the base of the battery pack; at least a portion of the elongated portion of the cable guide, in use, is located within the outer sleeve; the cable guide mount includes a top strap portion configured to engage one or more teeth of the cable guide mount; the teeth of the cable guide mount are configured to engage the outer sleeve to secure the outer sleeve to the battery pack; the teeth of the cable guide mount clamp the outer sleeve against the cable guide; the battery pack base including a base recess configured for receiving an occipital strap connecting tab configured for connecting the occipital strap to a user contact portion of the top strap; the battery pack includes a cable a stopper, the cable stopper being secured to the power cable inside the battery pack, the cable stopper being configured to limit the extent to which the power cable can extend from the battery pack; The cable stop is annular and includes an adjustment screw configured to allow the cable stop to decrease in diameter to engage the power cable; and/or the cable stop includes internal threads configured to engage the power cable.

In a further example: the battery pack housing includes a power cable opening through which the cable guide extends out of the battery pack housing; the battery pack housing includes a power cable spacer configured to receive a portion of the power cable and configured to one or more cell spacers housing a plurality of battery cells; battery pack housing includes one or more partition walls separating power cable spacers from one or more battery spacers; power cable openings and power cable spacers aligned; the battery pack includes two battery spacers with a power cable spacer positioned between the two battery spacers; the battery pack includes a plurality of battery cells oriented vertically in use and aligned in series along a left-right axis; and /or the battery cells slope inward on the rear side of the back of the battery.

In a further example: the power cable includes a service loop inside the battery pack, the service loop being configured to provide extension and retraction from the power cable's battery pack into the power cable's battery pack; the power cable runs substantially parallel to the base of the battery pack The power cable enters the battery pack in a direction inclined to the base of the battery pack and is bent away from the base of the battery pack to form a service loop; the power cable enters the battery pack in a direction inclined to the base of the battery pack and is bent towards the base of the battery pack to form a service loop; the cable guide includes a fabric sleeve; The cable guide includes one or more lead-in members configured to guide the power cable into the fabric sleeve; the cable guide includes one or more rollers configured to reduce the amount of friction in the fabric sleeve. The friction acting on the power cable at the entrance; the fabric cover is inside the battery pack; the fabric cover is outside the battery pack; the battery pack includes one or more supports configured to constrain the power cable within the battery pack shape and/or movement; one or more portions of the power cable between the service loop and one or more battery cells wired to the power cable are held in place within the battery pack; and/or the service loop of the power cable is The curve is shaped with a sufficiently small bend radius so that the service loop does not experience frictional contact with the battery pack housing radially outward of the curve.

19. Hook and loop connection inside top strap section

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system comprising: a head mounted display unit including a display; a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to hold the head mounted display unit on a user's head in use In the operable position on the head, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes: a rear support portion configured to engage the back of a user's head; a pair of side strap portions configured to connect to the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit In between, each side strap portion is configured to lie on a corresponding side of the user's head in use; the top strap portion is configured to be connected between the rear support portion and the head mounted display unit, the top strap portion is configured To cover the upper portion of the user's head in use, the top strap portion includes a user contact portion and an outer layer; wherein the user contact portion of the top strap portion and the outer layer of the top strap portion are removably connected by one or more hook-and-loop connections. connect.

In an example: the rear support portion comprises a parietal strap portion configured to cover the parietal bone of the user's head in use and an occipital strap portion configured to cover, in use, the occipital bone of the user's head or below the occipital bone of the user's head; The parietal strap portion, the occipital strap portion and the side strap portion can be separated from the outer layer of the top strap portion together with the user contact portion through the separation of the hook-and-loop connection portion; the user contact portion of the top strap portion, the parietal strap portion, The occipital strap portion and the side strap portion form a washable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure, and the washable portion is separable from the outer layer of the top strap portion for cleaning; the outer layer of the top strap portion is configured to connect to the head mounted display unit ; the occipital strap portion is removably connected to the user contact portion of the top strap portion; the head mounted display system includes a battery pack for powering the head mounted display system, the battery pack is configured to be positioned in use on the user's head rearwardly, the top strap portion is connected in use to the battery pack; the top strap portion includes an outer sleeve forming an outer layer of the top strap portion, the outer sleeve is connected to the battery pack; the head mounted display system includes a connection between the battery pack and the battery pack power cable between head mounted display units, the power cable is located within an outer sleeve; the outer sleeve includes a plurality of hooks; the user contact includes a surface formed of a continuous loop material to which the hooks can be attached; the user The contact portion includes a plurality of continuous loop portions corresponding to the hook portions and to which the hook portions can be attached; the outer sleeve includes a plurality of loop portions, and the user contact portion includes a plurality of hook portions, the plurality of hook portions corresponding to the loop portions the top strap portion includes a substantially inextensible layer; and/or the substantially inextensible layer is semi-rigid.

20. Interface structure including foam parts

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system including: a head mounted display unit; and a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to, in use, maintain the head mounted display unit in an operative position over a user's face; the head mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged to interface with the user's face in a relative relationship, wherein the interface structure includes a support portion and a face engaging portion disposed on the support portion, wherein the support portion includes a first foam portion and the face engaging portion includes a second foam portion, wherein the first foam portion has a larger size than the second foam portion Greater stiffness.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure including a support portion and a face engaging portion disposed to the support portion , wherein the support portion includes a first foam portion and the face engaging portion includes a second foam portion, and wherein the first foam portion has a greater stiffness than the second foam portion.

In further examples: (a) the first foam portion and the second foam portion may be made of the same material, but with different densities; (b) the first foam portion may have a first density, and the second foam portion may have a second density lower than the first density; (c) the foam portion may be made of viscoelastic foam or polyurethane foam; (d) the face engaging portion may comprise one of the following: stock foam, fabric foam composite, or flocked foam (e) the support portion may have a first support portion extending in a first direction, and a second support portion extending from the first support portion in a second direction; and/or (f) the first support portion may be along the A generally radial direction extends through the user's face, and the second support portion may extend in a generally rearward direction toward the user's face.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system including: a head mounted display unit; and a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to operate to hold the head mounted display unit above a user's face in use in position; The head mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, wherein the interface structure includes a support portion and a face engaging portion disposed on the support portion, wherein the support portion and the face engaging portion are integrally formed As a single piece, the support and face joint are made of foam.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure including a support portion and a face engagement provided to the support portion wherein the support portion and the face engaging portion are integrally formed as a single piece, the support portion and the face engaging portion being made of a foam material.

In further examples: (a) the face-engaging portion may be curved; (b) the interface structure may include a back-curved transition between the support portion and the face-engaging portion to create a generally hook-shaped cross-section; (c) the support The integral form of the face and face joints may be thermoformed; and/or (d) the foam material may comprise one of the following: stock foam, fabric foam composite, or flocked foam.

21. Interface structure comprising at least one ring portion

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system including: a head mounted display unit; and a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to operate to hold the head mounted display unit above a user's face in use in position; the head mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, wherein the interface structure includes a flexible and resilient face engaging portion having a curved cross-section wherein the face engaging The portion includes at least one ring portion having a closed cross-section.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure including a flexible and resilient face engaging portion, the face engaging portion Having a curved cross-section, wherein the face-engaging portion includes at least one ring portion having a closed cross-section.

In a further example: (a) the face engaging portion includes a first closed loop portion and a second closed loop portion; (b) the first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are disposed on respective sides of the user's nose in use; (c) The first closed loop portion and the second closed loop portion are disposed in use proximate the cheeks of the user; (d) the face engaging portion curves around itself and overlaps it to provide the closed loop portion; (e) the face engaging portion includes a base and a ring flange a ring portion, wherein the ring flange overlaps the base to provide the ring portion; (f) the ring portion extends from the front position to the rear position; (g) the cross-section of the ring portion tapers between the front and rear positions; (h) the ring portion (i) the ring includes an arcuate portion between the front position and the ring flange; (j) the arcuate cross-section is between the front position and the ring flange Tapered; (k) the ring flange overlaps the forward facing surface of the base; (l) the ring flange is fastened to the base; (m) the base and ring are provided as separate parts and are relative to each other Secured to provide a closed loop; and/or (n) the base and loop are integrally formed as a single piece.

22. Interface structure including shading nose

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system including: a head mounted display unit; and a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to operate to hold the head mounted display unit above a user's face in use in position; the head mounted display unit includes an interface structure constructed and arranged in opposing relation to a user's face, wherein the interface structure includes a support portion and a face engaging portion disposed to the support portion, wherein the interface structure includes a spanning over the face engaging portion shaded nose between the cheeks, Wherein the light-shielding nose portion includes a nose protrusion point portion extending radially and upwardly on the nose protrusion point of the user's nose, wherein the light-shielding nose portion further includes a first nose bridge portion extending in an upward direction from the nose protrusion point portion and A second nose bridge portion having a slot therebetween, the slot extending from the rear edge of the light-shielding nose portion toward the front nose portion, and wherein the first nose bridge portion and the second nose bridge portion are configured to be in use The center rests on the corresponding side of the bridge of the user's nose.

Another aspect of the present technology relates to an interface structure for a head mounted display unit constructed and arranged to be in opposing relation to a user's face, wherein the interface structure includes a support portion and a face disposed to the support portion a junction, wherein the interface structure includes a light-shielding nose spanning between cheeks of the face interface, wherein the light-shielding nose includes a nostril extending radially and upwardly over a nostril of the user's nose The light-shielding nose portion further comprises a first nose bridge portion and a second nose bridge portion extending in an upward direction from the nose projection portion, and a slot is formed between the first nose bridge portion and the second nose bridge portion, and the slot extends from the shadow portion of the light-shielding nose portion. The rear edge extends towards the front nose, and wherein the first and second nose bridge portions are configured to rest on respective sides of the user's nose bridge in use.

23. The interface structure is releasably attached relative to the head mounted display unit

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system including: a head mounted display unit; and a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to operate to hold the head mounted display unit above a user's face in use position; wherein the head mounted display unit includes: an interface structure constructed and arranged in opposing relation to the user's face, the interface structure including: a face engaging portion configured to engage the user's face in use; and a chassis connected to the face engaging portion, the chassis releasably attaching to a chassis mount of the head mounted display unit; wherein the chassis includes a plurality of chassis catches, and the chassis mount includes a plurality of mount catches, wherein the chassis catches is configured for engaging the mounting catch for attaching the chassis to the chassis mounting.

In the examples: (a) the chassis catch includes a catch protrusion; (b) the catch protrusion includes a rearward facing catch surface; (c) the aft facing catch surface is angled radially outwardly forward; (d) The catch protrusion includes a forward facing guide surface; (e) the forward facing guide surface is angled in a radially inwardly forward direction with the rearward facing catch surface; (f) the chassis catch portion includes a forward facing extending from the catch protrusion flange; (g) the flange extends in a radially inward direction; (h) the mounting catch includes a forward-facing catch surface; (i) the forward-facing catch surface is formed in a radially inwardly forward direction; angular; (j) the mounting capture portion includes a rearward facing guide surface; (k) the mounting capture portion includes a transition surface between the rearward facing guide surface and the forward facing capture surface; (l) the transition surface is in the radial direction angled to the forward-facing catch surface on the inner rear; (m) the angle between the transition surface and the forward-facing catch surface is an acute angle; (n) when the chassis is fully inserted into the chassis mount along the front, at the rear-facing catch A gap is provided between the surface and the forward-facing capture surface in the fore-aft direction; (o) the chassis includes a body portion, and the chassis mounting portion includes a chassis receiving portion configured to receive the body portion; (p) the body portion includes a U-channel cross-section and/or (q) the chassis receiving portion includes an L-channel cross-section.

24. Ventilation of the interface structure through tortuous paths

Another aspect of the present technology relates to a head mounted display system including: a head mounted display unit; and a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to operate to hold the head mounted display unit above a user's face in use in position; wherein the head-mounted display unit includes: a display unit housing; an interface structure constructed and arranged to be in opposing relation to a user's face, the interface structure including a face engaging portion configured to engage the user's face in use; At least one tortuous airflow path between the interior of the interface structure and the exterior of the head mounted display unit, wherein the at least one tortuous airflow path passes between the exterior of the interface structure and the interior of the display unit housing.

In an example: (a) the interface structure includes a chassis connected to a face-engaging portion, and wherein the head mounted display unit includes at least one airflow port through which the at least one tortuous airflow path passes, wherein the at least one airflow port is disposed at the front of the connection between the chassis and the face engaging portion; (b) the at least one airflow port includes at least one chassis port provided in the chassis; (c) the chassis is releasably attached to the chassis mount of the head mounted display unit, wherein at least one air port includes at least one chassis mount port provided in a chassis mount; (d) at least one air port is provided in a radially facing wall; (e) the interface structure includes a flexible and resilient portion, flexible and resilient The portion includes a face engaging portion, and wherein the flexible and elastic portion includes one or more interface ports through which at least one tortuous airflow path passes; (f) the one or more interface ports of the interface structure are disposed on at least one of the flexible and elastic portion. in a forward-facing portion; (g) one or more interface ports of the interface structure are disposed in at least one of an upper portion of the flexible and resilient portion and a lower portion of the flexible and resilient portion; (h) one or more of the interface structure and/or (i) the display unit housing over the one or more interface ports of the flexible and resilient portion in Extends in the rear direction.

Also disclosed is a head-mounted display system comprising any of the above-mentioned positioning and stabilizing structures and/or interface structures, and a display unit connected thereto.

Another aspect is a positioning and stabilizing structure for a head mounted display, the head mounted display comprising a rear (or rear) support structure (or part) arranged in use to Contact the back area of the user's head.

In some forms, the rear support is positioned behind the base point of the user's upper ear.

In some forms, the rear support is biased into contact with the occipital region of the user.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure further includes opposing connectors disposed on opposite sides of the user's head and extending along a temporal region of the user's head to interconnect the rear support to the head-mounted display unit. In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes connecting the rear support to the front support of the head mounted display unit.

The present technology may also relate to providing interface structures for use in supporting, cushioning, stabilizing, positioning and/or sealing a head mounted display in opposing relation to a user's face.

Another aspect relates to an apparatus for supporting, cushioning, stabilizing, positioning and/or sealing a head mounted display in opposing relation to a user's face.

Another aspect relates to a method for supporting, cushioning, stabilizing, positioning and/or sealing a head mounted display in opposing relation to a user's face.

Another form of the present technology includes a head-mounted display system for a person, the head-mounted display system comprising: a head-mounted display unit including a display; a control system for operation of the head-mounted display system; and positioning and A stabilizing structure configured for holding the head mounted display unit in front of a user's eyes such that the display is viewable by the user in use.

The head mounted display system may be helmet mounted, may be configured for virtual reality display, may be configured for augmented reality display, may be configured for mixed reality display.

Another form of the present technology includes a head-mounted display system for a person, the head-mounted display system comprising: a head-mounted display unit including a display; a control system for operation of the head-mounted display system; and positioning and A stabilizing structure comprising a front support portion and a rear support portion, wherein: the rear portion is configured to engage a rear region of a person's head in use; the front support portion includes a left side portion configured to attach the rear support portion and the head a head mounted display system interconnect; and a right side portion configured for interconnecting the rear portion with the head mounted display system.

In some examples: a) the head mounted display device further comprises a light shield; b) the light shield is constructed and arranged, in use, to substantially block the reception of ambient light to the area of the human eye; c) the light The mask is configured for virtual reality display; d) the head mounted display system includes an interface structure constructed and arranged to contact the eye area of a human face in use; e) the interface structure is composed of foam, silicone and /or a gel; f) the interface structure is comprised of a light absorbing material; and/or g) the interface structure is configured to function as a light shield.

In some examples: a) the head mounted display device further includes a sound system; b) a left ear transducer; and/or c) a right ear transducer.

In some examples: a) the head mounted display unit includes a binocular display unit; and/or b) the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to hold the binocular display unit in an operative position in use.

In some examples: a) the control system includes a visual display controller and at least one battery; b) the at least one battery includes a first battery and a second battery; c) the first battery is a lower power system configured to power the RT clock battery; d) secondary battery primary battery; e) battery support configured to hold the battery; f) battery support connected to the positioning and stabilizing structure using tethers; g) orientation sensor configured to be in use Sensing the orientation of the person's head; and/or h) Controlling the support system.

In some examples: a) the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a frontal bone support configured to contact a region covering the frontal bone of a person's head; and/or (b) the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a length adjustment mechanism for adjusting the positioning and the length of part of the stabilizing structure.

Another form of the present technology includes a head mounted display device for a person, the head mounted display device comprising: a display unit; a light shield; a control system including a visual display controller, at least one battery, a battery support, Orientation sensor and control support system; sound system; and positioning and stabilizing structure including anterior, frontal, left, right, posterior, and length adjustment mechanisms, wherein: anterior includes eye pads, eye pads The pad is constructed and arranged to contact the eye area of a user in use; the rear portion is configured to engage, in use, an area of a person's head adjacent to the junction between the occipital bone and the trapezius muscle; the left portion is configured to use the right portion is configured to interconnect the anterior and posterior portions; the frontal portion is configured to interconnect the anterior and posterior portions; and a length adjustment mechanism adjustable to a first position and a second two positions; wherein the display unit comprises a binocular display unit; the light shield is constructed and arranged to, in use, substantially block the reception of ambient light to the area of the human eye; the orientation sensor is configured for use in a sound system sensing the orientation of a person's head, the orientation sensor includes a left ear transducer and a right ear transducer; and the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to, in use, maintain the binocular display unit in an operating position. The head mounted display device may include positioning and stabilizing structures and/or interface structures substantially as described in any of the examples disclosed herein.

Another form of the present technology includes a head mounted display interface comprising: an electronic display screen configured to output a plurality of images to a user; a display housing configured to at least partially house the electronic display screen ; and a positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the display housing and supporting the display housing and the electronic display screen in an operating position, the positioning and stabilizing structure configured to provide a force to a user's head in order to counteract the moments created by the combined weight of the electronic display screen and the display housing, and to maintain the position of the electronic display screen in front of the user's eyes when in the operating position; wherein the positioning and stabilizing structures are substantially as in any of the examples disclosed herein middle.

Another form of the present technology includes a positioning and stabilizing structure for supporting an electronic display screen of a head mounted display interface, the positioning and stabilizing structure being configured to provide a force to a user's head to counteract the weight of the electronic display screen. torque, and maintain the position of the electronic display screen in front of the user's eyes during use, the positioning stabilization structure includes: a rear strap configured to contact the area of the user's head behind the coronal plane of the user's head, the rear strap configuration To anchor the HMD to the user's head.

Another form of the present technology includes a positioning and stabilizing structure for supporting an electronic display unit, the positioning and stabilizing structure being configured to provide a force to a user's head to counteract moments created by the weight of the electronic display unit, and in use To maintain a position of the electronic display unit in front of a user's eyes, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a headgear configured to couple to a housing of the electronic display unit and engage the user's head to support the housing.

Another aspect of the present technology includes a display interface comprising: a display screen configured to output a computer-generated image viewable by a user; a display housing at least partially supporting the display screen; an interface structure coupled to the display screen and A display housing, an interface structure configured to be positioned and/or arranged to conform to at least a portion of a user's face; a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to maintain the position of the display screen and/or display housing relative to the user's eyes, a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to apply a force to a user's head to counteract moments created by the weight of the display screen and/or display housing; and a control system configured to control the computer-generated image observable by the user , the control system includes at least one sensor.

Another aspect of the present technology includes a virtual reality display interface comprising: a display screen configured to output computer-generated images viewable by a user; a display housing at least partially supporting the display screen; a display housing coupled to the display housing an interface structure configured to be positioned and/or arranged to conform to at least a portion of a user's face, the interface structure comprising a light shield configured to at least partially block ambient light from reaching the user's eyes; the positioning and stabilizing structure, It is coupled to the display housing and is configured to apply a force to the user's head to counteract moments created by the weight of the display screen and/or the display housing, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes, a pair of temporal links, Each temporal link of a pair of temporal links is directly coupled to the display housing, each temporal link configured to cover a corresponding temporal bone when in contact with a user's head, and a rear support coupled to the temporal each of the part connectors, the rear support configured to contact the back of the user's head; and a control system configured to interpret a computer-generated image observable by the control user, the control system including a control system configured to measure the user's At least one sensor of motion.

In some forms, the light shield is configured to seal against the user's face and prevent ambient light from reaching the user's eyes.

In some forms, the display screen is completely enclosed within the display housing.

In some forms, the light shield is constructed of an opaque material.

In some forms, the interface structure is constructed of an elastic material.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a rotational control configured to allow the display housing and/or the display interface to pivot relative to the rear support.

For example, the temporal arm may rotate with the display housing and/or display interface. In other examples, a rotary controller may couple the display housing to each temporal link such that the display housing and/or the display interface pivot relative to the temporal link.

In some forms, the temporal link may include an adjustable length.

Another aspect of the present technology includes an augmented reality display interface comprising: a display screen configured to output a computer-generated image viewable by a user, the display screen comprising at least a transparent and/or translucent material constructed of at least An optical lens, at least one optical lens configured to allow a user to observe their physical environment while viewing a computer-generated image; a display housing at least partially supporting a display screen; an interface structure coupled to the display housing and/or On the display interface, the interface structure is configured to be positioned and/or arranged to conform to at least a portion of the user's face; a positioning and stabilizing structure coupled to the display housing and configured to provide a force to the user's head to counteract the Moments created by the weight of the display screen and/or the display housing, the positioning and stabilizing structure includes a pair of temporal links, each of the pair of temporal links being directly coupled to the display housing, each The temporal connector is configured to cover the corresponding temporal bone when in contact with the user's head; and a control system configured to describe the computer-generated image observable by the control user, the control system including a sensor configured to measure the movement of the user at least one sensor.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure further includes a posterior support configured to cover the occipital bone of the user, each temporal link being coupled to the posterior support.

In some forms, the augmented reality display interface further includes a power source coupled to the display interface and/or the positioning and stabilizing structure.

For example, the power source may be a rechargeable battery.

In some forms, the display screen is configured to selectively output computer-generated images that are observable to a user.

For example, computer-generated images can be displayed on transparent and/or translucent materials. Users are able to observe their physical environment regardless of whether the computer-generated imagery is displayed on transparent and/or translucent materials.

Another aspect of the present technology includes a virtual reality display interface including examples of aspects of the head mounted display system described above.

In examples of aspects of the head mounted display system described above, the display unit includes a display configured to selectively output a computer-generated image visible to a user in the operating position.

In the above example of aspects of the head mounted display system, the display unit includes a housing.

In some forms, the housing supports the display.

In the above examples of aspects of the head mounted display system, the display unit includes an interface structure coupled to the housing and arranged in an opposing relation to the face of the user in the operating position.

In some forms, the interface structure at least partially forms a viewing opening configured to at least partially receive a user's face in the operating position.

In some forms, the interface structure is constructed at least partially from an opaque material configured to at least partially block ambient light from reaching the viewing opening in the operating position.

In examples of aspects of the head mounted display system described above, the display unit includes at least one lens coupled to the housing and disposed within the viewing opening and aligned with the display so as to be in the operating position.

In some forms, the user can view the display through at least one lens.

In the above example of aspects of the head mounted display system, the control system has at least one sensor in communication with the processor.

In some forms, at least one sensor is configured to measure the parameter and communicate the measurement to the processor.

In some forms, the processor is configured to alter the computer-generated image output by the display based on the measurements.

Another aspect of the technology includes an augmented reality display interface including examples of aspects of the head mounted display system described above.

In examples of aspects of the head mounted display system described above, the display unit includes a display constructed of a transparent or translucent material and configured to selectively provide a computer-generated image viewable by a user.

In the above example of aspects of the head mounted display system, the display unit includes a housing.

In some forms, the housing supports the display.

In the above examples of aspects of the head mounted display system, the display unit includes an interface structure coupled to the housing and arranged in an opposing relation to the face of the user in the operating position.

In the above examples of aspects of the head mounted display system, in the operating position, the positioning and stabilizing structure is configured to support the display unit.

In the above example of aspects of the head mounted display system, the display is configured to be aligned with the user's eyes in the operating position such that the user can view the physical environment at least partially through the display regardless of computer-generated images output by the display .

In the above example of aspects of the head mounted display system, the head mounted display system further includes a control system having at least one sensor in communication with the processor.

In some forms, at least one sensor is configured to measure the parameter and communicate the measurement to the processor.

In some forms, the processor is configured to alter the computer-generated image output by the display based on the measurements.

In some forms, the at least one lens includes a first lens configured to align with the user's left eye in the operating position and a second lens configured to align with the user's right eye in the operating position.

In some forms, the first lens and the second lens are Fresnel lenses.

In some forms, the display includes a binocular display divided into a first segment and a second segment, the first segment aligned with the first lens and the second segment aligned with the second lens.

In some forms, the controller has at least one button selectively engageable by a user's finger, the controller is in communication with the processor and is configured to send a signal to the processor when the at least one button is engaged, the processor is configured to change based on the signal Computer-generated images from the monitor output.

In some forms, the at least one lens includes a first lens configured to align with the user's left eye in the operating position and a second lens configured to align with the user's right eye in the operating position.

Another aspect of one form of the present technology is a positioning and stabilizing structure configured to have a shape that is complementary to that of an intended wearer.

Another aspect of one form of the present technology is an interface structure configured to have a shape complementary to that of an intended wearer.

One aspect of one form of the present technology is a method of making a device.

An aspect of some forms of the present technology is a positioning and stabilizing structure that is easy to use, eg, by persons with limited dexterity, vision, or by persons with limited experience in using head mounted displays.

An aspect of some forms of the present technology is an interface structure that is easy to use, eg, by persons with limited dexterity, limited vision, or by persons with limited experience in using head mounted displays.

The described methods, systems, devices, and devices can be implemented to improve the functionality of head mounted displays, such as electronic displays or computers. Furthermore, the described methods, systems, devices and apparatus may provide improvements in the technical fields of virtual reality, augmented reality and/or mixed reality.

Of course, some of these aspects may form sub-aspects of the present technology. Sub-aspects and/or individual aspects of an aspect may be combined in various ways and also constitute other aspects or sub-aspects of the technology.

Other features of the technology will become apparent in view of the information contained in the following detailed description, abstract, drawings and claims.

100: user

200: Surface

210: Section

300: Seal forming structure

400: Left Hand Rule

401: Right hand rule

402: Left Ear Spiral

403: Right Ear Spiral

404: Right Hand Spiral

1000: Head Mounted Display System

1010: Back Surface

1100: Interface Structure

1200: Head Mounted Display Unit

1202: Eyelet

1203: Electron Volume

1205: Display unit housing

1205p: point

1206: Opening

1207: Power Cable Retention Features, Sides

1210: Arm

1212: Eyelet

1213: Pivot Point

1214: Eyelet

1215: Arm Mounting Section

1216: Hole

1217: Rigid part

1218: Fabric Department

1219: Guide

1220: Display screen, friction ring

1221: Bolts

1222: Nut

1230: top, hub

1231: Elongation

1232: Below, first engagement feature

1233: Second engagement feature

1234: Lateral left, raised part

1235: hole

1236: side to right, spring

1237: Offset section

1238: front, axis

1240: Lens

1242: Protective layer

1250: Temporal Connector

1254: Eyelet

1256: Adjustment Department

1258: Receiving Department

1260: Pivot connection

1270: Controller

1272: Speaker

1274: Power

1276: Control System

1278: Low Power System Battery

1282: Instant Clock

1284: Orientation Sensor

1286: Processing System

1288: Battery Support

1290: Control System Support

1300: Positioning and Stabilizing Structures

1310: Parietal Banding Department

1312: Buckle

1317: Basically inextensible layer

1318: User Contact Layer

1320: Occipital Banding Department

1320a: Part I

1320b: Part II

1321: Middle occipital strap

1322: Lateral occipital bone

1323: Occipital strap attachment point

1323a: First pair of occipital strap attachment points

1323b: Second pair of occipital strap attachment points

1325: Cutout

1326: Occipital Connection Tab

1327: Basically inextensible layer

1328: User Contact Layer

1329: Dial Adjuster

1330: Side straps

1331: Parietal Bone Elastic Band

1332: Upper side strap

1333: Occipital elastic band

1334: Lower side straps

1335: Extendable connector

1336: Connector straps

1337: Connection Point

1338: Connector straps

1339: Clips, Magnetic Clips

1340: Top Strap Department

1341: Outer Layer

1342: User Contact Department

1342a: User Contact Sleeve

1343: Basically inextensible layer

1343a: Rigid opening

1344: User-oriented layer, user-contact layer

1345: Front

1346: Rear

1347: Front End

1348: Outer Sleeve

1349: hook and loop connection

1349a: Hook

1349b: Uninterrupted Ring Section

1350: rear support

1351: Occipital Connection Tab Hole

1360: Forehead Support, Frontal Support

1362: Frontal Connector

1364: Side Connector

1365: Top strap arm

1370: Hair Tie Department

1371, 1372: End

1380: Adjusting rigid parts

1381: Intermediate rigid part

1382: Transverse Rigid Section

1383: Adjusting Rigid Part Connection Points

1384: Hook Material

1385: Undercut

1500: battery pack

1500a: battery pack

1500b: battery pack

1501: Upper position

1502: Battery unit, lower position

1503: First Fastener Section

1503a: Fastener openings

1504: Second Fastener Section

1505: Battery pack case

1506: Power cable opening

1507: Power Cable Separator

1508: Battery Cell Separator

1509: Dividing Wall

1510: Power cables

1511: Pad

1512: Counterweight

1513: Service Loop

1514: Fixed end

1515: Lower battery pack straps

1516: Pivot Connection

1520: Power Cable Tie Department

1525: Battery Pack Base

1526: Cable Guide Mount

1527: Teeth

1528: Base groove

1530: Cable guide

1531: Elongation

1532: Cable guide mounting part

1533: Teeth

1534: Fabric Sleeve

1535: Introduce features

1536: Roller

1537: Support

1538: Location

1539: Rounded ends

1540: Cable Stop

1541: Internal thread

1542: Adjusting screw

3000: User Interface

3008: Rear Support

3100: Interface Structure

3102: Support flange

3106: Face engaging flange

3108: Face-Joining Surface

3200: Display shell, interface structure

3202: Rigid support

3204: Facial Joint

3206: Support flange

3208: Face engaging flange

3210: Face-joining surfaces, overlapping parts

3212: Overlap, foam padding

3214: Recessed, Face-Joining Surfaces

3216: Spring

3218: Accordion section

3300: Interface Structure

3302: Rigid support

3304: Facial Joint, Temporal Arm

3312: Light Mask

3400: Interface Structure

3402: Rigid support

3404: Facial Joint

3406: Support flange

3408: Face engaging flange

3410: Overlap

3412: Fabric Layer

3414: Face-Joining Surface

3416: Retention device

3500: Interface Structure

3502: Rigid support

3504: Facial Joint

3506: Support flange

3508: Gasket Support Flange

3510: Foam padding

3512: Padded cover

3514: Facial engaging surfaces

3516: Fastening device, overlapping part

3600: Interface Structure

3602: Forehead

3604: Cheek

3606: Side

3608: Tabs

3610: The first area

3612: Second area

3614: The third area

3616: Fourth Region

3628: External Peripheral Forehead

3630: Rear forehead

3632: Upper forehead

3634: Front forehead

3636: Upper Side

3700: Interface Structure

3702: Support flange

3704: Face engaging flange

3706: Facial

3708, 3710: dotted line

3712: The first area

3714: The first interface area

3716: Second area

3718: Second interface area

3800: Interface Structure

3802: Chassis

3804: Main Chassis Department

3806: Side Chassis Department

3808: Opening

3810: Facial Joint

3812: Eyelet

3820: Display Unit

3822: Display unit housing

3824: Mounting Plate

3840: Cheek

3842: Base

3844: Front

3846: Rear

3848: Surface

3850: Ring Department

3852: Front ring

3854: Bow

3856: Ring flange

3880: Nose

3882: Nasal point

3884: Nose

3886: bridge of nose

3890: Outer Slot

6500: Interface Structure

6502: Support Department

6504: Facial Joint

6506: Fabric outer layer

6510: The first support

6512: Second support

6600: Interface Structure

6602: Support Department

6604: Curved joint

6606: Fabric outer layer

7008: Main battery

8000: Chassis

8001: Subject

8002: Forehead

8004: Cheek

8006: Side

8008: nose

8009: Slot

8010: Chassis Capture Department

8014: Capture Protrusion

8016: Capture Surface

8018: Corner

8020: Guide Surface

8022: Snap Flange

8030: Clearance

8040: main channel

8042: Outer web

8050: Side connector part

8052: Receiver slot

8054: Bracket member

8056: External flange

8058: Positioning feature

8070: Forehead connector part

8072: Tabs

8074: Tab Locating Feature

8080: Front rated positioner

8082: Positioner body member

8084: Tab receiver

8086: Receiver slot

8088: Lower trough member

8090: Eyelet Slot

8100: Mounting Plate

8200: Chassis Mounting Department

8202: Channel, upper shading flange

8204: Lower shading flange

8210: Install catch, air inlet

8212: Forehead air port

8216: Capture Surface

8220: Guide Surface, Interface Air Port, Interface Air Port

8222: Transition Surface, Snap Edge

8300: Side Clearance

8302: Forehead Clearance

8304: Forehead area

MA: long axis

MN: short axis

VA: vertical axis

O: corner

FIG. 1A shows a system including a user 100 wearing a head-mounted display system 1000 in the form of a face-mounted virtual reality (VR) headset that displays various images to the user 100 . The user is standing while wearing the head mounted display system 1000 .

Figure IB shows a system including a user 100 wearing a head mounted display system 1000, in the form of a floating virtual reality (VR) headset, to display various images to the user. The user sits while wearing the display interface 100 .

1C shows a system including a user 100 wearing a head-mounted display system 1000 in the form of a floating augmented reality (AR) headset, displaying various images to the user. The user is standing while wearing the head mounted display system 1000 .

Figure 2A shows a human with user 100 including nasal cavity, nasal bone, extranasal cartilage, greater alar cartilage, nostrils, upper lip, lower lip, larynx, hard palate, soft palate, oropharynx, tongue, epiglottis, vocal cords, esophagus, and trachea View of the upper airway.

2B is a front view of the face of user 100 with several surface anatomical features identified, including upper lip, upper vermilion, lower vermilion, lower lip, mouth width, medial canthus, alar, nasolabial fold, and corners of the mouth. Up, down, radially inward and radially outward directions are also indicated.

2C is a side view of the head of the user 100 with several surface anatomical features identified, including the glabella, bridge point, protuberance point, subseptal point, upper lip, lower lip, supramental point, nasal ridge, nasal alar Vertex, supra-ear base, and under-ear base. The up and down and front and rear directions are also indicated.

FIG. 2D is another side view of the head of the user 100 . The approximate location of the Frankfurt level and the nasolabial angle is indicated. The coronal plane is also indicated.

2E shows a bottom view of the nose of user 100 with several features identified, including nasolabial fold, lower lip, upper vermilion, nostrils, subseptal point, columella, nasal prominence, nostril long axis and the central sagittal plane.

FIG. 2F shows a side view of the nasal surface features of the user 100. FIG.

2G shows the subcutaneous structure of the nose of the user 100, including lateral cartilage, septal cartilage, greater alar cartilage, lesser alar cartilage, sesamoid cartilage, nasal bone, epidermis, adipose tissue, frontal process of maxilla, and fibro-adipose tissue .

2H shows a medial anatomical view of the nose of the user 100 approximately a few millimeters from the midsagittal plane, showing, among other things, the medial crura of the septal cartilage and the greater alar cartilage.

Figure 2I shows a front view of the skull of the user 100, including the frontal, nasal and zygomatic bones. Turbines are also indicated, as well as the maxilla and mandible.

FIG. 2J shows a side view of the skull of the user 100 with the outline of the head surface and several muscles. The following bones are shown: frontal, sphenoid, nasal, zygomatic, maxilla, mandible, parietal, temporal and occipital bone. The chin eminence is also indicated. The following muscles are shown: digastric, masseter, sternocleidomastoid and trapezius.

FIG. 2K shows an anterior lateral view of the nose of the user 100 . The following bones are shown: frontal bone, supraorbital foramen, nose, septal cartilage, lateral cartilage, orbit and infraorbital foramen.

FIG. 2L shows another front view of the face of the user 100 including several features of the identified surface anatomy, such as the parietal muscle, sphenoid bone, nasal ridge, outer and inner cheek regions, zygomatic arch, and nasal ridge. .

Figure 2M shows another side view of the face of the user 100 including several features of the identified superficial anatomy including the parietal muscle, sphenoid bone, nasal ridge, outer and inner cheek regions, zygomatic arch, and nasal ridge. .

Figure 3A shows a schematic view of a cross section 201 through the structure at a point. Outward normals at points are indicated. The curvature at the point has a positive sign and a relatively large magnitude when compared to the curvature magnitude shown in Figure 3B.

Figure 3B shows a schematic view of a cross section 201 through the structure at a point. Outward normals at points are indicated. The curvature at the point has a positive sign and a relatively small magnitude when compared to the curvature magnitude shown in Figure 3A.

Figure 3C shows a schematic view of a section 201 through the structure at a point. Outward normals at points are indicated. The curvature at the point has zero value.

Figure 3D shows a schematic view of a section 201 through the structure at a point. Outward normals at points are indicated. The curvature at the point has a negative sign and a relatively small magnitude when compared to the curvature magnitude shown in Figure 3E.

Figure 3E shows a schematic view of a section 201 through the structure at a point. Outward normals at points are indicated. The curvature at the point has a negative sign and a relatively large magnitude when compared to the curvature magnitude shown in Figure 3D.

FIG. 3F shows a structure with one-dimensional holes on surface 200. FIG. The illustrated planar curve forms the boundary of a one-dimensional hole.

Figure 3G shows a cross section 201 through the structure of Figure 3F. The surface 200 shown defines two-dimensional pores in the structure of Figure 3F.

Figure 3H shows a perspective view of the structure of Figure 3F, including two-dimensional and one-dimensional holes. Also shown is the surface defining the two-dimensional aperture in the structure of Figure 3F.

3I-3J illustrate the seal-forming structure 300 . The outer surface of the pad is indicated. The edges of the surfaces are shown. The path on the surface between points A and B is indicated. The straight-line distance between A and B is indicated. Two saddle regions and one dome region are indicated.

FIG. 3K shows the left-hand rule 400 .

FIG. 3L shows the right-hand rule 401 .

FIG. 3M shows the left ear, including the left ear helix 402 .

FIG. 3N shows the right ear, including the right ear helix 403 .

FIG. 3O shows a right-handed helix 404 .

4A illustrates a front perspective view of a head mounted display interface in accordance with one form of the present technology.

Figure 4B shows a rear perspective view of the head mounted display of Figure 4A.

Figure 4C shows a perspective view of a positioning and stabilization structure for use with the head mounted display of Figure 4A.

Figure 4D shows a front view of the user's face showing the position of the interface structure in use.

5A illustrates a front perspective view of a head mounted display interface in accordance with one form of the present technology.

Figure 5B shows a side view of the head mounted display interface of Figure 5A.

6 shows a schematic diagram of a control system of one form of the present technology.

7A is a schematic side view of a head mounted display system in use according to another example of the present technology.

Figure 7B is a schematic rear view of the head mounted display system shown in Figure 7A in use.

Figure 7C illustrates components of the positioning and stabilization structure of the head mounted display system shown in Figure 28A.

8 is a schematic side view of a head mounted display system in use in accordance with another example of the present technology.

9 illustrates a schematic side view of a portion of a head mounted display system in use in accordance with another example of the present technology.

10A, 10B, and 10C are a side view, a rear view, and a front view, respectively, of another example of an interface structure.

11A-11C are side cross-sectional views illustrating further embodiments of interface structures according to another example of the present technology.

12A-12C are side cross-sectional views illustrating further embodiments of interface structures according to another example of the present technology.

13A and 13B are side cross-sectional views illustrating further embodiments of interface structures according to another example of the present technology.

14A-14E are side cross-sectional views illustrating further embodiments of interface structures in accordance with another example of the present technology.

15A-15E illustrate further implementations of interface structures in accordance with another example of the present technology.

15F-15K illustrate further implementations of interface structures according to another example of the present technology.

16A and 16B illustrate further embodiments of interface structures according to another example of the present technology.

17A-17C illustrate further embodiments of interface structures according to another example of the present technology.

17D and 17E illustrate another embodiment of an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

FIG. 18A shows an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

18B-18C illustrate interface structures and positioning and stabilization structures according to another example of the present technology.

18D illustrates an interface structure and a positioning and stabilization structure according to another example of the present technology.

19A illustrates a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

19B illustrates a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

20A-20B illustrate a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

21A-21E illustrate a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

22A-22C illustrate a battery pack according to an example of the present technology.

23A-23D illustrate a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

24A-24D illustrate components of a positioning and stabilizing structure according to an example of the present technology.

25A-25C illustrate a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

26A-26B illustrate a power cord strap portion according to another example of the present technology.

27 illustrates a head mounted display unit according to an example of the present technology.

28A-28E illustrate a head mounted display system with a power cord according to an example of the present technology.

29A-29D illustrate arms according to examples of the present technology.

30A-30B illustrate an arm according to another example of the present technology.

31A-31B illustrate a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

32A-32H illustrate a head mounted display system according to an example of the present technology.

33 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

34A-34I illustrate a head mounted display unit according to another example of the present technology.

34J illustrates a head mounted display unit according to another example of the present technology.

34K-34M illustrate a connection between an arm and a guide of a head mounted display unit according to an example of the present technology.

35A-35B illustrate the connection between the top strap portion and the display unit housing according to an example of the present technology.

36A-36D illustrate a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

37A-37B illustrate display unit housings according to further examples of the present technology.

38A illustrates an arm and arm mount according to another example of the present technology.

38B-38N illustrate the connection between the arm and the display unit housing according to an example of the present technology.

Figures 39A-39C individually illustrate the positioning and stabilization structure of the head mounted display system shown in Figures 36A-36D.

40A-40B illustrate a positioning and stabilizing structure according to another example of the present technology.

41A-41B illustrate a positioning and stabilizing structure according to another example of the present technology.

Figures 42A-42D illustrate components of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in Figures 41A-41B.

Figures 43A-43C illustrate the sleeve of the positioning and stabilizing structure shown in Figures 41A-41B.

43D is a cross-sectional view of a substantially inextensible member according to another example of the present technology.

44A-44D illustrate an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

45A and 45B illustrate an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

46 shows an exploded view of a battery pack according to an example of the present technology.

Figures 47A and 47B show internal views of the battery pack shown in Figures 67A and 67B.

Figures 48A and 48B illustrate the cable guide of the battery pack shown in Figures 67A and 67B.

49A and 49B illustrate the mounting portion of the battery pack shown in FIG. 46 .

FIG. 50 shows a cable stop for the battery pack shown in FIG. 46 .

51A-51D illustrate the housing of the battery pack shown in FIG. 46 .

52A and 52B illustrate a case for a battery pack according to another example of the present technology.

53A-53G illustrate interior views of battery packs according to further examples of the present technology.

54 shows a cross-sectional view of a side arm joint according to another example of the present technology.

55A-55C illustrate views of portions of a head mounted display unit according to another example of the present technology.

56A-56B illustrate the connection between the occipital strap portion and the top strap portion according to another example of the present technology.

56C illustrates the connection between the occipital strap portion and the top strap portion according to yet another example of the present technology.

57 illustrates a buckle according to another example of the present technology.

58A and 58B illustrate views of portions of a head mounted display unit according to another example of the present technology.

59A-59H illustrate views of portions of a head mounted display unit according to another example of the present technology.

60A-60H illustrate views of a chassis of an interface structure according to another example of the present technology.

61A-61G illustrate views of portions of a head mounted display unit according to another example of the present technology.

62A-62C illustrate a head mounted display system according to further examples of the present technology.

63 illustrates a head mounted display system according to a further example of the present technology.

64A illustrates a head mounted display system according to a further example of the present technology.

64B illustrates a head mounted display system according to a further example of the present technology.

Figure 64C alone shows the positioning and stabilization structure of the head mounted display system of Figure 64B.

64D illustrates a positioning and stabilizing structure according to a further example of the present technology.

64E illustrates a head mounted display system according to a further example of the present technology.

Figure 64F alone shows the positioning and stabilization structure of the head mounted display system of Figure 64E.

64G illustrates a positioning and stabilizing structure according to a further example of the present technology.

65A and 65B illustrate a head mounted display system according to further examples of the present technology.

66 illustrates a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

67A and 67B illustrate a head mounted display system according to another example of the present technology.

68A and 68B illustrate positioning and stabilizing structures according to further examples of the present technology.

68C and 68D illustrate positioning and stabilizing structures according to further examples of the present technology.

69A and 69B illustrate the connection between the substantially inextensible layer of the top strap portion and the battery pack housing in a further example of the present technology.

70A and 70B illustrate the connection between the substantially inextensible layer of the top strap portion and the battery pack housing in a further example of the present technology.

71A and 71B illustrate the connection between the substantially inextensible layer of the top strap portion and the battery pack housing in a further example of the present technology.

72A and 72B illustrate the connection between the substantially inextensible layer of the top strap portion and the battery pack housing in a further example of the present technology.

Before the present technology is described in further detail, it is to be understood that the present technology is not limited to the specific examples described herein, which may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used in this disclosure is for the purpose of describing the specific examples described herein only and is not intended to be limiting.

The following description is provided in relation to various examples that may share one or more common features and/or characteristics. It should be understood that one or more features of any one example may be combined with one or more features of another example or other examples. Additionally, in any of the examples, any single feature or combination of features may constitute a further example.

In the following detailed description, reference is made to the accompanying drawings which form a part hereof. The illustrative embodiments described in the detailed description, depicted in the drawings, and defined in the claims are not intended to be limiting. Other embodiments may be utilized, and other changes may be made, without departing from the spirit or scope of the presented subject matter. It will be readily understood that the aspects of the present disclosure as generally described herein and illustrated in the accompanying drawings may be arranged, substituted, combined, separated, and designed into many different configurations, which are encompassed by the present creation.

1. Immersive Technology

Immersive technologies can present to the user a combination of a virtual environment and the user's physical environment or real world. The user can interact with the resulting immersive or combined reality.

The device immerses the user by augmenting or replacing stimuli associated with one of the user's five senses with virtual stimuli. Typically, this is a virtual stimulus, although there may be additional stimuli that augment or replace the stimulus associated with one of the other four senses.

In some forms, certain immersion techniques can present a combination of virtual and user environments to the user. At least a portion of the resulting environment may include a virtual environment. In some examples, the entire resulting environment may be a virtual environment (eg, meaning that the user's environment may be occluded or otherwise occluded). In other forms, at least a portion of the user's physical environment is still visually observable.

In some forms, the user may use different types of engagement techniques, which may include, but are not limited to, virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), or mixed reality (MR). Each type of engagement technique can present a different environment to the user and/or different ways of interacting with the environment.

In some forms, a display system can be used with each type of immersion technique. The display screen of the display system may provide a virtual environment component to the combined environment (ie, the combination of the virtual environment and the user environment). In some forms, the display screen may be an electronic screen.

In at least some types of immersion technologies (eg, VR, AR, MR, etc.), positioning and stabilizing electronic screens can be used to operate the corresponding device. For example, users may desire that the electronic screen be positioned close enough to their eyes to allow easy viewing, but far enough away to not cause discomfort. Additionally, the electronic screens may need to be spaced far enough apart that the user can wear corrective lenses, such as glasses, at the same time.

Additionally, users may seek to maintain the orientation of the electronic screen relative to their eyes. In other words, users walking or otherwise moving while using these devices may not want the devices to bounce or otherwise bounce on their heads (eg, especially relative to their eyes) Move as this may cause dizziness and/or discomfort to the user. Thus, these devices may be supported snugly on the user's head to limit relative movement between the user's eyes and the device.

In one form, the present technology includes a method for using a VR device, the method comprising supporting the device on a user's head proximate at least one of the user's eyes and within the user's line of sight.

In some examples of the present technology, the head mounted display unit is supported in front of the user's eyes in order to block, obscure and/or limit ambient light from reaching the user's eyes.

Any features disclosed below in the context of a device configured for VR should be understood to be applicable to a device configured for AR unless the context clearly requires otherwise. The same features disclosed below in the context of a device configured for AR will be understood to apply to a device configured for VR unless the context clearly requires otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, features disclosed in the context of a device without a transparent display, through which a user of the device can view the real world, should be understood to apply to a device with such a transparent display, unless the context clearly requires it. Likewise, features disclosed in the context of a device with a transparent display, through which the real world can be viewed, should be understood to apply to devices where the display is electronic and the real world cannot be directly viewed through the transparent material.

2. Virtual reality display interface

4A and 4B, a display device, display system, display interface, or head-mounted display system 1000 according to one aspect of the present technology includes the following functional aspects: interface structure 1100, head-mounted display unit 1200, and positioning and stabilization Structure 1300. In some forms, functional aspects may be provided by one or more physical components. In some forms, one or more physical components may provide one or more functional aspects. The head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display. In use, the head mounted display unit 1200 is arranged near and in front of the user's eyes to allow the user to view the display.

In other aspects, the head mounted display system 1000 may also include a display unit housing 1205 , a lens 1240 , a controller 1270 , a speaker 1272 , a power supply 1274 and/or a control system 1276 . In some examples, these may be an integral part of the head mounted display system 1000, while in other examples, these may be modular and incorporated into the head mounted display system 1000 according to the needs of the user.

2.1 Head mounted display unit

Head mounted display unit 1200 may include structure for providing viewable output to a user. Specifically, the head mounted display unit 1200 is arranged to be held (eg, manually, by positioning and stabilizing structures, etc.) in an operating position in front of the user's face.

In some examples, the head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display screen 1220 , a display unit housing 1205 , an interface structure 1100 and/or a lens 1240 . These components may be permanently assembled in a single head mounted display unit 1200 , or they may be detachable and selectively connected by a user to form the head mounted display unit 1200 . Additionally, the display screen 1220 , the display unit housing 1205 , the interface structure 1100 and/or the lens 1240 may be included in the head mounted display system 1000 but may not be part of the head mounted display unit 1200 .

2.1.1 Display screen

Some forms of head mounted display unit 1200 include a display, such as a display screen 1220 (not shown in Figure 4B, but disposed within display unit housing 1205). Display screen 1220 may include electrical components that provide observable output to the user.

In one form of the present technology, the display screen 1220 provides a user-observable optical output. The optical output allows the user to view the virtual environment and/or virtual objects.

Display screen 1220 may be positioned adjacent to the user's eyes in order to allow the user to view display screen 1220. For example, the display screen 1220 may be positioned in front of the user's eyes. Display screen 1220 can output computer-generated images and/or virtual environments.

In some forms, display screen 1220 is an electronic display. The display screen 1220 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD) or a light emitting diode (LED) screen.

In some forms, the display screen 1220 can include a backlight, which can help illuminate the display screen 1220. This may be particularly beneficial when viewing the display screen 1220 in a dark environment.

In some forms, the display screen 1220 may extend a wider distance between the user's pupils. Display screen 1220 may also be wider than the distance between the user's cheeks.

In some forms, display screen 1220 may display at least one image that is observable to a user. For example, the display screen 1220 may display an image that changes based on predetermined conditions (eg, passage of time, movement of the user, input from the user, etc.).

In some forms, portions of the display screen 1220 may only be visible to one eye of the user. In other words, a portion of display screen 1220 may be positioned near and in front of only one eye (eg, right eye) of the user, and blocked from viewing from the other eye (eg, left eye).

In one example, the display screen 1220 can be divided into two sides (eg, left and right) and can display two images at a time (eg, one image on either side).

Similar images may be displayed on each side of the display screen 1220. In some examples, the images may be the same, while in other examples, the images may be slightly different.

The two images on the display screen 1220 can form a binocular display, which can provide the user with a more realistic VR experience. In other words, the user's brain can process the two images from the display screen 1220 together into a single image. Providing two (eg, different) images may allow a user to view virtual objects around them and expand their field of view within the virtual environment.

In some forms, the display screen 1220 can be positioned so that both eyes of the user can see it. The display screen 1220 can output a single image at a time, the single image being visible to both eyes. This can simplify processing compared to the multi-image display screen 1220.

2.1.2 Display housing

In some forms of the present technology as shown in Figures 4A and 4B, the display unit housing 1205 provides support structure for the display screen 1220 in order to maintain the position of at least some components of the display screen 1220 relative to each other, and may additionally Protects the display screen 1220 and/or other components of the head mounted display unit 1200. Display unit housing 1205 may be constructed of a material suitable for providing impact protection to display screen 1220 . The display unit housing 1205 may also contact the user's face, and may be constructed of a biocompatible material suitable for limiting stimulation to the user.

Display unit housing 1205 in accordance with some forms of the present technology may be constructed of a rigid, rigid, or semi-rigid material, such as plastic.

In some forms, a rigid or semi-rigid material may be at least partially covered with a soft and/or flexible material (eg, textile, silicone, etc.). This may improve biocompatibility and/or user comfort because at least a portion of the display unit housing 1205 that the user engages (eg, grasps with their hands) includes soft and/or flexible materials.

Other forms of display unit housing 1205 in accordance with the present technology may be constructed of a soft, flexible, resilient material, such as silicone rubber.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may have a substantially rectangular or substantially oval profile. The display unit housing 1205 may have a three-dimensional shape, having a substantially rectangular or substantially elliptical outline.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may include an upper face 1230 , a lower face 1232 , a lateral left face 1234 , a lateral right face 1236 and a front face 1238 . In use, the display screen 1220 may remain within the face.

In some forms, upper face 1230 and lower face 1232 may have substantially the same shape.

In one form, the upper face 1230 and the lower face 1232 may be substantially flat and extend along parallel planes (eg, in use substantially parallel to the level of Frankfurt).

In some forms, lateral left face 1234 and lateral right face 1236 may have substantially the same shape.

In one form, lateral left 1234 and lateral right 1236 may be curved and/or rounded between upper 1230 and lower 1232 surfaces. The rounded and/or curved lateral left 1234 or lateral right 1236 may be more comfortable for a user to grasp and hold when putting on and/or taking off the head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the front face 1238 may extend between the upper face 1230 and the lower face 1232 . The front face 1238 may form the frontmost portion of the head mounted display system 1000 .

In one form, the front face 1238 can be a substantially flat surface and can be substantially parallel to the coronal plane while the head mounted display system 1000 is worn by the user.

In one form, the front face 1238 may not have a corresponding opposing face (eg, the rear face) that is substantially the same shape as the front face 1238 . The rear of the display unit housing 1205 may be at least partially open (eg, recessed on the front) to receive a user's face.

In some forms, display screen 1220 is permanently integrated into head mounted display system 1000. Display screen 1220 may be a device that can only be used as part of head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, display unit housing 1205 may surround display screen 1220, which may protect display screen 1220 and/or limit user interference (eg, movement and/or destruction) with components of display screen 1220.

In some forms, the display screen 1220 may be substantially sealed within the display unit housing 1205 so as to limit the collection of dirt or other debris on the surface of the display screen 1220, which may adversely affect a user's viewing of the output from the display screen 1220. image capability. Since the display screen 1220 cannot be removed from the display unit housing 1205, the user may not need to break the seal and gain access to the display screen 1220.

In some forms, display screen 1220 is removably integrated into head mounted display system 1000. The display screen 1220 may be a device that can be used independently of the head mounted display system 1000 as a whole. For example, display screen 1220 may be provided on a smart phone or other portable electronic device.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may include compartments. A portion of the display screen 1220 may be removably accommodated within the compartment. For example, the user may removably position the display screen 1220 in the compartment. This may be useful if the display screen 1220 performs additional functions outside the head mounted display unit 1200 (eg, is a portable electronic device such as a cellular phone). Additionally, removing the display screen 1220 from the display unit housing 1205 may assist the user in cleaning and/or replacing the display screen 1220.

Some forms of the display unit housing 1205 include openings to the compartments, allowing a user to more easily insert and remove the display screen 1220 into and out of the compartments. The display screen 1220 may be held within the compartment via frictional engagement.

In some forms, the cover may selectively cover the compartment and may provide additional protection and/or security for the display screen 1220 when located within the compartment.

In some forms, the compartment can be opened above. When the display interface is worn by the user, the display screen 1220 may be inserted into the compartment in a substantially vertical orientation.

2.1.3 Interface Structure

As shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B , some forms of the present technology include an interface structure 1100 that is positioned and/or arranged to conform to the shape of a user's face and that can be directed toward the head-mounted display system 1000 while wearing and/or using the head-mounted display system 1000 . The user is provided with increased comfort.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 is coupled to the surface of the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 can extend at least partially around the display unit housing 1205 and can form a viewing opening. The viewing opening may be at least partially grounded in use the user's face. Specifically, the user's eyes can be accommodated within the viewing opening formed by the interface structure 1100 .

In some forms, interface structures 1100 in accordance with the present technology may be constructed of biocompatible materials.

In some forms, interface structures 1100 in accordance with the present technology may be constructed of soft, flexible, and/or elastic materials.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 in accordance with the present technology may be constructed of silicone rubber and/or foam.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 may contact a sensitive area of the user's face, which may be an uncomfortable position. The material forming the interface structure 1100 can cushion these sensitive areas and limit user discomfort while wearing the head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, these sensitive areas may include the user's forehead. Specifically, this may include areas of the user's head adjacent to the frontal bones, such as the parietal muscles and/or the glabella. This area may be sensitive because there is limited natural buffering from muscle and/or fat between the user's skin and bone. Similarly, the ridges of the user's nose may also include little or no natural cushioning.

In some forms, interface structure 1100 may comprise a single element. In some embodiments, the interface structure 1100 may be designed for mass manufacturing. For example, the interface structure 1100 can be designed to comfortably fit a variety of different facial shapes and sizes.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 may include different elements that cover different areas of the user's face. Different parts of the interface structure 1100 may be constructed of different materials and provide the user with different textures and/or cushioning in different areas.

2.1.3.1 Light shield

Some forms of head mounted display system 1000 may include a light shield that may be constructed of an opaque material and that may block ambient light from reaching the user's eyes. Light shields can is part of the interface structure 1100 or may be a separate element. In some examples, in addition to providing a comfortable contact portion for contact between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the user's face, the interface structure 1100 may also form a light shield by shielding the user's eyes from ambient light . In some examples, the light shield may be formed from multiple components that work together to block ambient light.

In some forms, the light shield may block ambient light from reaching the eye area, which may be formed over the parietal muscle, the area of the user's sphenoid bone, the outer cheek area spanning between the sphenoid bone and the left or right zygomatic arch. , above the zygomatic arch, spanning the inner cheek area from the zygomatic arch toward the alar crest, and on the nasal ridge below the user's nasal pit to enclose a portion of the user's face therebetween.

In one form, the light shield may not contact the user's face around its entire perimeter. For example, the light shield may be spaced apart from the user's nasal ridge. The width of this space may be substantially small in order to substantially limit the entry of ambient light. However, the user's nasal ridges can be sensitive and easily irritated. Therefore, avoiding direct contact with the user's nasal ridge may improve user comfort when wearing the head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the light shield may be part of the display unit housing 1205 and may be integrally or removably coupled to the display unit housing 1205 . In one form, if the display unit housing 1205 can be used with a display screen 1220 that outputs AR or MR and VR, the light shield can be removed from the display unit housing 1205 and only coupled to the display when VR is used Unit housing 1205.

2.1.3.1.1 Seal forming structure

As shown in FIG. 4D, in one form of the present technology, the interface structure 1100 acts as a seal-forming structure and provides a target seal-forming area. The target seal-forming area is the area on the seal-forming structure where sealing may occur. The area where sealing actually occurs - the actual sealing surface - can vary from day to day and from user to user within a given session, depending on a range of factors, including display The location where the unit housing 1205 is placed on the face, the tension in the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, and the shape of the patient's face.

In one form, the target seal-forming region is located on the outer surface of the interface structure 1100 .

In some forms, the light shield may form a seal-forming structure and seal against the user's face.

In some forms, the entire perimeter of the light shield or interface structure 1100 can be sealed against the user's skin and can block ambient light from reaching the eye area. The ocular region may form on the parietal muscle, the region of the user's sphenoid bone, spanning the outer cheek region between the sphenoid bone and the left or right zygomatic arch, above the zygomatic arch, spanning the inner cheek region from the zygomatic arch toward the wing roof, and on the nasal ridge below the user's nasal pit to enclose a portion of the user's face therebetween.

When used as a seal-forming structure, the light shield or interface structure 1100 can contact sensitive areas of the user's face, such as the user's nasal ridges. This contact completely prevents the ingress of ambient light. Sealing around the entire perimeter of the display unit housing 1205 can improve the performance of the head mounted display system 1000 . Additionally, biocompatible materials may be selected such that direct contact with the user's nasal ridges does not significantly reduce the user's comfort while wearing the head-mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms of the present technology, a system is provided that includes more than one interface structure 1100, each interface structure 1100 configured to correspond to a different size and/or shape range. For example, the system may include one form of interface structure 1100 that is suitable for large-sized heads but not small-sized heads, and another form of interface structure 1100 that is suitable for small-sized heads without Suitable for large size heads. Different interface structures 1100 may be removable and replaceable so that different users with heads of different sizes can use the same head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the seal-forming structure may be formed on the parietal muscle, the region of the user's sphenoid bone, across the lateral buccal region between the sphenoid bone and the left or right zygomatic arch, above the zygomatic arch, from the zygomatic arch Spanning the inner cheek region towards the crest of the wing, and on the nasal ridge below the user's nasal concave point, to enclose a portion of the user's face therebetween. The defined area may be the eye area.

In some forms, this can seal around the user's eyes. The seal formed by the seal-forming structure or interface structure 1100 may form a light seal to limit ambient light from reaching the user's eyes.

2.1.3.2 Material Biocompatibility

According to the ISO 10993-1 standard, biocompatible materials are considered to be materials that have been adequately evaluated for their biological response in relation to safety in use. When used, the evaluation takes into account the nature and duration of expected contact with human tissue. In some forms of the present technology, the materials used in positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and interface structure 1100 may undergo at least some of the following biocompatibility tests: Cytotoxicity - Elution Test (MeM Extract): ANSI/AAMI/ ISO 10993-5; Skin Sensitization: ISO 10993-10; Irritation: ISO 10993-10; Genotoxicity - Bacterial Mutagenicity Test: ISO 10993-3; Implantation: ISO 10993-6.

2.1.4 Optical lens

As shown in FIG. 4B , at least one lens 1240 may be disposed between the user's eyes and the display screen 1220 . The user can view the images provided by the display screen 1220 through the lens 1240 . At least one lens 1240 can help space the display screen 1220 from the user's face to limit eye strain. At least one lens 1240 can also help to better view the image displayed by the display screen 1220.

In some forms, lens 1240 is a Fresnel lens.

In some forms, lens 1240 may have a substantially frustoconical shape. In use, the wider end of the lens 1240 can be positioned close to the display screen 1220 and the narrower end of the lens 1240 can be positioned close to the user's eye.

In some forms, the lens 1240 may have a substantially cylindrical shape, and may have substantially the same width in use proximate the display screen 1220 and proximate the user's eye.

In some forms, the at least one lens 1240 can also magnify the image of the display screen 1220 to illustrate the user viewing the image.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 includes two lenses 1240 (eg, a binocular display), each lens 1240 for one eye of a user. In other words, each eye of the user can be viewed through a separate lens 1240 located in front of the corresponding pupil. Each lens 1240 may be the same, although in some examples, one lens 1240 may be different (eg, have a different magnification) than another lens 1240 .

In some forms, display screen 1220 can output two images simultaneously. Each eye of the user can only see one of the two images. The images may be displayed side by side on the display screen 1220 . Each lens 1240 allows each eye to view only images close to the corresponding eye. The user can view the two images together as a single image.

In some forms, the rear perimeter of each lens 1240 may be approximately the size of a user's eye socket. The rear perimeter may be slightly larger than the size of the user's eye socket to ensure that the corresponding lens 1240 is visible to the user's entire eye. For example, the outer edge of each lens 1240 may align with the user's frontal bone in the superior direction (eg, near the user's eyebrows) and may align with the user's maxilla in the inferior direction (eg, near the outer cheek region).

The positioning and/or size adjustment of the lens 1240 may allow the user to have approximately 360° of peripheral vision in the virtual environment to closely resemble the physical environment.

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a single lens 1240 (eg, a monocular display). Lens 1240 may be positioned in front of both eyes (eg, so that both eyes view images from display screen 1220 through lens 1240), or may be positioned in front of only one eye (eg, when only one eye can view when the image from the shift element is displayed on screen 1220).

2.1.4.1 Lens installation

Lens 1240 may be coupled to a spacer located near display screen 1220 (eg, between display screen 1220 and interface structure 1100 ) such that lens 1240 is not in direct contact with display screen 1220 (eg, to limit lens 1240 from scratching display screen 1220 ) ).

For example, the lens 1240 may be recessed relative to the interface structure 1100 such that the lens 1240 is disposed within the viewing opening. In use, each eye of the user is aligned with a corresponding lens 1240 when the user's face is received within the viewing opening (eg, operating position).

In some forms, the front perimeter of each lens 1240 may encompass approximately half of the display screen 1220. A substantially small gap may exist between the two lenses 1240 along the centerline of the display screen 1220 . This may allow a user looking through both lenses 1240 to be able to view substantially the entire display screen 1220 and all images to be output to the user.

In some forms, the center of the display screen 1220 (eg, along the centerline between the two lenses 1240) may not output an image. For example, in a binocular display (eg, where each side of the display screen 1220 outputs substantially the same image), each image may be spaced apart on the display screen 1220. This may allow the two lenses 1240 to be positioned very close to the display screen 1220 while allowing the user to view the entire image displayed on the display screen 1220.

In some forms, protective layer 1242 may be formed around at least a portion of lens 1240 . In use, the protective layer 1242 may be located between the user's face and the display screen 1220.

In some forms, a portion of each lens 1240 may protrude through the protective layer 1242 in the rearward direction. For example, the narrow end of each lens 1240 may protrude further rearward than the protective layer 1242 in use.

In some forms, protective layer 1242 may be opaque so that light from display screen 1220 cannot pass through. Additionally, the user may not be able to view the display screen 1220 without looking through the lens 1240 .

In some forms, the protective layer 1242 may be non-planar and may include a contour that substantially matches the contours of the user's face. For example, a portion of the protective layer 1242 may be recessed in the forward direction to accommodate the user's nose.

In some forms, the user may wear the head mounted display system 1000 without touching the protective layer 1242 . This may help reduce irritation due to additional contact with the user's face (eg, against the sensitive nasal ridge area).

2.1.4.2 Correction Lens

In some examples, an additional lens may be coupled to lens 1240 such that a user sees images output by display screen 1220 through lens 1240 and the additional lens.

In some forms, the additional lens is further back than lens 1240 in use. Accordingly, the additional lens is positioned closer to the user's eye, and the user looks through the additional lens before viewing through the lens 1240 .

In some forms, the additional lens may have a different magnification than lens 1240.

In some forms, the additional lens may be a prescription strength lens. Additional lenses may allow a user to view display screen 1220 without glasses, which may be uncomfortable to wear when using head mounted display system 1000 . The additional lens may be removable so that the display screen 1220 can still be viewed clearly by a user who does not need the additional lens.

2.2 Positioning and stabilizing the structure

As shown in Figures 4A and 4B, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 of the head mounted display system 1000 of the present technology may be held in place by the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in use.

In order to maintain display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 in their correct operating position, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 ideally rests comfortably against the user's head in order to minimize facial markings and/or damage from prolonged use The way the pain adapts to the load caused by the weight of the display unit. There is also a need to allow for a universal fit without sacrificing comfort, usability and manufacturing costs. design mark The standard may include tunability over a predetermined range of low-touch simple setup solutions with low dexterity thresholds. Further considerations include catering to dynamic environments in which head mounted display system 1000 may be used. As part of the immersive experience of the virtual environment, the user may communicate, ie speak, while using the head mounted display system 1000 . In this way, the user's jaw or mandible can move relative to the other bones of the skull. Additionally, during use of the head mounted display system 1000, the entire head may move. For example, the movement of the user's upper body and in some cases the lower body, and in particular, the movement of the head relative to the upper and lower body.

In one form, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 provides a holding force to overcome the effects of gravity on the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205.

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is provided that is constructed in a manner consistent with being worn comfortably by a user. In one example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 has a smaller side or cross-sectional thickness to reduce the sensed or actual volume of the instrument. In one example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one strap having a rectangular cross-section. In one example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one flat strap.

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is provided that is configured not to be too large and bulky to prevent a user from comfortably moving their head from side to side.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a strap constructed of a laminate of a fabric user contact layer, an inner foam layer, and an outer fabric layer. In one form, the foam is porous to allow moisture (eg, sweat) to pass through the straps. In one form, the skin-contacting layer of the strap is formed of a material that assists in drawing moisture away from the user's face. In one form, the outer fabric layer includes loop material for engaging the hook material portion.

In some forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes straps that are extendable, eg, elastically extendable. For example, the straps may be configured to be in tension in use, and the guiding force pulls the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 toward a portion of the user's face part, especially close to the user's eyes and in line with their field of view. In one example, the strap may be configured as a tether.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a first tether constructed and arranged such that, in use, at least a portion of a lower edge of the first tether passes over the upper ear base of the user's head And cover part of the parietal bone without covering the occipital bone.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a second tether constructed and arranged such that, in use, at least a portion of an upper edge of the second tether passes over the lower ear base of the user's head Below and covering or below the occipital bone of the user's head.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a third tether constructed and arranged to interconnect the first tether and the second tether to reduce the size of the first tether and the second tether Bands tend to separate from each other.

In some forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes straps that are bendable and, for example, non-rigid. The advantage of this is that the strap is more comfortable relative to the user's head.

In some forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes straps configured to be breathable to allow moisture transmission through the straps, In some forms of the present technology, a system is provided that includes more than one positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, each positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 configured to provide a holding force to correspond to a different range of sizes and/or shapes. For example, the system may include one form of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that is suitable for large size heads but not small size heads, while another form of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is suitable for small size heads head, but not for large size heads.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a cushioning material (eg, a foam pad) for contacting the user's skin. The cushioning material may provide increased wear resistance to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, especially if the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is constructed of rigid or semi-rigid materials.

2.2.1 Temporal connector

As shown in Figure 4C, some forms of head mounted display system 1000 or positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 include temporal connectors 1250, each of which may cover a corresponding one of the user's temporal bones in use. In use, a portion of the temporal connector 1250 contacts an area of the user's head proximate the supra-aural attachment point (ie, above each user's ear). In some examples, the temporal connector 1250 is the strap portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . In other examples, the temporal connector 1250 is the arm 1210 of the head mounted display unit 1200 . In some examples, the temporal connectors 1250 of the head mounted display system 1000 may be formed in part by strap portions (eg, side strap portions 1330 ) of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and in part by the head mounted display unit Arm 1210 of 1200 is formed.

Temporal connectors 1250 may be sides of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, as each temporal connector 1250 is positioned on the left or right side of the user's head.

In some forms, the temporal link 1250 can extend in an anterior-posterior direction and can be substantially parallel to the sagittal plane.

In some forms, the temple connector 1250 can be coupled to the display unit housing 1205 . For example, the temple connector 1250 may be attached to the side of the display unit housing 1205. For example, each temporal link 1250 may be coupled to a respective one of the lateral left side 1234 and the lateral right side 1236 .

In some forms, the temple links 1250 may be pivotally connected to the display unit housing 1205 and may provide relative rotation between each of the temple links 1250 and the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the temple connector 1250 may be removably connected to the display unit housing 1205 (eg, via magnets, mechanical fasteners, hook and loop material, etc.).

In some forms, the temporal link 1250 may be arranged, in use, to extend generally along or parallel to the Frankfurt level of the head and over the cheekbones (eg, over the user's cheekbones).

In some forms, the temporal link 1250 may be positioned against the user's head, similar to the arms of glasses, and positioned better than the reverse helix of each respective ear.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may have a generally elongated and flat configuration. In other words, each temporal link 1250 is longer and wider (in the top-to-bottom direction in the plane of the paper) than it is thicker (in the direction of entering the plane of the paper).

In some forms, each temporal link 1250 may have a three-dimensional shape with curvature in all three axes (X, Y, and Z). While the thickness of each temporal link 1250 may be substantially uniform, its height varies throughout its length. The purpose of the shape and size of each temporal link 1250 is to closely conform to the user's head, so as to remain unobtrusive and maintain a low profile (eg, without looking overly bulky).

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be constructed of rigid or semi-rigid materials, which may include plastic, fiber (thermoplastic polyester elastomer), or other similar materials. Rigid or semi-rigid materials may be self-supporting and/or capable of retaining their shape without being worn. This can make it more intuitive or obvious to the user how to use the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, and can be contrasted with a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that is completely floppy and does not maintain shape. Retaining the temporal link 1250 in use prior to use may prevent or limit deformation while the user wears the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, and allow the user to quickly install or wear the head mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the temporal link 1250 may be a rigid member that may allow for more efficient (eg, direct) translation of tension through the temporal link 1250 because the rigid member limits elongation or deformation of the arm 1210 in use Amplitude.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be designed such that the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 'pops out of the box' and generally enters its in-use configuration. Furthermore, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be arranged to retain its in-use shape once out of the case (eg, because rigid members may be formed to maintain the shape of some or portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300). Advantageously, the orientation of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is clear to the user because the shape of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally curved, much like the back of the user's head. That is, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally dome-shaped.

In some forms, a flexible and/or elastic material may be disposed around the rigid or semi-rigid material of the temporal link 1250. The flexible material may rest more comfortably against the user's head in order to improve abrasion resistance and provide a soft contact with the user's face. In one form, the flexible material is a fabric sleeve that is permanently or removably coupled to each temporal connector 1250.

In one form, the fabric can be overmolded onto at least one side of the rigid member. In one form, the rigid member may be formed separately from the elastic member, and then a protective sleeve of user contact material (eg, Breath-O-Prene ^™ ) may be wrapped or slid over the rigid member. In alternative forms, the user contact material may be provided to the rigid member by adhesive, ultrasonic welding, sewing, hook and loop material, and/or stud connections.

In some forms, the user contact material may be on both sides of the rigid member, or may only be on the user contact side (eg, the user contact side) of the rigid member to reduce material bulk and cost.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 is constructed of a flexible material (eg, fabric) that may be comfortable to the user's skin and may not require additional layers for increased comfort.

2.2.2 Rear support part

As shown in FIG. 4C, some forms of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include functions to help support display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 (shown in FIG. 4B ) near the user's eyes The rear support part 1350. The rear support 1350 can help anchor the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 to the user's head in order to properly orient the display screen 1220 close to the user's eyes.

In some forms, the rear support 1350 may be coupled to the display unit housing 1205 via the temple connector 1250 .

In some forms, the temple connector 1250 may be coupled directly to the display unit housing 1205 and the rear support 1350 .

In some forms, the rear support 1350 may have a three-dimensional contoured curve to fit the shape of the user's head. For example, the three-dimensional shape of the rear support 1350 may have a generally circular three-dimensional shape adapted to cover a portion of the parietal and occipital bones of a user's head in use.

In some forms, the rear support 1350 may be the rear of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . The rear support portion 1350 may provide an anchoring force directed at least in part in a forward direction.

In some forms, the rear support portion 1350 is the lowermost portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, the rear support 1350 may contact the area of the user's head between the occipital bone and the trapezius muscles. The posterior support 3008 can hook against the lower edge of the occiput (eg, the occiput). The rear support 1350 may provide a force in an upward and/or anterior direction to maintain contact with the user's occipital bone.

In some forms, the rear support portion 1350 is the lowermost portion of the entire head mounted display system 1000 . For example, rear support 1350 may be positioned at the base of the user's neck (eg, covering the occiput and trapezius muscles lower than the user's eyes) such that rear support 1350 is lower than display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the rear support 1350 can include a cushion material that can contact the user's head (eg, covering the area between the occipital bone and the trapezius muscle). The pad material may provide additional comfort to the user and limit marks caused by the rear support 1350 being pulled toward the user's head.

2.2.3 Forehead Support

Some forms of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a forehead support or frontal bone support 1360 configured to contact the user's head higher than the user's eyes in use. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG. 5B includes a forehead support 1360 . In some examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG. 4A may include a forehead support 1360 . The forehead support 1360 may cover the frontal bone of the user's head. In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may also be higher than the sphenoid and/or temporal bones. This may also position the forehead support 1360 higher than the user's eyebrows.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be the front of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and may be positioned more forward on the user's head than any other portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . The rear support 1350 may provide a force directed at least in part in a rearward direction.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 can include a cushioning material (eg, fabric, foam, silicone, etc.) that can contact the user and can help limit marking caused by the straps of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. Forehead support 1360 and interface structure 1100 may work together to provide comfort to the user.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be separate from the display unit housing 1205 and may contact the user's head at a different location than the display unit housing 1205 (eg, a higher location).

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 can be adjusted to allow the positioning and stabilization structure 1300 to adapt to the shape and/or configuration of the user's face.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 (eg, on the side of the forehead support 1360). Temporal connector 1250 may extend at least partially in a downward direction for coupling to rear support 1350 .

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include multiple pairs of temporal connectors 1250 . For example, a pair of temporal connectors 1250 can be coupled to the forehead support 1360 and a pair of temporal connectors 1250 can be coupled to the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be presented at an angle generally parallel to the user's forehead to provide improved comfort for the user. For example, the forehead support 1360 may position the user in an orientation overlying the frontal bone and substantially parallel to the coronal plane. Positioning the forehead support 1360 substantially parallel to the coronal plane can reduce the likelihood of pressure ulcers that may result from uneven presentation.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be offset from a rear support or a rear support that contacts a posterior region of the user's head (eg, the region covering the occiput and trapezius). In other words, the axis along the rear strap will not intersect the forehead support 1360, which may be positioned lower and more forward than the axis along the rear strap. The resulting offset between the forehead support 1360 and the rear strap may create a moment that opposes the gravitational force of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 . Larger offsets can produce larger moments and thus be more helpful in maintaining the proper position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 . The deflection can be increased by moving the forehead support 1360 closer to the user's eyes (eg, more forward and lower along the user's head) and/or increasing the angle of the rear strap so that it is more vertical. shift.

2.2.4 Adjustable straps

As shown in FIG. 4C, portions of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be adjustable to apply selective tension on display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 to secure display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 body 1205 location.

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 can include at least one loop or eyelet 1254, and the at least one temporal connector 1250 can pass through the loop and fold over itself. The user can select the length of the temporal link 1250 through the corresponding eyelet 1254 to adjust for positioning and stabilization. The tension provided by structure 1300. For example, passing a larger length of the temporal connector 1250 through the eyelet 1254 may provide a larger pulling force.

In some forms, at least one of the temporal connectors 1250 may include an adjustment portion 1256 and a receiving portion 1258 . The adjustment portion 1256 can be positioned through the aperture 1254 on the display unit housing 1205 and can be coupled to the receiving portion 1258 (eg, by folding in half on itself). The adjustment portion 1256 may comprise hook material and the receiving portion 1258 may comprise loop material (or vice versa) so that the adjustment portion 1256 may be removably held in a desired position. In some examples, the hook material and loop material may be Velcro.

In some forms, adjusting the position of the adjustment portion 1256 relative to the receiving portion 1258 can apply a back force to the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 and increase or decrease the sealing force of the light shield relative to the user's head (eg, when the light shield is used as a seal-forming structure).

In some forms, the adjustment portion 1256 may be constructed of a flexible and/or elastic material that may conform to the shape of a user's head and/or may allow the adjustment portion 1256 to pass through the eyelet 1254 . For example, the adjustment portion 1256 may be constructed of an elastic fabric, which may provide elastic tension. The remainder of the temporal link 1250 may be constructed of the rigid or semi-rigid materials described above (although it is contemplated that additional portions of the temporal link 1250 may also be constructed of flexible materials).

2.2.4.1 Head strap

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can include a top strap portion 1340 that can cover the upper region of the user's head.

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may extend between the front of the head mounted display system 1000 and the rear area of the head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 can be constructed of a flexible material and can be configured to conform to the shape of a user's head.

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may be connected to the display unit housing 1205 . For example, top strap portion 1340 may be coupled to upper face 1230 . The top strap portion 1340 may also be coupled to the display unit housing 1205 near the rear end of the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 . For example, the top strap portion 1340 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 near the upper edge. The top strap portion 1340 may be connected to the display unit housing 1205 through the forehead support 1360 .

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may be connected to the rear support portion 1350 . For example, the top strap portion 1340 may be attached near the upper edge of the rear support portion 1350 .

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may cover the frontal and parietal bones of the user's head.

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may extend along the sagittal plane as it extends between the front and rear of the head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may apply a pulling force directed at least partially in an upward direction, which may oppose gravity.

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 can apply tension oriented at least partially in a rearward direction, which can pull the interface structure 1100 toward the user's face (and provide a sealing force when the light shield 3312 acts as a seal-forming structure) a part of).

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may be adjustable to apply selective tension on display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 to secure the position of display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, display unit housing 1205 and/or forehead support 1360 (as the case may be) may include at least one loop or eyelet 1254, and top strap portion 1340 may pass through eyelet 1254 and fold over itself. The user may select the length of the top strap portion 1340 through the eyelet 1254 in order to adjust the tension provided by the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, threading a larger length of the top strap portion 1340 through the eyelet 1254 may provide a larger pulling force.

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may include an adjustment portion 1256 and a receiving portion 1258 . The adjustment portion 1256 can be positioned through the eyelet 1254 and can be coupled to the receiving portion 1258 (eg, by folding in half on itself). The adjustment portion 1256 may comprise hook material and the receiving portion 1258 may comprise loop material (or vice versa) so that the adjustment portion 1256 may be removably held in a desired position. In some examples, the hook material and loop material may be Velcro.

2.2.5 Rotation Control

In some forms, display unit housing 1205 and/or display screen 1220 may pivot relative to the user's face when positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is worn by the user. This may allow the user to view the physical environment while still wearing the user interface 3000. This may be useful for users who wish to take a break for viewing the virtual environment, but do not wish to leave the positioning and stabilization structure 1300.

In some forms, a pivot connection 1260 may be formed between the upper portion of the display unit housing 1205 and the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, the pivot connection 1260 may be formed on the upper surface 1230 of the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, pivot connection 1260 may be coupled to forehead support 1360 . The display unit housing 1205 is pivotable about the lower edge of the forehead support 1360 .

In one form, the temple link 1250 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 to allow the display unit housing 1205 to pivot.

In some forms, the pivot connection 1260 may be a ratchet connection and may hold the display unit housing 1205 in the raised position without additional user intervention.

2.3 Controller

As shown in FIG. 6, some forms of head-mounted display system 1000 include a controller 1270 that can be engaged by a user to provide user input to the virtual environment and/or control the head-mounted display The operation of the system 1000 is shown. The controller 1270 may be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 and provide the user with the ability to interact with virtual objects output from the head mounted display unit 1200 to the user.

2.3.1 Handheld Controller

In some forms, the controller 1270 may comprise a handheld device and may be easily grasped by a user with one hand.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 may include two handheld controllers. The handheld controllers may be substantially identical to each other, and each handheld controller may be actuated by a respective hand of the user.

In some forms, a user may interact with a handheld controller in order to control and/or interact with virtual objects in the virtual environment.

In some forms, the handheld controller includes buttons that are actuatable by the user. For example, a user's finger can press a button while holding the handheld controller.

In some forms, the handheld controller may include directional controls (eg, joystick, control pad, etc.). The user's thumb can engage the directional controls while holding the handheld controller.

In some forms, controller 1270 may be wirelessly connected to head mounted display unit 1200. For example, the controller 1270 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via Bluetooth, Wi-Fi or any similar means.

In some forms, controller 1270 and head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected with a wired connection.

2.3.2 Fixed Controller

In some forms, at least a portion of the controller 1270 may be integrally formed on the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the controller 1270 may include control buttons integrally formed on the display unit housing 1205 . For example, control buttons may be formed on the upper side 1230 and/or the lower side 1232 to It can be engaged by the user's fingers when holding the user's palm against the lateral left 1234 or lateral right 1236 of the display unit housing 1205 . Control buttons may also be arranged on other faces of the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, a user may interact with control buttons in order to control at least one operation of the head mounted display system 1000 . For example, the control button can be an on/off button that can selectively control whether the display screen 1220 is outputting an image to the user.

In some forms, the control buttons and head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected with a wired connection.

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 may include both a handheld controller 1270 and control buttons.

2.4 speakers

6, in some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a sound system or speaker 1272 that can be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 and that can be positioned proximate to a user's ear in order to provide audible output to the user .

In some forms, speakers 1272 may be positioned around the user's ears and may block or limit the user's hearing of ambient noise.

In some forms, speaker 1272 may be wirelessly connected to head mounted display unit 1200. For example, speaker 1272 and head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via Bluetooth, Wi-Fi or any similar means.

In some forms, speaker 1272 includes a left ear transducer and a right ear transducer. In some forms, the left and right ear transducers may output different signals such that the volume and/or noise heard by the user in one ear (eg, the left ear) may be different from the user in the other ear Volume and/or noise heard in (eg, right ear).

In some forms, the controller 1270 may be used to control the speaker 1272 (eg, the volume of the speaker 1272).

5.2.5 Power

Referring to FIG. 6 , some forms of head mounted display system 1000 may include power supply 1274 that may provide power to head mounted display unit 1200 and any other electrical components of head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the power source 1274 can include a wired electrical connection that can be coupled to an external power source that can be secured to a particular location.

In some forms, power source 1274 may include a portable battery that may provide power to head mounted display unit 1200 . Portable batteries may allow greater mobility for users than wired electrical connections.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 and/or other electronic components of head mounted display system 1000 may include internal batteries and may be used without power source 1274 .

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 may include a power supply 1274 in a location remote from the head mounted display unit 1200 . Wires may extend from the distal location to the display unit housing 1205 to electrically connect the power supply 1274 to the head mounted display unit 1200 .

In some forms, the power source 1274 may be coupled to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, the power source 1274 may be permanently or removably coupled to the straps of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The power source 1274 may be coupled to the rear of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 such that it may be generally opposite the display unit housing 1205 and/or the head mounted display unit 1200 . The weight of the power supply 1274 and the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 and the display unit housing 1205 can thus be spread throughout the head mounted display system 1000 rather than being concentrated at the front of the head mounted display system 1000 . Shifting weight to the back of the head mounted display system 1000 can limit the moment generated on the user's face, which can improve comfort and allow the user to wear the head mounted display system 1000 for longer periods of time.

In some forms, the power source 1274 may be supported by the user away from the user's head. For example, power supply 1274 may be connected to head mounted display unit 1200 and/or display unit housing 1205 only by electrical connections (eg, wires). The power source 1274 may be stored in the user's trouser pocket, on a belt clip, or support the weight of the power source 1274 in a similar manner. This eliminates the weight that the user's head needs to support and can make wearing the head mounted display system 1000 more comfortable for the user.

In some forms, the head mounted display unit 1200 may include a power supply 1274 . For example, the display screen 1220 may be a cellular phone or other similar electronic device that includes an internal power supply 1274.

2.6 Control system

Referring to Figure 6, some forms of head mounted display system 1000 include a control system 1276 that illustrates the control of output received by a user. Specifically, control system 1276 may control visual output from display screen 1220 and/or audible output from speakers 1272.

In some forms, the control system 1276 may include sensors that monitor various parameters (eg, in the physical environment) and communicate the measured parameters to the processor. The output received by the user may be affected by the measured parameters.

In some forms, the control system 1276 is integrated into the head mounted display unit 1200. In other forms, the control system 1276 is housed in a control system support 1290 that is separate from the head mounted display unit 1200 but connected (eg, electrically connected) to the head mounted display unit 1200 .

2.6.1 Power

In some forms, the control system 1276 may be powered by a power source 1274 , which may be at least one battery used to power components of the control system 1276 . For example, the sensors of the control system 1276 may be powered by the power supply 1274 .

In some forms, the at least one battery of the power source 1274 may be the low power system battery 1278 and the main battery 7008 .

In some forms, the low power system battery 1278 may be used to power the real time clock 1282 (Real Time, RT) of the control system 1276 .

2.6.1.1 Integrated Power Support Department

In some forms, battery support 1288 may support low power system battery 1278 and/or main battery 7008 . The battery support 1288 may be directly supported on the head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, battery support 1288 may be disposed within display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, battery support 1288 may be disposed on positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, battery support 1288 may be coupled to rear support 1350 . The weight of the head mounted display system 1000 may be better balanced around the user's head. One form of battery support 1288 is a battery pack case, which will be described in more detail herein.

2.6.1.2 Remote Power Support Department

In some forms, battery support 1288 may support low power system battery 1278 and/or main battery 7008 . The battery support 1288 may be coupled to the user independently of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and/or the display unit housing 1205 (eg, it may be coupled via a strap clip). The battery support 1288 may also be supported away from the user's body (eg, if the head mounted display system 1000 receives power from a computer or video game console). The tether may couple the battery support 1288 to the control system 1276 and/or other electronic devices. Since the weight of the low power system battery 1278 and/or the main battery 7008 is not supported by the user's head, the positioning of the battery support 1288 may improve user comfort.

2.6.2 Orientation sensor

In some forms, the control system 1276 includes an orientation sensor 1284 that can sense the orientation of the user's body. For example, the orientation sensor 1284 may sense when the user rotates their body and/or their head as a whole. In other words, the orientation sensor 1284 may measure the angular position of the user's body (or any similar parameter). By sensing the rotation, the orientation sensor 1284 can communicate with the display screen 1220 to output different images.

In some examples, the external orientation sensor 1284 may be positioned in the physical environment in which the head mounted display system 1000 is worn by the user. The external position sensor may track the movement of the user similarly to the orientation sensor 1284 described above. Using an external orientation sensor 1284 can reduce the weight that needs to be supported by the user.

2.6.2.1 Camera

In some forms, the control system 1276 can include at least one camera, which can be positioned to observe the user's physical environment.

In some forms, the orientation sensor 1284 is a camera that can be configured to observe the user's physical environment in order to determine the orientation of the user's head (eg, in the direction in which the user's head has been tilted).

In some forms, orientation sensor 1284 includes multiple cameras positioned throughout head mounted display system 1000 in order to provide a more complete view of the user's physical environment and to more accurately measure the orientation of the user's head.

In some forms, the orientation sensor 1284 may be a camera coupled to the front face 1238 of the display unit housing 1205 . The camera can be positioned to provide a "first person" view.

In some forms, the display screen 1220 can display the user's physical environment using a camera so that the user can feel as if they are viewing their physical environment without instructions from the head mounted display system 1000 (ie, the first person view). This may allow the user to move around their physical environment without removing the head mounted display system 1000 .

In one form, virtual objects may be displayed while display screen 1220 is displaying the user's physical environment. The camera may allow the head mounted display system 1000 to operate as an MR device. The control system 1276 may include a controller for switching operation between the VR device and the MR device.

2.6.3 Eye Sensor

In some forms, the control system 1276 may include eye sensors capable of tracking the movement of the user's eyes. For example, the eye sensor can measure the position of at least one of the user's eyes and determine which direction the at least one of the user's eyes is looking.

In some forms, the control system 1276 may include two eye sensors. Each sensor may correspond to one eye of the user.

In some forms, these eye sensors may be disposed in or near the lens 1240 .

In some forms, eye sensors may measure the angular position of the user's ears in order to determine visual output from display screen 1220.

2.6.4 Processing system

In some forms, the control system 1276 includes a processing system 1286 that can receive measurements from various sensors of the control system 1276 .

In some forms, the processing system 1286 may receive measurements recorded by the orientation sensor 1284 and/or the eye sensor. Based on these measurements, the processor can communicate with the display screen 1220 to change the image being output. For example, if the user's eyes and/or the user's head are pivoted in an upward direction, display screen 1220 may display an upper portion of the virtual environment (eg, in response to directions from processing system 1286).

3. Augmented reality display interface

As shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B , a display device or head mounted display system 1000 according to one aspect of the present technology includes the following functional aspects: a display screen 1220 , a display housing 3200 , and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . In some forms, functional aspects may be provided by one or more physical components. In some forms, one or more physical components may provide one or more functional aspects. In use, the display is arranged near and in front of the user's eyes to allow the user to view the display.

In other aspects, the head mounted display system 1000 may also include an interface structure 1100 , a controller 1270 , a speaker 1272 , a power supply 1274 and/or a control system 1276 . In some examples, these may be an integral part of the head mounted display system 1000, while in other examples, these may be modular and incorporated into the head mounted display system 1000 according to the needs of the user.

3.1 Display unit

Head mounted display unit 1200 may include structure for providing viewable output to a user. Specifically, the head mounted display unit 1200 is arranged to be held (eg, manually, by positioning and stabilizing structures, etc.) in an operating position in front of the user's face.

In some examples, the head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display screen 1220 , a display unit housing 1205 and/or an interface structure 1100 . These components may be integrally formed in a single head mounted display unit 1200 , or they may be detachable and selectively connected by a user to form the head mounted display unit 1200 . Additionally, the display screen 1220 , the display unit housing 1205 and/or the interface structure 1100 may be included in the head mounted display system 1000 but may not be part of the head mounted display unit 1200 .

3.1.1 Display screen

As shown in FIG. 5A , some forms of head mounted display unit 1200 include a display screen 1220 . Display screen 1220 may include electronic components that provide viewable output to a user.

In one form of the present technology shown in Figures 5A and 5B, a display screen 1220 provides an optical output that is observable to a user. The optical output allows the user to view the virtual environment and/or virtual objects.

The display screen 1220 may be positioned near the user's eyes to allow the user to view the display screen 1220. For example, the display screen 1220 may be positioned in front of the user's eyes. Display screen 1220 can display computer-generated images that can be viewed by the user in order to enhance the user's physical environment (eg, the computer-generated images can appear as if they exist in the user's physical environment).

In some forms, display screen 1220 is an electronic display. The display screen 1220 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD) or light emitting diode (LED) screen.

In some forms, computer-generated images can be projected onto display screen 1220.

In some forms, display screen 1220 may extend wider than the distance between the user's pupils. Display screen 1220 may also be wider than the distance between the user's cheeks.

In some forms, display screen 1220 may display at least one image that is observable to a user. For example, the display screen 1220 may display an image that changes based on predetermined conditions (eg, passage of time, movement of the user, input from the user, etc.).

In some forms, portions of the display screen 1220 may only be visible to one eye of the user. In other words, a portion of display screen 1220 may be positioned near and in front of only one eye (eg, right eye) of the user, and blocked from viewing from the other eye (eg, left eye).

In one example, the display screen 1220 can be divided into two sides (eg, left and right) and can display two images at a time (eg, one image on either side).

Similar images may be displayed on each side of the display screen 1220. In some examples, the images may be the same, while in other examples, the images may be slightly different.

Together, the two images on the display screen 1220 can form a binocular display, which can provide a more realistic AR or MR experience to the user. In other words, the user's brain can process the two images from the display screen 1220 together into a single image. Providing two (eg, different) images may allow a user to view virtual objects around them and expand their field of view within the virtual environment.

In some forms, the display screen 1220 can be positioned so that both eyes of the user can see it. The display screen 1220 can output a single image at a time, the single image being visible to both eyes. This can simplify processing compared to the multi-image display screen 1220.

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a single lens 1240 (eg, a monocular display). Lens 1240 may be positioned in front of both eyes (eg, so that both eyes view images from display screen 1220 through lens 1240), or may be positioned in front of only one eye (eg, when only one eye can view when the image from the shift element is displayed on screen 1220). This may be particularly useful in AR or MR, where the user may desire limited virtual stimulation and may wish to observe the physical environment without overlaid virtual objects.

In some forms, particularly when using display screen 1220 in an AR or MR environment, display screen 1220 may be turned off while the user continues to wear display screen 1220 and interact with the physical environment. This could allow users to selectively choose when to receive virtual stimuli, and when to only observe the physical environment.

In some forms, display screen 1220 may be transparent (or translucent). For example, the display screen 1220 may be glass so that the user can see through the display screen 1220. This may be particularly beneficial in AR or MR applications, so that the user can continue to see the physical environment.

3.1.1.1 Optical lens

As shown in FIG. 5A , the display screen 1220 may be disposed within the lens 1240 . The user can view the images provided by the display screen 1220 through the lens 1240 . Lens 1240 may be transparent and/or translucent along with display screen 1220 so that users can observe their physical environment when viewing through lens 1240 . In some examples, users are able to observe (eg, visually observe) their physical environment regardless of the presence or absence of computer-generated images output by display screen 1220 .

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 includes two lenses 1240, one for each eye of a user. In other words, each eye of the user can be viewed through a separate lens 1240 located in front of the corresponding pupil. Each lens 1240 may be the same, although in some examples one lens 1240 may be different from another lens 1240 (eg, have a different magnification). For example, the lens 1240 may be a prescription lens 1240, and each eye of the user may have a different prescription.

In some forms, display screen 1220 can output two images simultaneously. Each eye of the user can only see one of the two images. The images may be displayed side by side on the display screen 1220 . Each lens 1240 allows each eye to view only images close to the corresponding eye. The user can view the two images together as a single image.

In some forms, each lens 1240 may include a separate display screen 1220 that outputs a different image. For example, different computer-generated images can be displayed to the user's eyes.

In one form, the user may control both, one or neither of the display screens 1220 to output simultaneously. This may be beneficial to the user if they wish to switch which eye is viewing the computer-generated image.

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a single lens 1240 (eg, a monocular display). Lens 1240 may be positioned in front of both eyes (eg, so that both eyes view images from display screen 1220 through lens 1240), or may be positioned in front of only one eye (eg, when only one eye can view when the image from the shift element is displayed on screen 1220).

3.1.2 Display housing

In some forms of the present technology as shown in Figures 5A and 5B, the display unit housing 1205 provides support structure for the display screen 1220 in order to maintain the position of at least some components of the display screen 1220 relative to each other, and may additionally Protects the display screen 1220 and/or other components of the head mounted display unit 1200. Display unit housing 1205 may be constructed of a material suitable for providing impact protection to display screen 1220 . The display unit housing 1205 may also contact the user's face, and may be constructed of a biocompatible material suitable for limiting stimulation to the user.

Display unit housing 1205 in accordance with some forms of the present technology may be constructed of a rigid, rigid, or semi-rigid material, such as plastic.

In some forms, a rigid or semi-rigid material may be at least partially covered with a soft and/or flexible material (eg, textile, silicone, etc.). This may improve biocompatibility and/or user comfort because at least a portion of the display unit housing 1205 that the user engages (eg, grasps with their hands) includes soft and/or flexible materials.

Other forms of display unit housing 1205 in accordance with the present technology may be constructed of a soft, flexible, resilient material, such as silicone rubber.

In some forms, the display screen 1220 can protrude at least partially from the display unit housing 1205 . For example, unlike the VR head-mounted display system 1000 , the display screen 1220 in the AR (or MR) head-mounted display system 1000 may not be completely surrounded by the display unit housing 1205 . The user can view display screen 1220 directly, and can view display screen 1220 (eg, if display screen 1220 is transparent or translucent).

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 may support sensors or other electronic devices described below. The display unit housing 1205 may provide protection to the electronic device without substantially obstructing the viewing of the display screen 1220 by the user.

3.1.3 Interface Structure

As shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B , some forms of the present technology include an interface structure 1100 that is positioned and/or arranged to conform to the shape of a user's face and that can be directed toward the head-mounted display system 1000 while wearing and/or using the head-mounted display system 1000 . The user is provided with increased comfort.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 is coupled to the surface of the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, interface structures 1100 in accordance with the present technology may be constructed of biocompatible materials.

In some forms, interface structures 1100 in accordance with the present technology may be constructed of soft, flexible, and/or elastic materials.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 in accordance with the present technology may be constructed of silicone rubber and/or foam.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 may contact a sensitive area of the user's face, which may be an uncomfortable position. The material forming the interface structure 1100 can cushion these sensitive areas and limit user discomfort while wearing the head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, these sensitive areas may include the user's forehead. Specifically, this may include areas of the user's head adjacent to the frontal bones, such as the parietal muscles and/or the glabella. This area may be sensitive because there is limited natural buffering from muscle and/or fat between the user's skin and bone. Similarly, the ridges of the user's nose may also include little or no natural cushioning.

In some forms, interface structure 1100 may comprise a single element. In some embodiments, the interface structure 1100 may be designed for mass manufacturing. For example, the interface structure 1100 can be designed to comfortably fit a variety of different facial shapes and sizes.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 may include different elements that cover different areas of the user's face. Different parts of the interface structure 1100 may be constructed of different materials and provide the user with different textures and/or cushioning in different areas.

In some forms, the interface structure 1100 can include a nose pad (eg, as used in eyeglasses) that can contact the side of the user's nose. The nose pads may apply slight pressure to the user's nose to maintain the position of the head mounted display system 1000, but may not apply forces that cause significant discomfort (eg, the nose pads may not receive rearward tension).

3.2 Positioning and Stabilizing Structure

As shown in Figures 5A-5B, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 of the head mounted display system 1000 of the present technology may be held in place by the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in use.

In order to maintain the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 in their correct operating position, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 ideally rests comfortably against the user's head in order to minimize the The way the facial landmarks and/or pain from prolonged use accommodates the load caused by the weight of the display unit. There is also a need to allow for a universal fit without sacrificing comfort, usability and manufacturing costs. Design criteria may include tunability over a predetermined range of low-touch simple setup solutions with low dexterity thresholds. Further considerations include catering to dynamic environments in which head mounted display system 1000 may be used. As part of the immersive experience of the virtual environment, the user may communicate, ie speak, while using the head mounted display system 1000 . In this way, the user's jaw or mandible can move relative to the other bones of the skull. Additionally, during use of the head mounted display system 1000, the entire head may move. For example, the movement of the user's upper body and in some cases the lower body, and in particular, the movement of the head relative to the upper and lower body.

In one form, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 provides a holding force to overcome the effects of gravity on the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205.

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is provided that is constructed in a manner consistent with being worn comfortably by a user. In one example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 has a smaller side or cross-sectional thickness to reduce the sensed or actual volume of the instrument. In one example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one strap having a rectangular cross-section. In one example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes at least one flat strap.

In one form of the present technology, a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is provided that is configured not to be too large and bulky to prevent a user from comfortably moving their head from side to side.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a strap constructed from a laminate of a fabric user contact layer, an inner foam layer, and an outer fabric layer 6606 . In one form, the foam is porous to allow moisture (eg, sweat) to pass through the straps. In one form, the skin-contacting layer of the strap is formed of a material that assists in drawing moisture away from the user's face. In one form, the fabric outer layer 6606 includes loop material for engaging the hook material portion.

In some forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes straps that are extendable, eg, elastically extendable. For example, the straps may be configured to be in tension in use, and the guiding force draws the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 toward a portion of the user's face, particularly close to the user's eyes and in line with their field of view. In one example, the strap may be configured as a tether.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a first tether constructed and arranged such that, in use, at least a portion of a lower edge of the first tether passes over the upper ear base of the user's head And cover part of the parietal bone without covering the occipital bone.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a second tether constructed and arranged such that, in use, at least a portion of an upper edge of the second tether passes over the lower ear base of the user's head Below and covering or below the occipital bone of the user's head.

In one form of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a third tether constructed and arranged to interconnect the first tether and the second tether to reduce the size of the first tether and the second tether Bands tend to separate from each other.

In some forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes straps that are bendable and, for example, non-rigid. The advantage of this is that the strap is more comfortable relative to the user's head.

In some forms of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes straps configured to be breathable to allow moisture transmission through the straps, In some forms of the present technology, a system is provided that includes more than one positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, each positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 configured to provide a holding force to correspond to a different range of sizes and/or shapes. For example, the system may include a form of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that is suitable for large sized heads, but not small sized heads head, and another form of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is suitable for small size heads but not for large size heads.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a cushioning material (eg, a foam pad) for contacting the user's skin. The cushioning material may provide increased wear resistance to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, especially if the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is constructed of rigid or semi-rigid materials.

3.2.1 Temporal connector

As shown in FIG. 5B, some forms of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 include temporal connectors 1250, each of which, in use, may cover a corresponding one of the user's temporal bones. In use, a portion of the temporal connector 1250 contacts an area of the user's head proximate the supra-aural attachment point (ie, above each user's ear).

Temporal connectors 1250 may be sides of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, as each temporal connector 1250 is positioned on the left or right side of the user's head.

In some forms, the temporal link 1250 can extend in an anterior-posterior direction and can be substantially parallel to the sagittal plane.

In some forms, the temple connector 1250 can be coupled to the display unit housing 1205 . For example, the temple connector 1250 may be attached to the side of the display unit housing 1205.

In some forms, the temporal link 1250 may be arranged, in use, to extend generally along or parallel to the Frankfurt level of the head and over the cheekbones (eg, over the user's cheekbones).

In some forms, the temporal link 1250 may be positioned against the user's head, similar to the arms of glasses, and positioned better than the reverse helix of each respective ear.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may have a generally elongated and flat configuration. In other words, each temporal link 1250 is longer and wider (in the top-to-bottom direction in the plane of the paper) than it is thicker (in the direction of entering the plane of the paper).

In some forms, each temporal link 1250 may have a three-dimensional shape with curvature in all three axes (X, Y, and Z). While the thickness of each temporal link 1250 may be substantially uniform, its height varies throughout its length. The purpose of the shape and size of each temporal link 1250 is to closely conform to the user's head, so as to remain unobtrusive and maintain a low profile (eg, without looking overly bulky).

In some forms, the temporal link 1250 may be constructed of a rigid or semi-rigid material, which may include plastic, thermoplastic polyester elastomer (Hytre), or other similar materials. Rigid or semi-rigid materials may be self-supporting and/or capable of retaining their shape without being worn. This can make it more intuitive or obvious to the user how to use the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, and can be contrasted with a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that is completely floppy and does not maintain shape. Retaining the temporal link 1250 in use prior to use may prevent or limit deformation while the user wears the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, and allow the user to quickly install or wear the head mounted display system 1000.

In some forms, the temporal link 1250 may be a rigid member that may allow for more efficient (eg, direct) translation of tension through the temporal link 1250 because the rigid member limits elongation or deformation of the arm 1210 in use Amplitude.

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be designed such that the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 'pops out of the box' and generally enters its in-use configuration. Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be arranged to retain its in-use shape once ejected from the case (eg, because rigid members may be formed to maintain the shape of some or portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300). Advantageously, the orientation of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is clear to the user because the shape of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally curved, much like the back of the user's head. That is, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is generally dome-shaped.

In some forms, a flexible and/or elastic material may be disposed around the rigid or semi-rigid material of the temporal link 1250. The flexible material rests more comfortably against the user's head for improved Good abrasion resistance and provides a soft contact with the user's face. In one form, the flexible material is a fabric sleeve that is permanently or removably coupled to each temporal connector 1250.

In one form, the fabric can be overmolded onto at least one side of the rigid member. In one form, the rigid member may be formed separately from the elastic member, and then a protective sleeve of user contact material (eg, Breath-O-Prene ^™ ) may be wrapped or slid over the rigid member. In alternative forms, the user contact material may be provided to the rigid member by adhesive, ultrasonic welding, sewing, hook and loop material, and/or stud connections.

In some forms, the user contact material may be on both sides of the rigid member, or may only be on the user contact side (eg, the user contact side) of the rigid member to reduce material bulk and cost.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 is constructed of a flexible material (eg, fabric) that may be comfortable to the user's skin and may not require additional layers for increased comfort.

Some forms of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include only temporal connectors 1250 . Temporal connector 1250 may be shaped like the temple or arm of an eyeglass, and may rest against the user's head in a similar manner. For example, the temporal arm 3304 may provide a force directed toward the side of the user's head (eg, toward the corresponding temporal bone).

3.2.2 Rear support part

As shown in FIG. 5B, some forms of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a rear support, such as rear support 1350, to help support display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 proximate a user's eyes. The rear support 1350 can help anchor the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 to the user's head in order to properly orient the display screen 1220 close to the user's eyes.

In some forms, the rear support 1350 may be coupled to the display unit housing 1205 via the temple connector 1250 .

In some forms, the temple connector 1250 may be coupled directly to the display unit housing 1205 and the rear support 1350 .

In some forms, the rear support 1350 may have a three-dimensional contoured curve to fit the shape of the user's head. For example, the three-dimensional shape of the rear support 1350 may have a generally circular three-dimensional shape adapted to cover a portion of the parietal and occipital bones of a user's head in use.

In some forms, the rear support 1350 may be the rear of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . The rear support portion 1350 may provide an anchoring force directed at least in part in a forward direction.

In some forms, the rear support portion 1350 is the lowermost portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, the rear support 1350 may contact the area of the user's head between the occipital bone and the trapezius muscles. The rear support 1350 can hook against the lower edge of the occiput (eg, the occiput). The rear support 1350 may provide a force in an upward and/or anterior direction to maintain contact with the user's occipital bone.

In some forms, the rear support portion 1350 is the lowermost portion of the entire head mounted display system 1000 . For example, rear support 1350 may be positioned at the base of the user's neck (eg, covering the occiput and trapezius muscles lower than the user's eyes) such that rear support 1350 is lower than display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the rear support 1350 can include a cushion material that can contact the user's head (eg, covering the area between the occipital bone and the trapezius muscle). The pad material may provide additional comfort to the user and limit marks caused by the rear support 1350 being pulled toward the user's head.

3.2.3 Forehead Support

As shown in Figures 5A and 5B, some forms of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a forehead support 1360 that, in use, may contact the user's head above the user's eyes. For example, the forehead support 1360 may cover the frontal bone of the user's head. In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may also be higher than the sphenoid and/or temporal bones. This may also position the forehead support 1360 higher than the user's eyebrows.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be the front of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and may be positioned more forward on the user's head than any other portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . The rear support 1350 may provide a force directed at least in part in a rearward direction.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 can include a cushioning material (eg, fabric, foam, silicone, etc.) that can contact the user and can help limit marking caused by the straps of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. Forehead support 1360 and interface structure 1100 may work together to provide comfort to the user.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be separate from the display unit housing 1205 and may contact the user's head at a different location than the display unit housing 1205 (eg, a higher location).

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 can be adjusted to allow the positioning and stabilization structure 1300 to adapt to the shape and/or configuration of the user's face.

In some forms, the temporal connector 1250 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 (eg, on the side of the forehead support 1360). Temporal connector 1250 may extend at least partially in a downward direction for coupling to rear support 1350 .

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include multiple pairs of temporal connectors 1250 . For example, a pair of temporal connectors 1250 can be coupled to the forehead support 1360 and a pair of temporal connectors 1250 can be coupled to the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be presented at an angle generally parallel to the user's forehead to provide improved comfort for the user. For example, the forehead support 1360 may position the user in an orientation overlying the frontal bone and substantially parallel to the coronal plane. Positioning the forehead support 1360 substantially parallel to the coronal plane can reduce the likelihood of pressure ulcers that may result from uneven presentation.

In some forms, the forehead support 1360 may be offset from the posterior support that contacts the posterior region of the user's head (eg, the region covering the occiput and trapezius). In other words, the axis along the rear strap will not intersect the forehead support 1360, which may be positioned lower and more forward than the axis along the rear strap. The resulting offset between the forehead support 1360 and the rear strap may create a moment that opposes the gravitational force of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 . Larger offsets may generate larger moments and thus be more helpful in maintaining the proper position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 . The deflection can be increased by moving the forehead support 1360 closer to the user's eyes (eg, more forward and lower along the user's head) and/or increasing the angle of the rear strap so that it is more vertical. shift.

3.2.4 Adjustable straps

Portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be adjustable to apply selective tension on the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 in order to fix the position of the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the display unit housing 1205 can include at least one loop or eyelet 1254, and the at least one temporal connector 1250 can pass through the loop and fold over itself. The length of the straps of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 through the corresponding eyelets 1254 can be selected by the user in order to adjust the tension. For example, threading a longer length of wire through the eyelet 1254 may provide greater pulling force.

In some forms, at least one of the temporal connectors 1250 may include an adjustment portion 1256 and a receiving portion 1258 . The adjustment portion 1256 can be positioned through the aperture 1254 on the display unit housing 1205 and can be coupled to the receiving portion 1258 (eg, by folding in half on itself). The adjustment portion 1256 may comprise hook material and the receiving portion 1258 may comprise loop material (or vice versa) so that the adjustment portion 1256 may be removably held in a desired position. In some examples, the hook material and loop material may be Velcro.

In some forms, the strap may be constructed at least in part from a flexible and/or elastic material that may conform to the shape of the user's head and/or may allow the adjustment portion 1256 to pass through the eyelet 1254 . For example, the adjustment portion 1256 may be constructed of an elastic fabric, which may provide elastic tension. The remaining temporal connectors 1250 may be constructed of the rigid or semi-rigid materials described above (although it is contemplated that additional portions of the temporal connectors 1250 may also be constructed of flexible materials).

3.2.4.1 Top strap part

In some forms, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can include a top strap portion 1340 that can cover the upper region of the user's head.

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may extend between the front of the head mounted display system 1000 and the rear area of the head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 can be constructed of a flexible material and can be configured to conform to the shape of a user's head.

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may be connected to the display unit housing 1205 . For example, top strap portion 1340 may be coupled to upper face 1230 . The top strap portion 1340 may also be coupled to the display housing near the rear end of the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 . For example, the top strap portion 1340 may be coupled to the forehead support 1360 near the upper edge. The top strap portion 1340 may be connected to the display unit housing 1205 through the forehead support 1360 .

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may be connected to the rear support portion 1350 . For example, the top strap portion 1340 may be attached near the upper edge of the rear support portion 1350 .

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may cover the frontal and parietal bones of the user's head.

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may extend along the sagittal plane as it extends between the front and rear of the head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may apply a pulling force directed at least partially in an upward direction, which may oppose gravity.

In some forms, top strap portion 1340 may be adjustable to apply selective tension on display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 to secure the position of display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, display unit housing 1205 and/or forehead support 1360 may include at least one loop or eyelet 1254, and top strap portion 1340 may pass through eyelet 1254 and fold over itself. The user may select the length of the top strap portion 1340 through the eyelet 1254 in order to adjust the tension provided by the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. For example, threading a larger length of the top strap portion 1340 through the eyelet 1254 may provide a larger pulling force.

In some forms, the top strap portion 1340 may include an adjustment portion 1256 and a receiving portion 1258 . The adjustment portion 1256 can be positioned through the eyelet 1254 and can be coupled to the receiving portion 1258 (eg, by folding in half on itself). The adjustment portion 1256 may comprise hook material and the receiving portion 1258 may comprise loop material (or vice versa) so that the adjustment portion 1256 may be removably held in a desired position. In some examples, the hook material and loop material may be Velcro.

3.2.5 Rotation Control

In some forms, display unit housing 1205 and/or display screen 1220 may pivot relative to the user's face when positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is worn by the user. This may allow the user to view the physical environment without viewing through the head mounted display unit 1200 (eg, without viewing computer-generated images). This may be useful for users who wish to take a break for viewing the virtual environment, but do not wish to leave the positioning and stabilization structure 1300.

In some forms, pivot connection 1260 may be coupled to temporal connection 1250 . The head mounted display unit 1200 may be capable of pivoting about an axis extending between the temporal links 1250 (eg, a substantially horizontal axis that may be substantially perpendicular to the Frankfurt horizon in use).

In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 includes a pair of arms 1210 that extend away from the display screen 1220 (eg, in a cantilevered configuration) and may extend in a rearward direction in use.

In some forms, the pair of arms 1210 can extend at least partially along the temporal link 1250 and can be connected to the temporal link 1250 at the pivotal connection 1260 .

In some forms, the pivot connection 1260 may be a ratchet connection and may hold the display unit housing 1205 in the raised position without additional user intervention.

In some forms, display screen 1220 and/or display unit housing 1205 may include a neutral position (see eg, Figure 5B; substantially level in use) and a pivoted position (eg, pivoted relative to a level axis in use).

In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0° and about 90° relative to the temporal link 1250 . In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0° and about 80° relative to the temporal link 1250 . In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0° and about 70° relative to the temporal link 1250 . In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0° and about 60° relative to the temporal link 1250 . In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0° and about 50° relative to the temporal link 1250 . In some forms, the display screen 1220 and/or the display unit housing 1205 can pivot between about 0° and about 45° relative to the temporal link 1250 . At least in its maximum pivoted position, the display screen 1220 may be better than the user's eyes so that the user does not have to look through the display screen 1220 to view the physical environment.

3.3 Controller

As shown in FIG. 6 , some forms of head mounted display system 1000 include a controller 1270 that is engageable by a user to provide user input to the virtual environment and/or to control the operation of head mounted display system 1000 . The controller 1270 may be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 and provide the user with the ability to interact with virtual objects output from the head mounted display unit 1200 to the user.

3.3.1 Handheld Controller

In some forms, the controller 1270 may comprise a handheld device and may be easily grasped by a user with one hand.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 may include two handheld controllers. The handheld controllers may be substantially identical to each other, and each handheld controller may be actuated by a respective hand of the user.

In some forms, a user may interact with a handheld controller in order to control and/or interact with virtual objects in the virtual environment.

In some forms, the handheld controller includes buttons that are actuatable by the user. For example, a user's finger can press a button while holding the handheld controller.

In some forms, the handheld controller may include directional controls (eg, joystick, control pad, etc.). The user's thumb can engage the directional controls while holding the handheld controller.

In some forms, controller 1270 may be wirelessly connected to head mounted display unit 1200. For example, the connector 1270 and the head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via Bluetooth, Wi-Fi or any similar means.

In some forms, controller 1270 and head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected with a wired connection.

3.3.2 Fixed Controller

In some forms, at least a portion of the controller 1270 may be integrally formed on the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, the controller 1270 may include control buttons integrally formed on the display unit housing 1205 . For example, control buttons may be formed on upper face 1230 and/or lower face 1232 so as to be engageable by the user's fingers when holding the user's palm against lateral left 1234 or lateral right 1236 of display unit housing 1205 . Control buttons may also be arranged on other faces of the display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, a user may interact with control buttons in order to control at least one operation of the head mounted display system 1000 . For example, the control button can be an on/off button that can selectively control whether the display screen 1220 is outputting an image to the user.

In some forms, the control buttons and head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected with a wired connection.

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 may include both a handheld controller and control buttons.

In some forms, it may be preferable to have only control buttons in the AR or MR device. When wearing the AR or MR head mounted display system 1000, users can interact with their physical environment (eg, walking around, using tools, etc.). Therefore, the user may prefer to keep their hands free of the controller 1270.

3.4 Speakers

As shown in FIG. 6, some forms of head-mounted display system 1000 include a sound system or speaker 1272 that can be connected to head-mounted display unit 1200 and that can be positioned proximate to a user's ear in order to provide audible output to the user .

In some forms, speakers 1272 are positioned around the user's ears and may block or limit the user's hearing of ambient noise.

In some forms, speaker 1272 may be wirelessly connected to head mounted display unit 1200. For example, speaker 1272 and head mounted display unit 1200 may be connected via Bluetooth, Wi-Fi or any similar means.

In some forms, speaker 1272 includes a left ear transducer and a right ear transducer. In some forms, the left and right ear transducers may output different signals such that the volume and/or noise heard by the user in one ear (eg, the left ear) may be different from the user in the other ear Volume and/or noise heard in (eg, right ear).

In some forms, the controller 1270 may be used to control the speaker 1272 (eg, the volume of the speaker 1272).

3.5 Power

As shown in FIG. 6 , some forms of head mounted display system 1000 may include power supply 1274 that may provide power to head mounted display unit 1200 and any other electrical components of head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, the power source 1274 can include a wired electrical connection that can be coupled to an external power source that can be secured to a particular location.

In some forms, power source 1274 may include a portable battery that may provide power to head mounted display unit 1200 . Portable batteries may allow greater mobility for users than wired electrical connections.

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000 and/or other electronic components of head mounted display system 1000 may include internal batteries and may be used without power source 1274 .

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 may include a power supply 1274 in a location remote from the head mounted display unit 1200 . Wires may extend from the distal location to the display unit housing 1205 to electrically connect the power supply 1274 to the head mounted display unit 1200 .

In some forms, the power source 1274 may be coupled to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, the power source 1274 may be permanently or removably coupled to the straps of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300. The power source 1274 may be coupled to the rear of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 such that it may be generally opposite the display unit housing 1205 and/or the head mounted display unit 1200 . Therefore, the weight of the power supply 1274 and the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 and the display unit housing 1205 can be spread throughout the head mounted display system 1000 rather than being concentrated at the front of the head mounted display system 1000 . Shifting weight to the rear of the display interface can limit the moment generated on the user's face, which can improve comfort and allow the user to wear the head mounted display system 1000 for longer periods of time.

In some forms, the power source 1274 may be supported by the user away from the user's head. For example, power supply 1274 may be connected to head mounted display unit 1200 and/or display unit housing 1205 only by electrical connections (eg, wires). The power source 1274 may be stored in the user's trouser pocket, on a belt clip, or support the weight of the power source 1274 in a similar manner. This eliminates the weight that the user's head needs to support and can make wearing the head mounted display system 1000 more comfortable for the user.

3.6 Control system

In some forms, the control system 1276 may be powered by a power source 1274 (eg, at least one battery) for powering components of the control system 1276 . For example, the sensors of the control system 1276 may be powered by the power supply 1274 .

In some forms, the at least one battery of the power source 1274 may be the low power system battery 1278 and the main battery 7008 .

In some forms, the low power system battery 1278 may be used to power the real time (RT) clock 1282 of the control system 1276 .

3.6.1.1 Integrated Power Support Department

In some forms, battery support 1288 may support low power system battery 1278 and/or main battery 7008 . The battery support 1288 may be directly supported on the head mounted display system 1000 .

In some forms, battery support 1288 may be disposed within display unit housing 1205 .

In some forms, battery support 1288 may be disposed on positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . For example, battery support 1288 may be coupled to rear support 1350 . The weight of the head mounted display system 1000 may be better balanced around the user's head.

3.6.1.2 Remote Power Support Department

In some forms, battery support 1288 may support low power system battery 1278 and/or main battery 1280 . The battery support 1288 may be coupled to the user independently of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and/or the display unit housing 1205 (eg, it may be coupled via a strap clip). The battery support 1288 may also be supported away from the user's body (eg, if the head mounted display system 1000 receives power from a computer or video game console). The tether may couple the battery support 1288 to the control system 1276 and/or other electronic devices. Since the weight of the low power system battery 1278 and/or the main battery 7008 is not supported by the user's head, the positioning of the battery support 1288 may improve user comfort.

3.6.2 Orientation sensor

In some forms, the control system 1276 includes an orientation sensor 1284 that can sense the orientation of the user's body. For example, the orientation sensor 1284 may sense when the user rotates their body and/or their head as a whole. In other words, the orientation sensor 1284 may measure the angular position of the user's body (or any similar parameter). By sensing the rotation, the orientation sensor 1284 can communicate with the display screen 1220 to output different images.

In some examples, the external orientation sensor 1284 may be positioned in the physical environment in which the head mounted display system 1000 is worn by the user. The external position sensor may track the movement of the user similarly to the orientation sensor 1284 described above. Using an external orientation sensor 1284 can reduce the weight that needs to be supported by the user.

3.6.2.1 Camera

In some forms, the control system 1276 can include at least one camera, which can be positioned to observe the user's physical environment.

In some forms, orientation sensor 1284 is a camera that can be configured to observe the user's physical environment in order to measure and determine the orientation of the user's head (eg, in the direction in which the user's head has been tilted).

In some forms, orientation sensor 1284 includes multiple cameras positioned throughout head mounted display system 1000 in order to provide a more complete view of the user's physical environment and to more accurately measure the orientation of the user's head.

3.6.3 Eye Sensor

In some forms, the control system 1276 may include eye sensors capable of tracking the movement of the user's eyes. For example, the eye sensor can measure the position of at least one of the user's eyes and determine which direction the at least one of the user's eyes is looking.

In some forms, the control system 1276 may include two eye sensors. Each sensor may correspond to one eye of the user.

In some forms, these eye sensors may be disposed in or near the lens 1240 .

In some forms, eye sensors may measure the angular position of the user's ears in order to determine visual output from display screen 1220.

In some forms, the user's eyes can act as a controller, and the user can move their eyes to interact with virtual objects. For example, a virtual cursor can follow the position of the user's eyes. Eye sensors can track and measure the movement of the user's eyes and communicate with processing system 1286 (described below) to move the virtual cursor.

3.6.4 Processing system

In some forms, the control system 1276 includes a processing system 1286 (eg, a microprocessor) that can receive measurements from various sensors of the control system 1276 .

In some forms, the processing system 1286 may receive measurements recorded by the orientation sensor 1284 and/or the eye sensor. Based on these measurements, the processor can communicate with the display screen 1220 to change the image being output. For example, if the user's eyes and/or the user's head are pivoted in an upward direction, display screen 1220 may display an upper portion of the virtual environment (eg, in response to directions from processing system 1286).

4. Head mounted display systems, which may include separate battery packs

7A-7C, 8, 9, 21A-21E, 23A-23D, 28A-28E, 31A-31B, 32A-32C and 33 illustrate an example of a head mounted display system 1000. In these particular examples, head mounted display system 1000 is configured to function as a virtual reality (VR) headset. The head mounted display system 1000 in each of these examples includes a head mounted display unit 1200 and a battery pack 1500 . Head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display configured for VR. The battery pack 1500 is configured to power the head mounted display system 1000 . While various features are described herein in the context of a head-mounted display system 1000 that includes a battery pack 1500 separate from the head-mounted display unit 1200, it should be understood that unless the context requires otherwise, the Each feature may also be applied in a head mounted display system 1000 that does not include a battery pack 1500 separate from the head mounted display unit 1200, or includes a battery pack located elsewhere than behind the user's head 1500.

Each head mounted display system 1000 includes a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 configured to hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in front of a user's eyes so that the display is viewable by the user in use. The head mounted display unit 1200 may also be configured to retain the battery at the back of the user's head in use.

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage the back of a user's head, the rear support portion 1350 in these examples includes a parietal strap portion configured to cover the parietal bone of the user's head in use 1310 and an occipital strap portion 1320 configured to cover or lie beneath the occiput of the user's head in use.

In these examples, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 also includes a pair of side strap portions 1330 configured to connect between rear support portion 1350 and head mounted display unit 1200, each side strap portion 1330 is configured to, in use, be positioned on the corresponding side of the user's head.

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may further include a top strap portion 1340 configured to connect between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200 . The top strap portion 1340 may be configured to cover the upper portion of the user's head in use.

4.1 Parietal Bone Banding Department

In the examples shown in FIGS. 7A-7C, 8, 9, 21A-21E, 23A-23D, 28A-28E, 31A-31B, 32A-32C, and 33, the position of the parietal strap portion 1310 may be relative to the top strap The portion 1340 moves in the front-rear direction. That is, the user can move the parietal strap portion 1310 through a range of positions on their head without moving the top strap portion 1340 . The ability to move the parietal strap portion 1310 may advantageously allow a user to deploy the parietal strap portion 1310 and the occipital strap portion 1320 apart without moving the top strap portion 1340 . Deploying the parietal strap portion 1310 and the occipital strap portion 1320 may advantageously create hoop stress within the loop formed by the two portions, thereby providing a secure fit with the rear surface of the user's head. In particular, the angle between the parietal strap portion 1310 and the occipital strap portion 1320 can be adjusted by the user.

In this example, parietal strap portion 1310 passes under top strap portion 1340 . By passing below, the parietal strap portion 1310 may advantageously be able to reliably (eg, tightly enough) engage the user's head without restricting the ability of the top strap portion 1340 to move in the fore-aft direction.

As shown in particular in FIGS. 7B and 7C , the top strap portion 1340 may pass through a buckle 1312 connected to the parietal strap portion 1310 . The buckle 1312 may be configured to limit lateral movement of the top strap portion 1340, which may advantageously keep the top strap portion 1340 centered on the user's head in use. In an example, the buckle 1312 is located in the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. In this example, the buckle 1312 is substantially rigid and may be formed from a thermoplastic material, for example. The buckle 1312 may alternatively be formed of a flexible material, such as a fabric material.

In other examples, the parietal strap portion 1310 may be immovable relative to the top strap portion 1340 . In some examples, parietal strap portion 1310 is fixedly connected to top strap portion 1340 .

4.2 Top strap part

As shown in particular in FIGS. 7A and 7B , in the example, the top strap portion 1340 is connected to the occipital strap portion 1320 .

In this example, the top strap portion 1340 is adjustable in length. This may advantageously allow a user to achieve a more secure, stable and/or comfortable fit when wearing the head mounted display system 1000 . The top strap portion 1340 may be adjustable in length between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the battery pack 1500 . Alternatively or additionally, the length of the top strap portion 1340 can be adjusted between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the occipital strap portion 1320 .

In an example, top strap portion 1340 is connected to head mounted display unit 1200 through eyelet 1202, which is connected to head mounted display unit 1200 and looped back and secured to itself. An end of the top strap portion 1340 may be secured to another portion of the top strap portion 1340 by a hook and loop fastener connection.

In the example shown in Figures 7A and 8, the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 is configured to pass through the eyelet 1202 and loop back and secure to itself. However, the user facing layer 1344 does not pass through the aperture 1202. The user-facing layer 1344 remains in contact with the user's head. The top strap portion 1340 may be substantially inextensible.

As shown in FIGS. 7A and 8 , the top strap portion 1340 includes a layered construction. That is, the top strap portion 1340 may be formed of multiple layers. In these examples, top strap portion 1340 includes a substantially inextensible layer 1343 that can prevent top strap portion 1340 from extending in length (optionally along with also preventing top strap portion 1340 from extending in length) other components or layers that extend on top of it). As shown in FIGS. 7A and 8 , the front end of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 is spaced apart from the head mounted display unit 1200 along the length of the top strap portion 1340 . This may advantageously allow the length of the top strap portion 1340 to be adjusted without the head mounted display unit 1200 interfering with the substantially inextensible layer 1343.

In these examples, top strap portion 1340 includes a fabric user-facing layer 1344 . That is, the user facing layer 1344 may be formed of a fabric material. Additionally or alternatively, the top strap portion 1340 may include an outer layer 1341 .

In the example shown in FIGS. 7A-7C and 8, the top strap portion 1340 includes a power cable 1510 that connects the battery pack 1500 to the head mounted display unit 1200 to transfer from the battery pack 1500 to the head mounted display unit 1200 in use. The head mounted display unit 1200 provides power. The battery pack 1500 can power the display and other electronic components. In these examples, power cable 1510 is inside top strap portion 1340 .

22A-22D illustrate another example of the present technology in which the power cable 1510 is inside the top strap portion 1340. In an example, power cable 1510 may be inserted through the interior of top strap portion 1340 by a user. In particular, power cable 1510 may be inserted through top strap portion 1340 between substantially inextensible layer 1343 and outer layer 1341 . Figure 21E shows the positioning and stabilization structure 1300 in an exploded state, and Figures 21A and 21C show the assembled head mounted display system 1000. FIG. 21B is a cross-sectional view showing the interior of the top strap portion 1340 with the interior power cable 1510 visible.

4.3 Front and rear of the top strap

FIG. 33 shows another example of the present technology. In an example, top strap portion 1340 includes a front portion 1345 and a rear portion 1346 . The rear portion 1346 is configured to engage the user's head in use. However, the front portion 1345 is configured not to engage the user's head in use. The front portion 1345 is spaced from the user's head. Advantageously, the spacing partially or completely prevents the front portion 1345 from squeezing, hitting, or otherwise interfering with the hair on the user's head in the area of use where the front portion 1345 is located.

Excessive compression or interference with the user's hair can result in a lack of comfort during use or drowsiness when the user takes off the head mounted display system 1000 . These problems or problems may be at least partially addressed by a top strap portion 1340 having a front portion 1345 that does not engage the user's head (eg, does not press against the user's head) in use. The amount of contact of the front portion 1345 with a particular user's hair will depend on the length and style of the user's hair. The front portion 1345 may not engage the user's head, but the user's hair may still contact the front portion 1345 if the user has a sufficiently long hair length and/or hairstyle. However, since the front portion 1345 does not engage the user's head, it does not unduly compress, interfere with, or disrupt the user's hair.

By not pressing against, wrapping around and/or fitting on and/or on the user's head, for example The front portion 1345 may not engage the user's head if force is applied to the portion. By contacting the user's head (eg, if the user had no hair it would be in contact with the user's skin), by pressing against, wrapping and/or fitting and/or applying a force on the user's head, The rear portion 1346 can engage the user's head.

As shown in FIG. 33 , in certain examples, the top strap portion 1340 includes a shape with a bend between the rear portion 1346 and the front portion 1345 . The top strap portion 1340 may be shaped to follow the curvature of the user's head in the rear portion 1346 of the top strap portion 1340 and offset the curvature of the user's head in the front portion 1345 of the top strap portion 1340 . In some examples, top strap portion 1340 is reinforced to support front portion 1345 in spaced relation to the user's head. The front portion 1345 may be spaced above the edge of the user's head, forehead, and/or frontal region.

As shown in FIG. 33 , the front portion 1345 is curved downward toward the head mounted display unit 1200 . Additionally, the front portion 1345 of the top strap portion 1340 may extend in a partially upward direction from the back portion 1346 of the top strap portion 1340 (eg, from the front end 1347 of the back portion 1346).

The front portion 1345 of the top strap portion 1340 may be connected to the rear portion 1346 of the top strap portion 1340 at the front end 1347 of the rear portion 1346 .

In various examples of the present technology, the front end 1347 of the rear portion 1346 may be located in a number of different positions relative to the user's head. The front end 1347 may be located behind the edge region of the user's head. For example, the front end 1347 may be located between the edge region of the user's head and the coronal slit in use. In some examples, the front end 1347 is located at the back of the frontal bone of the user's head in use. In some examples, the front end 1347, in use, is located near the coronal plane of the user's head, the coronal plane being aligned with each upper ear base point of the user's head. In some examples, the front end 1347, in use, is positioned behind the coronal plane aligned with the base of each upper ear of the user's head. In some examples, the front end 1347 of the posterior portion 1346 may be positioned proximate the parietal strap portion 1310 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in use. As above, the top strap portion 1340 may include a curved portion. The bend may be located at or near the front end 1347 of the rear portion 1346, such as shown in FIG. 33 .

As shown in FIG. 33 , the top strap portion 1340 is connected between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the battery pack 1500 for powering the head mounted display system 1000 . The battery pack 1500 may be positioned against the back surface of the user's head in use. The top strap portion 1340 may advantageously transfer the downward gravitational force of the battery pack 1500 to the upward supporting force on the head mounted display unit 1200 , which is opposite to the downward gravitational force of the head mounted display unit 1200 .

The length of the top strap portion 1340 may be adjustable. As shown in FIG. 33, top strap portion 1340 is configured to connect to head mounted display unit 1200 through eyelet 1202, which connects to display unit housing 1205 of head mounted display unit 1200 and loops back and secures itself to itself (eg via hook and loop fasteners or buckles). Specifically, the user-facing layer 1344 of the top strap portion 1340 is configured to pass through the eyelet 1202 and loop back and secure to itself (eg, by hook and loop fasteners, buckles, or the like). In certain examples, the outer layer of top strap portion 1340 does not pass through eyelet 1202 .

User-facing layer 1344 may be a user-contact layer (eg, it may be a user-contact layer) or a non-user-contact layer (eg, it may be a non-user-contact layer). Some or all of the user-facing layers 1344 may contact the user (eg, against the user's hair/head). At least some of the user-facing layers 1344 may not touch the user and/or may not engage the user's head. For example, in the positioning and stabilization structure 1300 of Figure 33, a portion of the user-facing layer 1344 (eg, the front portion 1345) does not contact the user (eg, it is spaced from the user's head). Additionally, in the example of Figure 33, a portion of the user-facing layer 1344 (eg, the rear portion 1346) contacts the user (eg, it contacts the user's hair/head).

Top strap portion 1340 (eg, both front 1345 and rear 1346) may be substantially inextensible and may include a layered construction. In the example shown in FIG. 33 , the top strap portion 1340 includes a substantially inextensible layer 1343 . In this example, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 at least partially reinforces the top strap portion 1340 . In some examples (eg, the example of FIG. 33 and other examples), the substantially inextensible layer 1343 may function as a rigidizer. For example, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 may stiffen the top strap portion 1340 by imparting a shape to the top strap portion 1340 . It will be appreciated that the stiffened strap may still be flexible, but may be stiffened in the sense that it is self-supporting or more rigid than the soft strap portion. The substantially inextensible layer 1343 extends along both the front portion 1345 and the rear portion 1346 . The substantially inextensible layer 1343 can stiffen the front portion 1345 to support the front portion 1345 in spaced relation to the user's head. That is, the front portion 1345 may be rigidified such that it is supported away from the user's head such that it does not engage the user's head in use. As shown in FIG. 33 , the front end 1347 of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 is spaced apart from the head mounted display unit 1200 along the length of the top strap portion 1340 . For example, there is a gap between the front end 1347 of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 and the head mounted display unit 1200 . In some examples, top strap portion 1340 includes a fabric user-facing layer 1344 . In some examples, top strap portion 1340 includes an outer layer of fabric, eg, covering substantially inextensible layer 1343 .

In some examples, the top strap portion 1340 including the front portion 1345 that does not engage the user's head includes for connecting the battery pack 1500 to the head mounted display unit 1200 to transfer from the battery pack 1500 to the head mounted display unit in use 1200 provides electrical power cable 1510 (not shown in Figure 33). The power cable 1510 may be inside the top strap portion 1340 . For example, a user may insert power cable 1510 through the interior of top strap portion 1340 . In some examples, the power cable 1510 can be inserted through the top strap portion 1340 between the substantially inextensible layer 1343 and the outer fabric layer.

The substantially inextensible layer 1343 may be part of the adjustment rigidity 1380 . The adjustment stiffener 1380 is described below with features applicable to the adjustment stiffener that forms the substantially inextensible layer 1343 of the positioning and stabilization structure 1300 shown in FIG. 33 .

It should be understood that the top strap portion 1340 described with reference to FIG. 33 (eg, the top strap portion 1340 having a front portion 1345 that does not engage the user's head in use) may have any of the other exemplary top straps described herein with reference to any one or more of the features described in the section. Likewise, a top strap portion 1340 having a front portion 1345 that does not engage a user's head may be applied to any other head mounted display system 1000 described herein.

4.4 Battery pack

As shown in the example in FIG. 7A , the battery pack 1500 in some examples of the present technology is connected to the top strap portion 1340 at an upper position 1501 and a lower position 1502 . In other examples, the battery pack 1500 may be connected to the top strap portion 1340 and/or to a different component at only one of these locations.

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be configured to hold the battery pack 1500 (or other counterweight) in a low position on the user's head. In some examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to, in use, hold the battery pack 1500 in a position covering the occiput of the user's head. In some examples of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to hold the battery pack 1500 in a position proximate the occiput of the user's head and at or proximate the vertical axis of rotation of the user's head. assumed user The rear surface of the head curves inwardly (forward and downward) toward the user's spine, and supporting the battery pack 1500 in a low position on the user's head may allow the battery pack 1500 to be positioned close to the axis of rotation of the user's head. The axis of rotation may be at or near the user's spine. Supporting the axis of rotation of the battery pack 1500 as close to the user's head as possible can advantageously keep the destructive forces on the battery pack 1500 low when the user is vigorously rotating or moving their head, such as during gaming.

In the example of FIG. 7A , the battery pack 1500 is removably attached to the top strap portion 1340 . The battery pack 1500 may be connected to the top strap portion 1340 by a hook and loop connection. Alternatively, the battery pack 1500 may be connected via buttons, studs (eg, domes), or the like. In the example, the battery pack 1500 is attached to the top strap portion 1340 at a lower location 1502 near the occipital strap portion 1320 .

Attaching the battery pack 1500 in this manner may advantageously allow the parietal strap portion 1310 and/or the occipital strap portion 1320 to engage the user's head unobstructed by the battery pack 1500 .

The battery pack 1500 may include a concave inner surface configured to generally correspond to the curvature of a user's head.

22A-22C illustrate a battery pack 1500 according to various examples of the present technology, suitable for use in, for example, FIGS. 32C and 33 in the head mounted display system 1000. The rear surface of the user's head is indicated by 1010 to illustrate the use position of each battery pack 1500 and its internal components. In these examples, battery pack 1500 includes a battery pack housing 1505 and a plurality of battery cells 1502 housed within housing 1505 as shown in the various views. The battery cells 1502 may be equidistantly spaced in the battery pack housing 1505 from the front wall of the battery pack housing 1505, as shown in Figure 22A. One of the plurality of battery cells 1502 may be further from the front wall of the battery pack housing 1505 than the other or more battery cells 1502, as shown in Figure 22B. Spacing the battery cells 1502 further back may advantageously enable the battery pack 1500 to generate more torque to offset the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 . Alternatively or additionally, each of the plurality of battery cells 1502 may be spaced apart from the front wall of the battery pack housing 1505, as shown in Figure 22C.

The battery pack housing 1505 may contain a counterweight 1512 configured to facilitate weight balance between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200, as shown in Figure 22C. In the example of Figure 22C, the battery pack housing 1505 is spaced from the rear surface 1010 of the user's head (in a particular example by a pad 1511, which may be designed to be comfortable). The counterweight 1512 may be a net weight formed of metal, water, sand, or other dense material in a permanent or removable configuration. In some examples, battery pack 1500 may only be replaced by counterweight 1512 , such as if the battery is located in head mounted display unit 1200 . The battery pack housing 1505 may also include supports to increase the offset distance from the rear surface 1010 of the user's head.

62A illustrates a head mounted display system 1000 according to another example of the present technology. Similar to other examples disclosed herein, it includes a head mounted display unit 1200 and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that includes a rear support portion 1350 that includes a parietal strap portion 1310 and an occipital strap portion At 1320, the occipital strap portion 1320 is connected to a pair of side strap portions 1330 which are connected at eyelets 1212 to the arms 1210 of the head mounted head mounted display unit 1200. Also like the other examples described herein, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes top strap portion 1340 and battery pack 1500 . Top strap portion 1340 includes a user facing layer 1344 and a substantially inextensible layer 1343. In an example, both the user facing layer 1344 and the substantially inextensible layer 1343 of the top strap portion 1340 are connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 .

Also shown in FIG. 62A , the battery pack 1500 is connected to the top strap portion 1340 on the upper side (eg, the upper end) of the battery pack 1500 in an example, and is connected (or connectable) to the occipital strap portion 1320 on the underside of the battery pack 1500 . An example is one where the top strap portion 1340 is not connected to the occipital strap portion 1320 . In an example, battery pack 1500 is connected to occipital strap portion 1320 by lower battery pack strap portion 1515 . The lower battery pack strap portion 1515 may be releasably connected to the occipital strap portion 1320 by hook and loop connections, snaps, magnetic clips, or other suitable fasteners. In other examples, the lower battery pack strap portion 1515 may be permanently connected to the occipital strap portion 1320 .

In the example of Figure 62A, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a pad 1511 configured to contact the back surface of the user's head, which may be a partially rear facing and partially upward facing surface, or in some examples a partially rear facing surface and partially downward facing surfaces. The battery pack housing 1505 is spaced from the back surface of the user's head by a pad 1511 . The pad 1511 may be formed of silicone or foam, which may make the presence of the battery pack 1500 more comfortable for the user. In the example, the battery pack housing 1505 is placed against the pad, which itself is placed against the user's head. The pad 1511 may conform to the user's head and evenly distribute the force exerted on the user's head by the battery pack 1500 over a large surface area.

4.4.1 Vertically Oriented Battery Pack

In some examples, such as those described with reference to Figs. For example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to hold the battery pack 1500 in a vertical orientation in use. The battery pack 1500 may have a length, width and depth. The length, width and depth may be substantially perpendicular to each other. It should be appreciated that the battery pack 1500 may be curved along its length (eg, as shown in Figure 62A) and/or may not have, for example, a uniform width or depth. The battery pack 1500 may generally be longer than its width or depth.

As shown in many of the figures referenced above, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to hold the battery pack 1500 in an orientation in which the length of the battery pack 1500 is substantially vertically aligned in use. The length of the battery pack 1500 can be aligned with the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. Since most of the weight of the battery pack 1500 is supported by the top strap portion 1340 in use, a battery pack 1500 that is longer than its width and oriented such that the length axis is substantially vertical can advantageously provide a stable fit because the battery pack 1500 More weight is aligned directly below the connection to the top strap portion 1340 than on either side of it.

4.2 Horizontally oriented battery pack

In Figure 62A and the many other illustrated examples of the present technology described herein, the parietal strap portion 1310 is configured to cover the parietal bone at a posterior and upper location on a user's head. That is, the parietal strap portion 1310 is configured such that in use it is spaced from the junction between the parietal and frontal bones (eg, coronal sutures) and also from the junction between the parietal and occipital bones (eg, lambda sutures) ) through the sagittal plane of the user's head at spaced-apart locations. In such an example, the parietal strap portion 1310 may extend rearwardly and upwardly from its connection with each side strap portion 1330 at an oblique angle relative to the side strap portions 1330, such as at or around a 45-degree angle . In some examples, the parietal strap portion 1310 may intersect the sagittal plane of the user's head at a location approximately equidistant from the coronal and lambda sutures.

However, in other examples of the present technology, such as the example shown in Figure 62B, the parietal strap portion 1310 is configured in use at or near the junction between the parietal and occipital bones (eg, at the lambda suture or its near) the area covering the user's head. For example, in use, the parietal strap portion 1310 may be positioned near and over the lambda suture on the user's head. In an example, the parietal strap portion 1310 may intersect the sagittal plane of the user's head in a posterior position rather than in a posterior supra position (as in the example of FIG. 62A ). As shown in Figure 62B, the parietal strap portion 1310 and the side strap portions 1330 may be configured to lie in a common plane in use. The parietal strap portion 1310 may extend rearwardly from its connection with each side strap portion 1330 in a direction parallel to the lateral strap portions.

In the example of Figure 62B, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to maintain the battery pack 1500 in a horizontal orientation in use. As mentioned above, the battery pack 1500 in various examples may have a length, a width, and a depth, the length being longer than the width and depth. In the example of FIG. 62B, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is configured to maintain the battery pack 1500 in an orientation in which the length of the battery pack 1500 is substantially aligned horizontally in use. As shown, in use, the length of the battery pack 1500 may be aligned parallel to the parietal strap portion 1310. The battery pack 1500 may be connected to the parietal strap portion 1310 . For example, battery pack 1500 is supported by parietal strap portion 1310 . In some examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a support An additional strap (eg, a battery pack support strap) supporting the battery pack 1500 holds it against the back of the user's head. Additional straps may be attached, for example, to the side strap portion 1330 or the parietal strap portion 1310 and may be placed against the rear surface of the battery pack 1500, or may be attached to the sides or ends of the battery pack 1500.

4.4.3 Battery pack connection

As described elsewhere, the battery pack 1500 may be attached to the top strap portion 1340 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in an upper position 1501 and a lower position 1502. As shown in FIG. 7A , in some examples of the present technology, the lower location 1502 is at or near the posterior lower end of the top strap portion 1340 and/or at or near the occipital strap portion 1320 . Figures 68A and 68B illustrate an alternative example of the present technology in which the lower end of the top strap portion 1340 is connected to the occipital strap portion 1320 and the battery pack 1500 is connected to the top strap portion 1340 at the lower position 1502 above the occiput. The strap portions 1320 are spaced apart. As shown in Figure 68B, when the headgear is tightened, the lower portion of the top strap portion 1340 is then free to deform inwardly toward the patient's occipital region, which provides a stable fit. This deformation may occur when the user puts on the head mounted display system 1000 and/or when the occipital strap portion 1320 or another strap portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is tightened.

68C and 68D illustrate another example of the present technology in which the battery pack 1500 is connected to the top strap portion 1340 at a pivot connection 1516, the battery pack 1500 being able to pivot about a horizontal axis. The battery pack 1500 is also attached to the top strap at an upper position 1501 and a lower position 1502. In an example, battery pack 1500 is connected to top strap portion 1340 by spring elements at upper position 1501 and lower position 1502 . The spring element may be any connector that elastically connects the battery pack 1500 to the top strap portion 1340 . The top strap portion 1340 is rigid (eg, by the rigid substantially inextensible layer 1343), but when the straps of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 are tightened or fitted to the user's head, the top strap portion 1340 is capable of elastic deformation. These spring elements may slightly resist the compliance of the top strap portion 1340 with the user's head to provide elastic tension in the straps. The ability of the top strap portion 1340 to elastically deform without being constrained to the shape of the battery pack 1500 may advantageously allow the top strap portion 1340 to conform to the shape of the head range of shapes and sizes. Figure 68C shows the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 during assembly to a small size head, while Figure 68D shows the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 during assembly to a medium size head. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 deforms less when fitted to a large sized head compared to a small sized head. The battery pack 1500 (or other counterweight) can be held in a stable position by the pivot connection 1516 while the spring elements at the upper position 1501 and the lower position 1502 prevent it from rotating.

4.5 Rigid parietal and/or occipital ligatures

Referring also to the example shown in Figure 62A, the parietal strap portion 1310 may comprise a layered construction. The parietal strap portion 1310 may be substantially inextensible. The parietal strap portion 1310 may be capable of flexing to conform to the shape of the user's head, but not be able to transmit forces along the parietal strap portion 1310 . In the example of FIG. 62A, the parietal strap portion 1310 includes a user contact layer 1318 and a substantially inextensible layer 1317. User contact layer 1318 may be formed of a fabric material and may be formed of the same material as user contact layer 1344 of top strap portion 1340 and/or side strap portion 1330 . The substantially inextensible layer 1317 may be formed of a material that does not extend in length under the forces experienced by the head mounted display system 1000 in use, and may be of the same substantially inextensible layer 1343 of the top strap portion 1340 material formed. As shown, the front end of the substantially inextensible layer 1317 of the parietal strap portion 1310 may be located at or near the junction between the parietal strap portion 1310 and the occipital strap portion 1320 .

The occipital strap portion 1320 may also include a layered construction. The occipital strap portion 1320 may also be substantially inextensible. As shown, the occipital strap portion 1320 includes a user contact layer 1328 and a substantially inextensible layer 1327. The user contact layer 1328 may be formed of a fabric material. The front end of the substantially inextensible layer 1327 of the occipital strap portion 1320 may be located at or near the junction between the parietal strap portion 1310 and the occipital strap portion 1320 .

The substantially inextensible layer 1317 of the parietal strap portion 1310 may be attached to the substantially inextensible layer 1327 of the occipital strap portion 1320 at one or both ends, such as by adhesive, overmolding, The substantially inextensible layer 1317 of the parietal strap portion 1310 and the substantially inextensible layer 1327 of the occipital strap portion 1320 are welded, or formed integrally with each other.

The substantially inextensible or "rigidized" parietal strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320 may provide a stable rear support portion 1350 since the parietal strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320 are less likely to be in use by the user The head is turned up or down.

4.6 Elastic band

In some examples of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include one or more elastic strap portions. These elastic strap portions may complement or replace any one or more strap portions of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 described herein. Figure 62C shows a head mounted display system 1000 that includes the same features as the head mounted display system 1000 shown in Figure 62A. Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG. 62C includes elastic strap portions that form side strap portions 1330 . In a particular example, head mounted display system 1000 includes arm 1210 connected to head mounted display unit 1200 at pivot point 1213 . The side strap portion 1330 formed of an elastic material is connected to the arm 1210 and/or the head mounted display unit 1200 . The elastic material may be, for example, knitted or braided and configured to extend in length under tension and have a tendency to return to the resting length. In some examples, the side strap portions 1330 are formed from both elastic and inelastic strap portions, the elastic strap portions covering the inelastic strap portions. A non-elastic strap portion may be connected to the parietal strap portion 1310 and the occipital strap portion 1320.

Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a parietal elastic strap portion 1331 configured to lie over the parietal bone of the user's head in use. In this particular example, the battery pack 1500 is located between the parietal elastic strap portion 1331 and the user's head (also separated by a pad 1511). The parietal elastic strap portion 1331 may illustrate holding the battery pack 1500 against the user's head and/or holding the head mounted display unit 1200 against the patient's face.

Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in this example includes an occipital elastic strap portion 1333 that is configured to be positioned, in use, to cover the occiput of the user's head. occipital bullet The sexual strap portion 1333 may be located on the occipital strap portion 1320 and may illustrate anchoring the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to the back of the user's head.

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a pair of guides on respective sides of the user's head, eg, near and above the user's ears. Each guide may be located at or near the junction of the parietal strap portion 1310 and the occipital strap portion 1320 . The elastic strap portion may pass through the guide, which may advantageously hold the elastic strap portion over the user's ear. The junction between the parietal elastic band portion 1331 and the occipital elastic band portion 1333 may be at or near the guide.

It should be appreciated that in some examples, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes elastic straps only in side strap portions 1330, only in parietal elastic strap portions 1331, only in occipital elastic strap portions 1333, and/or any combination thereof Belt Department.

4.7 Replaceable top strap to attach to the head mounted display unit

67A and 67B illustrate a head mounted display system 1000 according to another example of the present technology. In this example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a top strap arm 1365 that connects the top strap portion 1340 to the head mounted display unit 1200 . There are two top strap arms 1365 in this example. The top strap arms 1365 can be substantially rigid or at least rigid enough that they can retain their shape in use and can support the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 . That is, the top strap arm 1365 may transfer the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 to the top strap part 1340 . The top strap portion 1340 may resist the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 by anchoring to the back of the user's head or utilizing a counterweight (eg, the battery pack 1500 ) located behind the user's head.

Top strap arm 1365 may be connected to head mounted display unit 1200 at pivot point 1213 and head mounted display unit 1200 may be capable of pivoting relative to top strap arm 1365 . The top strap portion 1340 is connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 at pivot points 1213 on each side thereof, which can be beneficial when the top strap portion 1340 is tightened (eg, if its effective length is adjusted) avoid head-mounted displays The rotational force on the unit 1200 is shown. As shown, the top strap arms 1365 may extend forward, laterally, and downwardly from the top strap portion 1340 and connect to the sides of the head mounted display unit 1200 .

67A and 67B, in addition to the top strap arm 1365, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may also include side strap portions 1330 connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 at the pivot point 1213. In some examples, the side strap portions 1330 are configured to elastically extend under tension. In other examples, the side strap portions 1330 are substantially inextensible. In a further example, head mounted display system 1000 may include arm 1210 to which side strap portion 1330 is attached. Arm 1210 may be as described in any of the examples disclosed herein.

4.8 Power Cable Tie Section

As described above, the head mounted display system 1000 may include the power cable 1510 connected between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200 . Such examples are shown in Figures 25A-25C and 26A-26B. The power cable 1510 may be located within the top strap portion 1340 in use (FIGS. 25B and 25C) or beside the top strap portion 1340 in use (FIG. 25A).

In the example shown in FIGS. 26A-26B , the power cable 1510 is attached to the power cable strap portion 1520 proximate the head mounted display unit 1200 . The power cable tie portion 1520 in the example is extendable in length. The serpentine portion of the power cable 1510 is connected to the power cable tie portion 1520 in a serpentine pattern such that the power cable tie portion 1520 and the serpentine portion of the power cable 1510 extend in length. Also, in these examples, power cable 1510 is attached to parietal strap portion 1310 .

4.9 Power Cable Management

27 and 28A-28E illustrate further examples of the present technology in which a power cable 1510 connects the head mounted display unit 1200 and the battery pack 1500. As described herein, the head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display unit housing 1205 including a display and an interface structure 3800 constructed and arranged to be in opposing relation to and engaging the user's face .

As shown in FIG. 27 , the power cable 1510 may enter the display unit housing 1205 outside the perimeter of the interface structure 3800 . In this example, the display unit housing 1205 includes a rear-facing side (visible in Figure 27) and an interface structure 3800 extending rearwardly from the rear-facing side. The rear-facing side may be larger than the perimeter of the interface structure 3800 to allow the power cable 1510 to enter the display unit housing 1205 through the opening 1206 in the rear-facing side of the display unit housing 1205 .

In the example of FIG. 27 , the opening 1206 is inside the perimeter of the display unit housing 1205 . More specifically, the rear-facing side of the display unit housing 1205 in this example includes a rectangular shape, and the interface structure 3800 includes a circular shape. The openings 1206 in the rear facing side are located near the corners of the rectangular shape of the rear facing side.

58A and 58B illustrate a portion of a head mounted display unit 1200 in another example of the present technology. In an example, the opening 1206 is provided at the periphery of the display unit housing 1205 .

Head mounted display unit 1200 may include one or more power cable retention features 1207 that may be configured to constrain the position and/or orientation of power cable 1510 within display unit housing 1205 . In the example shown in FIGS. 58A and 58B , the head mounted display unit 1200 includes two power cable retention features 1207 . In other examples, there may be one, three or more power cable retention features 1207 . The power cable retention feature 1207 may be an annular rigid portion through which the power cable 1510 passes. Each power cable retention feature 1207 may be in the form of a closed loop through which the power cable 1510 passes, or may be in the form of an open loop with the power cable 1510 pressed into the open loop such that the loop snaps around the power cable 1510. The power cable retention feature 1207 can hold the power cable 1510 in place within the display unit housing 1205 and can absorb forces that may be exerted on the power cable 1510 to prevent those forces from being transmitted to the power cable 1510 and the head mounted display unit Connections between electronic components within 1200.

28A-28E illustrate an example of a head mounted display system 1000 having a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that includes a rear support 1350 that supports Portion 1350 includes a parietal strap portion 1310 configured to cover the parietal bone of the user's head in use, and an occipital strap portion 1320 configured to cover or underlying the occipital bone of the user's head in use. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 also includes a pair of side strap portions 1330 configured to connect between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200, each side strap portion 1330 configured to be in use on the corresponding side of the user's head. Additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a top strap portion 1340 configured to connect between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200, the top strap portion 1340 configured to cover the user's head in use the upper part.

In each of these examples, power cable 1510 extends from battery pack 1500 along top strap portion 1340 (eg, attached to, otherwise secured or aligned) to head mounted display unit 1200 (as in FIG. 28A ) shown).

The power cable 1510 may extend from the battery pack 1500 to the head mounted display unit 1200 along one of the parietal strap portion 1310 and the side strap portion 1330 (as shown in Figures 28B and 28C). The power cable 1510 may be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 on its side facing side (as shown in Figure 28C).

The power cable 1510 may extend along one of the occipital strap portion 1320 and the side strap portion 1330 (as shown in Figure 28D). Power cable 1510 may include slack configured to allow movement between head mounted display unit 1200 and battery pack 1500 (eg, during active use, conditioning, or transport), as shown in each of FIGS. 28C and 28E . Show.

4.10 Retractable power cables

In some examples of the present technology, such as the example shown in FIG. 8 , a portion of power cable 1510 is located within battery pack 1500 and can be extended from and retracted into battery pack 1500 . This may advantageously allow the length of the top strap portion 1340 to be adjusted without affecting the position of the battery pack 1500 and/or the occipital strap portion 1320 . The retractable power cable 1510 may also be incorporated into other examples, such as any of the other head mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

One or more layers of top strap portion 1340 may be located partially within battery pack 1500 and may be extended and retracted from battery pack 1500 along with power cable 1510 into battery pack 1500 .

As shown in FIG. 8 , in the example, the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 is located within the battery pack 1500 and can be extended from and retracted into the battery pack 1500 along with the power cable 1510 . Additionally, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 of the top strap portion 1340 is located within the battery pack 1500 and can be extended and retracted from the battery pack 1500 together with the power cable 1510 into the battery pack 1500 . In other examples, such as the example shown in Figure 7A, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 is located between the battery pack 1500 and the user's head. In the example (and in the example shown in Figure 7A), the user contact layer 1344 of the top strap portion 1340 is located between the battery pack 1500 and the user's head.

One or more layers of the portion of the power cable 1510 within the battery pack 1500 and the portion of the top strap portion 1340 within the battery pack 1500 may form a top strap portion 1340 capable of extending and retracting from the battery pack 1500 to the battery pack Retractable portion in 1500 to adjust the length of top strap portion 1340 between battery pack 1500 and head mounted display unit 1200. That is, one or more layers of power cable 1510 and top strap portion 1340 may form a retractable portion that a user may extend from and retract into battery pack 1500 . The retractable portion may include, for example, outer layer 1341 , power cable 1510 , and substantially inextensible layer 1343 . The user-facing layer 1344 may not form part of the retractable portion. The user-facing layer 1344 may be located between the battery pack 1500 and the user's head. The user-facing layer 1344 may be separate from one or more other layers of the top strap portion 1340 . The battery pack 1500 can slide over the user facing layer 1344 (and any other layers not located within the battery pack 1500) to enable adjustment of the length and length of the top strap portion 1340 between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200. /or enable adjustment of the position of the battery pack 1500 on the user's head.

In some examples of the present technology, the retractable portion of the top strap portion 1340 is movable relative to the battery pack 1500 between predetermined positions at which the retractable portion can be positioned relative to the battery pack 1500 fixed. For example, the retractable portion may correspond to the battery pack 1500 Moves between three positions in small, medium and large sizes. The user can adjust the top strap portion 1340 to a selected one of these dimensions. In some examples, the top strap portion 1340 may be secured to the head mounted display unit 1200 . In the example shown in FIG. 8 , the top strap portion 1340 is adjustable at the head mounted display unit 1200 because the user is able to pull more or less of the top strap portion 1340 (or at least its outer layers) through the eyelet 1202 1341 end). The user can make a coarse adjustment in the length of the top strap portion 1340 by changing the amount of the top strap portion 1340 within the battery pack 1500, and can make fine adjustments by changing the amount of the top strap portion 1340 pulled through the eyelet 1202. Accordingly, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may provide two mechanisms for adjusting the length of the top strap portion 1340, which may include a coarse adjustment mechanism and a fine adjustment mechanism.

In other examples, the retractable portion of the top strap portion 1340 is capable of continuous movement relative to the battery pack 1500 within a range of possible positions. The retractable portion may be held in place by a locking mechanism, such as a spring-loaded buckle or other latch, or may be held in place by tension in the top strap portion 1340 in use.

4.11 Arm

As shown in FIGS. 7A , 8 and 9 , the head mounted display unit 1200 includes a display unit housing 1205 and a pair of arms 1210 extending from the display unit housing 1205 . In each example, the side strap portions 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 are each connected to a corresponding one of the arms 1210 . The features of the arm 1210 described herein may also be incorporated into other examples, such as any of the other head mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

As shown in each of FIGS. 7A , 8 and 9 , each side strap portion 1330 is connected to the rear end of a corresponding one of the pair of arms 1210 . 7A, 8, in this example, each side strap portion 1330 passes through the eyelet 1212 at the rear end of the corresponding arm 1210 and is fastened back to itself.

As shown in FIG. 9 , in the example, each side strap portion 1330 is connected to a corresponding one of the pair of arms 1210 near the front end of the arms 1210 . Specifically, each side strap portion 1330 passes through an eyelet 1214 at or near the rear end of the corresponding arm 1210 and through an aperture 1216 near the front end of the arm and is fastened to the arm 1210 . As shown, in the example, each side strap portion 1330 is fastened to the lateral side of the corresponding arm 1210 . As shown in FIG. 9 , the end 1332 of each side strap portion 1330 is secured to the arm 1210 . The side strap portions 1330 may be fastened to the corresponding arms 1210 by a hook and loop fastening arrangement, by one or more of a series of domes, or by another suitable mechanism. In other examples, arms 1210 may include spring-loaded buckles or other latches that prevent retraction of side strap portions 1330 through apertures 1216 .

In each of the examples shown in FIGS. 7A , 8 and 9 , each of the pair of arms 1210 is pivotable relative to the display unit housing 1205 . Each arm 1210 may be covered with fabric material. Each arm 1210 may be covered by a tubular fabric material.

FIG. 21D shows a pair of arms 1210 according to another example of the present technology. Each arm 1210 has an eyelet 1214 (in the example in the form of an open slot into which the strap portion can slide) and a hole 1216 through which the strap portion can be pulled and fastened back onto itself or configured on the other part for attachment.

29A-29D illustrate an arm 1210 according to another example of the present technology. As shown in Figures 29A, 29B and 29C, each side strap portion 1330 may be fastened to its own exposed portion within the arm 1210. The upper side strap portion 1332 of the side strap portion 1330 is fastened back onto the side strap portion 1330 as shown in each of FIGS. 29A , 29B and 29C. As shown in FIGS. 29B and 29C , the eyelet 1214 at or near the rear end of the arm 1210 is partially open, allowing the strap 1330 to move into/out of the eyelet 1214 in a lateral direction relative to the strap 1330 . In some examples, as shown in Figure 29D, each arm 1210 is covered in a sock, and each side strap portion 1330 (eg, end 1332 thereof) is fastened to the sock (eg, by hook-and-loop type fastening).

As shown in FIGS. 30A and 30B , in some examples, each arm 1210 includes a substantially rigid portion 1217 that is overmolded onto the fabric portion 1218 . In these examples (or in other examples), the strap attached to arm 1210 may include features that prevent the strap from passing through, such as a widened portion of the strap.

4.12 Adjusting rigid parts

Figures 21A-21E and Figures 23A-23E illustrate a head mounted display system 1000 according to a further example of the present technology, although sharing features with the examples shown in Figures 7A-7C, 8 and 9, all will not be repeated These. The following description will focus on the differences. Figures 24A, 24C, and 24D illustrate an adjustment rigidizer 1380, which will be described below. FIG. 24B shows positioning and stabilization structure 1300 having parietal strap portion 131 , small occipital strap portion 1320 and top strap portion 1340 configured for use with adjustment rigidizer 1380 . Adjusting rigidity 1380 as described herein may also be applied to other examples, such as any of the other head mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

In the example shown in FIGS. 21A-21E and 23A-23D, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a side strap portion 1330 configured to connect to the arm 1210. In other examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a resilient element configured as a cover attached to the arm 1210 and attached via a buckle connection and/or hook and loop fastening.

21A-21E, 23A-23D, and 24A-24D, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can include an adjustment rigidizer 1380 that includes a substantially inextensible member. In these examples, adjustment rigidizer 1380 is configured to connect to occipital strap portion 1320 . Adjustment rigidizer 1380 may be configured to reduce the length of occipital strap portion 1320 .

The occipital strap portion 1320 may include three or more occipital strap attachment points 1323, and the adjustment rigidizer 1380 may be selectively attachable to a first pair of occipital strap attachment points 1323a and a second pair of occipital strap attachment points 1323b. When the adjustment rigidizer 1380 is connected to the first pair of occipital strap attachment points 1323a, the occipital strap portion 1320 may have a first effective length (eg, corresponding to a small size). When the adjustment rigid member 1380 is connected to the second pair of occipital strap connection points 1323b, the occipital strap portion 1320 may have a larger A second effective length with a longer effective length. (for example, corresponding to large size). The different connection options allow the user to vary the effective length of the strap portion to obtain a good fit when using the head mounted display system 1000 .

In some examples, the adjustment rigidizer 1380 constrains the occipital strap portion 1320 to the first effective length when the adjustment rigidizer 1380 is connected to the first pair of occipital strap attachment points 1323a.

As shown in FIGS. 24A , 24C and 24D, the adjustment rigidizer 1380 includes a pair of adjustment rigidizer connection points 1383 that are configured to connect to the occipital strap connection points 1323. The occipital strap portion 1320 shown in Figure 24B includes four occipital strap attachment points 1323 (in this example, two points 1323a correspond to the standard size and two points 1323b correspond to the large size).

The second pair of occipital strap attachment points 1323b may be intermediate the first pair of occipital strap attachment points 1323a.

In other examples, the occipital strap portion 1320 may include a left portion separate from the right portion, and the adjustment rigidizer 1380 is configured to connect the left and right portions.

Referring again to Figures 21A-21E, 23A-23D, and 45A-45D, the adjustment rigidizer 1380 in these examples includes an intermediate rigid portion 1381 and a pair of lateral rigid portions 1382 extending laterally from the intermediate rigid portion 1381, the adjustment rigidizer attachment points 1383 is located on the transverse rigid portion 1382. In these examples, one adjustment stiffener connection point 1383 is located on each lateral stiffener 1382 .

In these examples, the intermediate rigid portion 1381 is configured to lie, in use, at the junction between covering the user's occipital bone and covering the user's parietal bone. More specifically, the intermediate rigid portion 1381 is configured to be positioned on the user's head or near the user's frontal bone, covering the junction between the user's parietal bones and connecting to the occipital strap portion 1320 .

Adjustment rigidizer 1380 may form part of top strap portion 1340 of positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, as shown. Adjustment rigidizer 1380 may form a substantially inextensible layer 1343 of top strap portion 1340 .

In the example shown in FIGS. 21A-21E , the adjustment rigidizer 1380 is permanently attached within the top strap portion 1340 . In particular, the adjustment rigidizer 1380 is permanently attached to the user-facing layer 1344 of the top strap portion 1340 . The top strap portion 1340 may be collapsible, eg, at the hinge area, for transportation.

In each of the examples shown in FIGS. 21A-21E and 23A-23D, the battery pack 1500 is configured to be connected to the adjustment rigidizer 1380 . Additionally, the power cable 1510 is located between the adjustment rigidizer 1380 and the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 in use. The power cable 1510 is insertable between the adjustment rigidizer 1380 and the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 .

In the example shown in FIGS. 23A-23D, the adjustment rigidizer 1380 may be separated from the user-facing layer 1344 of the top strap portion 1340, particularly as shown in FIG. 23D. In this example, the adjustment rigidizer 1380 may be inserted between the user facing layer 1344 and the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 . Adjustment rigidity 1380 is configured to connect to user facing layer 1344 . Specifically, the adjustment rigidizer 1380 includes hook material 1384 configured to form a hook and loop connection to the user facing layer 1344 of the top strap portion 1340 . Adjustment rigidizer 1380 may be collapsible, eg, in the hinge area, for transportation.

Power cable 1510 may be permanently attached to adjustment rigidity 1380, as shown in Figure 23D. Additionally, the battery pack 1500 may be permanently attached to the adjustment rigidizer 1380 (eg, using screws or otherwise).

In the example shown in FIGS. 24C and 24D , the adjustment rigidizer 1380 includes a lower cutout 1385 between a pair of lateral rigid portions 1382 that allows for the connection of the adjustment rigid member 1380 at the lateral rigid portion 1382 to the intermediate rigid portion 1381 . bent at or near it. Adjustment rigidizer 1380 shown in FIG. 24D also includes undercuts 1385 on opposite sides of intermediate rigidity portion 1381 proximate lateral rigidity portion 1382 , allowing adjustment rigidity 1380 to flex proximate undercuts 1385 . In the example shown in FIG. 24B , the user-facing layer 1344 of the top strap portion 1340 includes a cutout 1325 that corresponds to (eg, aligns with) the lower cutout 1385 in the adjustment rigidizer 1380 . Lower cutout 1385 and/or cutout 1325 provide flex that allows occipital strap portion 1320 (or other strap to which adjustment rigidizer 1380 may be attached) to expand Behavior. Stretching may advantageously provide for adaptation to changes in head size or dynamic forces during use.

4.13 Lockable extendable connections

31A, 31B, and 32A-32H illustrate a head mounted display system 1000 according to further examples of the present technology, including a lockable extendable connection 1335 in these examples. The lockable extendable connection 1335 may also be provided to any of the other head mounted display systems 1000 described herein.

Generally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a first strap portion and a second strap portion connected by a lockable extendable connection portion 1335, which may include a resiliently extendable connector strap portion 1338 and substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336. In some examples, the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 is part of the first strap portion.

The elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 may be configured to allow the first strap portion to be spaced apart from the second strap portion by a predetermined amount. That is, it can elastically extend to a predetermined degree to allow the first strap portion and the second strap portion to disengage (which can help the user don the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300). The substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 may be configured for releasably attaching the first strap portion to the second strap portion to prevent separation of the first strap portion from the second strap portion ( or at least reduce the possible degree of separation). That is, when the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 is attached to the first and second strap portions, it prevents them from separating, as the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 may otherwise allow (which may be used when using securing the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 on the user's head). The elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 may also advantageously hold the head mounted display system 1000 on the user's head with sufficient stability to enable the user to attach a substantially inextensible connector strap Section 1336 previously adjusts the fit.

The user may wear the head mounted display system 1000 with the first and second strap portions unattached by the substantially inextensible connector strap portions 1336 (FIG. 31A). elastic stretchable connection The connector strap portion 1338 can be enlarged to allow the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to fit on and/or around the user's head, after which the user can attach the first and second connector straps 1336 with the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336. The strap portions are attached to each other to hold them securely together for use with the head mounted display system 1000 (FIG. 31B).

The substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 is adjustable in length. As shown in Figures 31A, 31B and 32D-32F, the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 includes a clip 1339 having an eyelet through which a portion of the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 is passed and secured back onto itself (eg by hook-and-loop fastening), allowing more or less of the strap to be pulled through the eyelet.

The substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 in these examples includes magnetic clips 1339 configured to magnetically attach to connection points 1337 on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 .

In some examples, the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 may connect to the head mounted display unit 1200 at the inner surface of the arm 1210 , directly to the pivot point or to the side of the head mounted display unit 1200 .

In some examples, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a lockable extendable connection portion 1335 in each side strap portion 1330 . As shown in FIGS. 31A , 31B and 32F , a lockable extendable connection portion 1335 is provided to the side strap portion 1330 . In an example, a lockable extendable connection portion 1335 connects the side strap portion 1330 to the strap portion formed by the junction of the parietal strap portion 1310 and the occipital strap portion 1320 .

As shown in FIG. 32A, each lockable extendable connection 1335 may be located at an arm 1210 extending rearwardly from the head mounted display unit 1200 (eg, as already described herein). In some examples, the lockable extendable connection 1335 may connect directly to a connection point on the head mounted display unit 1200 (eg, the arm 1210 may be absent). In such an example, the lockable extendable connection 1335 can pivot about its connection to the head mounted display unit 1200 .

As shown in FIG. 32B , each lockable extendable connection portion 1335 may be located near the junction between each side strap portion 1330 , parietal strap portion 1310 , and occipital strap portion 1320 .

As shown in Figures 32C, 32D and 32E, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a lockable extendable connection portion 1335 in the occipital strap portion 1320. In some examples, the lockable extendable connection portion 1335 may connect a portion of the occipital strap portion 1320 to the adjustment rigidizer 1380 at this location.

In the example shown in FIGS. 32D and 32E , the medial occipital strap portion 1321 forms a substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 that is connected to the lateral occipital portion 1322 by magnetic clips 1339 . An elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 is connected between the medial occipital strap portion 1321 and the lateral occipital portion 1322 to allow for medial occipital strapping when the medial occipital strap portion 1321 is not attached to the lateral occipital portion 1322 by magnetic clips 1339 A predetermined amount of separation of the band portion 1321 and the lateral occipital portion 1322. It should be appreciated that in other examples of the present technology, the clips of the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 may not be magnetic. For example, it may be a mechanical clip, such as a buckle. It may be a hook configured to hook around a corresponding point of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . In some examples, the substantially inextensible connector strap portions 1336 may form loops that fit over corresponding lugs on the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, or may be connected to the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 via a hook and loop connection connection point on the .

In the example of FIG. 32D , an elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 is connected between the lateral occipital portion 1322 and the junction between the medial occipital strap portion 1321 and the parietal strap portion 1310 .

In the example of FIG. 32E , elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 are connected between and to the sides of the middle occipital strap portions 1321 . An elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 can pass through a hole in the middle occipital strap portion 1321 and be attached to the outwardly facing surface of the middle occipital strap portion 1321 . The advantage of this configuration is that less of the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 contacts the user's head. When the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 is extended and retracted, any portion of the connector strap portion 1338 that does not contact the user's head may There are advantageously no potentially undesired effects on the user's head, such as friction or bunching on the user's skin. These effects can potentially be uncomfortable and/or leave marks on the user's skin.

Furthermore, as the elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 extend and contract, if some or all of the elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 are located on the outside of the substantially inextensible connector strap portions 1336, Any friction on the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 will then be lower than if it were sandwiched between the user's head and the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 . Low friction can advantageously facilitate extension without undue resistance. In some examples of the present technology, the entire elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 is located on the outer (eg, non-patient contacting) side of the inextensible connector strap portion 1336 .

In addition, when at least a portion of the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 does not contact the user's head, the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 may be formed of, for example, a plastic or metal spring, if the elastically extensible connection The strap portion 1338 contacts the user's head, which may not be a viable option. Similarly, the portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that contacts the head, such as the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 and/or the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338, may be constructed to be comfortable for the user. Not extensible material formation. In some examples, the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 may include a user contact portion and a non-user contact portion, the non-user contact portion being more extensible than the user contact portion. The user contact portion may be configured for comfort and may be soft, while the non-user contact portion may be configured for extension and may be less flexible.

In some examples, the aperture in the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 through which the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 passes may be adjacent to the end of the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336, eg Adjacent to magnetic clip 1339.

In the example of FIG. 32F , elastically extensible connector strap portions 1338 are connected between arms 1210 and the connections between side strap portions 1330 and parietal strap portions 1310 . In this example, the side strap portions 1330 form a substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 of the lockable extendable connection portion 1335 . Side strap portion 1330 is attached to arm 1210 via magnetic clip 1339.

In the example of FIG. 32G , elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 is connected between arm 1210 and the junction between parietal strap portion 1310 and occipital strap portion 1320 . That is, in the example, the elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 is connected between the arm and the rear support portion 1350 . In this example, the substantially inextensible connector strap portions 1336 of the lockable extendable connectors 1335 form the side strap portions 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . The substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 is connected to the rear support portion 1350 by a magnetic clip 1339 at the rear end of the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 . The substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 is connected at the front end to the arm 1210 by passing through the eyelet 1212 and secured back to itself, eg, by a hook and loop connection. The clip 1339 may be disconnected by the user when the head mounted display system 1000 is put on or taken off. The elastically extensible connector strap portion 1338 then allows the arm 1210 to be separated from the rear support portion 1350 by a predetermined amount when the head mounted display system 1000 is put on or taken off by the user. The connection between the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 and the arm 1210 can also be adjusted, such as by passing more or less of the substantially inextensible connector strap portion 1336 through the eyelet 1212. The combination of adjustments at the arms 1210 and magnetic clips 1339 provides for setting and forgetting adjustment of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, while also facilitating donning and doffing.

In other examples, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a lockable extendable connection portion 1335 elsewhere, such as in the parietal strap portion 1310, in the top strap portion 1340, or elsewhere.

4.14 Dial adjuster

32H illustrates a head mounted display system 1000 according to another example of the present technology. This example includes all the features of the example shown in Figure 32G. Although in other examples, one or Various features, such as a lockable extendable connection portion 1335, are replaced with side strap portions 1330. The difference from FIG. 32G is that the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in FIG. 32H includes a dial adjuster 1329 . The dial adjuster 1329 may be configured to provide length adjustment of the strap portion. In the example of FIG. 32H , dial adjuster 1329 is configured to adjust the length of occipital strap portion 1320 . For example, dial adjuster 1329 may include a scale member configured to be rotated by the user in a first direction to reduce the length of occipital strap portion 1320 and rotated by the user in a second direction opposite the first direction to increase the length of the occipital strap portion 1320.

The dial adjuster 1329 may include a rack and pinion element. The occipital strap portion 1320 may be formed as two parts (eg, halves) connected at the dial adjuster 1329 . The dial adjuster 1329 can cause the two portions of the occipital strap portion 1320 to move telescopically. The dial adjuster 1329 may include one or more rack portions, such as two rack portions, provided to the occipital strap portion 1320, each rack portion being provided to a respective one of the two halves of the occipital strap portion 1320 One. The rack portions may be configured to engage pinions or cogs connected to a dial that is rotatable by a user. Each of the rack portion and pinion may include teeth, ribs, or the like that are configured to engage with each other. Rotating the dial in a first direction (eg, clockwise) may draw together the rack portions provided to the occipital strap portion 1320 , increasing the overlap between the two rack portions, thereby reducing the occipital strap portion 1320 . Effective length. Rotating the dial in a second direction (eg, counterclockwise) may push the rack portions apart, reducing overlap between the rack portions and increasing the effective length of the occipital strap portion 1320 . In some examples, the dial adjuster 1329 may have static torque resistance, such as provided by static friction or a corresponding feature (such as an indentation), to provide the minimum force required to lengthen the strap portion to which the dial adjuster 1329 is attached, Thus, unintentional lengthening of the strap portion is avoided. The rack portion may be a rigid portion overmolded onto the flexible portion of the occipital strap portion 1320 .

The dial adjuster 1329 can provide intuitive and easy adjustment of the strap portion, allowing the user to achieve a good fit. It should be understood that the dial adjuster 1329 can be applied to a head-mounted Any strap portions of the system 1000 are displayed. The dial adjuster 1329 may help the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 accommodate a range of user head sizes. Head mounted display system 1000 may include dial adjusters 1329 on any one or more of occipital strap portion 1320 , parietal strap portion 1310 , top strap portion 1340 , and one or both side strap portions 1330 . More generally, head-mounted display system 1000 may include on occipital strap portion 1320, parietal strap portion 1310, top strap portion 1340, and one or both side strap portions 1330, or on any other strap portion adjustment mechanism. The adjustment mechanism may be a dial adjuster 1329 having any one or more of the above features, or may be another mechanism for adjusting the length of the strap portion.

4.15 Frontal Bone Support

19A and 19B illustrate a head mounted display system 1000 according to further examples of the present technology. Each includes a head mounted display unit 1200 including a display and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 configured to hold the head mounted display unit 1200 on a user's head in use in the operable position.

In these examples, positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a rear support 1350 configured to engage the rear of a user's head. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 also includes a pair of side strap portions 1330 configured to connect between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200, each side strap portion 1330 configured to be in use on the corresponding side of the user's head.

Each positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 also includes a frontal bone support 1360, also identified as a forehead support, configured to engage in use at a location covering the frontal bone of the user's head User header. This is shown in Figures 19A and 19B.

In each example, frontal bone support 1360 is connected to head mounted display unit 1200 . As will be described, frontal bone support 1360 may be connected to head mounted display unit 1200 at one or more locations.

4.15.1 Forehead Support Attachment to Head Mounted Display Unit

As shown in each of FIGS. 19A and 19B , the positioning and stabilization structure 1300 includes a frontal bone connector 1362 connected between the forehead support 1360 and the head mounted display unit 1200 . In these examples, frontal connector 1362 is located substantially in the sagittal plane of the user's head. In other examples, the positioning and stabilization structure 1300 may include two or more frontal connectors 1362, which may be spaced apart symmetrically across the sagittal plane, for example. Frontal link 1362 may limit (eg, limit or prevent) downward movement of head mounted display unit 1200 in use, especially when a user moves their head.

Frontal bone connector 1362 may be formed of a flexible material. In some examples, the flexible material includes a flexible inelastic material, such as a thermoplastic material. In other examples, the flexible material may include an elastic material, such as one of silicone, TPE, or elastic fabric straps. The frontal bone link 1362 can advantageously hold the head mounted display unit 1200 stably as the user moves. The frontal bone link 1362 formed of a resilient material may advantageously act as a shock absorber during active movements of the user.

In other examples, the frontal connector 1362 is formed from a substantially rigid material, such as a thermoplastic material.

15.2 Frontal Support Connected to Posterior Support

Frontal support 1360 may additionally or alternatively be connected to posterior support 1350.

Referring to FIG. 19A , the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a pair of lateral connectors 1364 , each connecting between the frontal support 1360 and the posterior support 1350 . In a particular example, the rear support portion 1350 includes a parietal strap portion 1310 configured to cover the parietal bone of the user's head in use and an occipital strap configured to cover, in use, the occipital bone of the user's head or below the occipital bone of the user's head Band 1320. Each side connector 1364 may be connected to a corresponding side of the posterior support portion 1350 proximate the occipital strap portion 1320 , or to a corresponding side of the occipital strap portion 1320 . In the example shown, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 also includes a side strap portion 1330 that connects the rear support portion 1350 to the head mounted display unit 1200 . In other examples, side connectors 1364 may be connected to corresponding side strap portions 1330 .

Each side connector 1364 may be elastically extendable. Alternatively or additionally, the length of each side connector 1364 may be adjustable.

Each side connector 1364 can be fixedly connected to the frontal support 1360 and releasably attached to the rear support 1350. Alternatively, each side connector 1364 may be releasably attached to the frontal support 1360 and to the rear support 1350. In a further example, each side connector 1364 may be releasably attached to the frontal support 1360 and fixedly connected to the rear support 1350 . Each side connector 1364 may be connected to the rear support 1350 and/or the frontal support 1360 by a snap button, clip or hook and loop connection.

The side connectors 1364 connecting the frontal support portion 1360 to the rear support portion 1350 (and in this particular example to the occipital strap portion 1320 ) enable the frontal support portion 1360 to be held securely (eg, tightly enough) against The user's head overlaid on the frontal bone. In particular, this may advantageously allow the frontal bone support 1360 to support the substantial weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 and hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in place during active movement in use.

4.15.3 Arm

As shown in each of FIGS. 19A and 19B , the head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display unit housing 1205 and a pair of arms 1210 extending from the display unit housing 1205 . In these examples, the side strap portions 1330 are each attached to a corresponding one of the arms 1210. Specifically, each side strap portion 1330 is connected to the rear end of a corresponding one of the pair of arms 1210 . As shown, each side strap portion 1330 passes through the eyelet 1212 at the rear end of the corresponding arm 1210 and fastens back to itself. In these examples, each of the pair of arms 1210 is pivotable relative to the display unit housing 1205 .

4.15.4 Frontal Bone Support Attachment to Arm

Referring to FIG. 19B , the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in this example includes a pair of lateral connectors 1364 , each connecting between the frontal bone support 1360 and a respective one of the pair of arms 1210 .

Each side connector 1364 may be elastically extendable. Alternatively or additionally, the length of each side connector 1364 may be adjustable.

Each side connector 1364 may be fixedly connected to the frontal bone support 1360 and releasably attached to a corresponding one of the arms 1210. Alternatively, each side connector 1364 may be releasably attached to the frontal bone support 1360 and to a corresponding one of the arms 1210. In a further example, each side connector 1364 may be releasably attached to the frontal bone support 1360 and fixedly connected to a corresponding one of the arms 1210 . Each side connector 1364 may be connected to a respective one of the arms 1210 and/or to the frontal support 1360 by a snap button, clip or hook and loop connection.

The side connector 1364 connecting the frontal support 1360 to the arm 1210 may enable the frontal support 1360 to support some or all of the weight of the head mounted display unit 1200 via the arm, optionally in addition to the frontal connector 1362 , and hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in place during active motion in use.

4.16 Hair Banding Department

20A and 20B illustrate a head mounted display system 1000 according to another example of the present technology. The head mounted display system 1000 includes a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 configured to hold the head mounted display unit 1200 in an operable position on the user's head (in use as shown in Figures 20A and 20B ). Show).

In this example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a rear support 1350 configured to engage the rear of a user's head and one or more front supports configured to connect the rear support 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200 in use portion (in this particular example a pair of side strap portions 1330 and top strap portion 1340). In other examples, the top strap portion 1340 may be omitted, or the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may have, for example, a pair of upper strap portions 1332 and a pair of lower strap portions 1334 .

In this example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a hair strap portion 1370 connected to the rear support portion 1350 . The hair strap portion 1370 is positionable in use between the user's head and the hair descending from the back of the user's head. If the user has long enough hair, the hair strap portion 1370 may be placed under the user's hair. The hair strap portion 1370 may be anchored under the hair, such as between the hair and the neck or between the hair and the head, to provide further stability to the head mounted display system 1000. Figure 20B shows the hair tie portion 1370 under the user's hair.

As described above, in this example, the one or more front support portions include a pair of side strap portions 1330 that connect the rear support portion 1350 to the head mounted display unit 1200 .

As shown, the hair strap portion 1370 includes a pair of end portions 1371 , 1372 connected to respective sides of the rear support portion 1350 . Each end 1371 , 1372 of the hair strap portion 1370 is, in use, located near the Frankfurt level of the user's head. The hair strap portion 1370 may be removably attached to the rear support portion 1350 at one end 1371 ( 1372 ) or both ends 1371 , 1372 of the hair strap portion 1370 .

In some examples, hair strap portion 1370 includes a left strap portion and a right strap portion removably attached to the left strap portion. The left strap portion may be removably attached to the right strap portion in use near the sagittal plane of the user's head. When wearing the head mounted display system 1000, the user can separate the two straps and reattach them under their hair.

In some examples, the hair strap portion 1370 is elastically extensible. In other examples, the hair tie portion 1370 is substantially inextensible.

As shown in Figures 20A and 20B, in this illustrated example, the rear support portion 1350 includes a parietal strap portion 1310 configured to cover the parietal bone of the user's head in use and an occipital bone configured to cover the user's head in use Or the occipital strap portion 1320 located below the occiput of the user's head. special Ground, the hair strap portion 1370 is connected to the occipital strap portion 1320 in use. The hair strap portion 1370 may be connected to the occipital strap portion 1320 near the end of the occipital strap portion 1320 .

The hair strap portion 1370 described herein may be incorporated into any positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 described herein having the occipital strap portion 1320 .

4.17 Releasable attachment at the rear

36A-36D illustrate a head mounted display system 1000 according to further examples of the present technology, although sharing features with examples described elsewhere, all of which will not be repeated. 36A and 36B illustrate positioning and stabilization structure 1300 having a parietal strap portion 1310 , a pair of side strap portions 1330 and a top strap portion 1340 .

The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 further has an occipital strap portion 1320 formed by a pair of intermediate occipital strap portions 1321 extending from the parietal strap portion 1310, each of the intermediate occipital strap portions 1321 being releasably Attached to the lateral occipital portion 1322, the lateral occipital portion 1322 is configured to, in use, cover or lie beneath the occiput of the user's head. In other examples, the medial occipital strap portion 1321 may not extend from the parietal strap portion 1310, but may extend from another component of the positioning and stabilization structure 1300 or the head mounted display system 1000 (eg, under and partially in the rear direction).

The parietal strap portion 1310, lateral occipital strap portion 1322, and medial occipital strap portion 1321 may form a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage the back of a user's head in use. The parietal strap portion 1310 is configured to cover the parietal bone of the user's head in use. The pair of intermediate occipital strap portions 1321 are each configured to, in use, lie on respective sides of the user's head. For example, as shown in FIG. 36A , the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a top strap portion 1340 configured to connect between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200 .

In some examples, the top strap portion 1340 is directly connected to the posterior support portion 1350 (eg, directly to the parietal strap portion 1310 or the occipital strap portion 1320). In other examples, the top strap portion 1340 is connected to the rear support portion 1350 via another component, such as the battery pack 1500 . That is, in some examples In the example, the top strap portion 1340 is connected to the rear support portion 1350 by connecting to the battery pack 1500 , which is connected to components of the rear support portion 1350 , such as the occipital strap portion 1320 .

The head mounted display system 1000 may include a battery pack 1500 for powering the head mounted display system 1000 . The battery pack 1500 may be located behind the user's head in use. The battery pack 1500 may be configured to be connected to the top strap portion 1340 in use. Any features of the top strap portion 1340 and battery pack 1500 described elsewhere herein may be applied to the top strap portion 1340 and battery pack 1500 shown in FIGS. 36A-36D unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

In the example shown, the lateral occipital portion 1322 is rigid. Lateral occipital portion 1322 may include an occipital rigidizer. In an alternative example, the lateral occipital portion 1322 may include a flexible strap, such as a medial occipital portion strap. In some examples, lateral occipital portion 1322 may form part of top strap portion 1340 . Lateral occipital portion 1322 may be permanently attached within top strap portion 1340, such as permanently attached to user-facing layer 1344. In some examples, the lateral occipital portion 1322 may be secured to the top strap portion 1340 , eg, sewn or welded in place to the user-facing layer 1344 of the top strap portion 1340 . In an alternative example, the lateral occipital portion 1322 may be secured in a manner similar to that described elsewhere with reference to the adjustment rigidizer 1380 .

In some examples, positioning and stabilization structure 1300 includes releasable fasteners between each of a pair of medial occipital strap portions 1321 and lateral occipital portions 1322 . Each releasable fastener may include a fastener portion configured to attach to a corresponding connection point 1337 . In the example of FIGS. 36A-36D , the lateral occipital portions 1322 include a pair of attachment points 1337 that are configured to connect to respective fastener portions disposed on respective intermediate occipital strap portions 1321 .

As shown in Figure 36D, in some examples, the releasable attachment means are provided by magnetic fasteners. Each magnetic fastener may include a magnetic clip configured to magnetically attach to a corresponding one of the connection points 1337 . Magnetic clip 1339 is secured to the middle pillow as shown in Figure 361D Bone strap portion 1321 , magnetic clip 1339 is configured to magnetically attach to attachment point 1337 on lateral occipital portion 1322 .

In an example, the length of each intermediate occipital strap portion 1321 may be adjustable. For example, each connector strap portion may be a magnetic clip and have an eyelet 1202, and a portion of each of the pair of intermediate occipital strap portions 1321 may pass through the eyelet 1202 and fasten back therewith at a desired length on itself.

4.18 Cleanable parts of positioning and stabilizing structures

Figures 39A-39C further illustrate the positioning and stabilization structure 1300 shown in Figures 36A-36D above. 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D illustrate a positioning and stabilization structure 1300 and its components according to further examples of the present technology. Many of the features described above with respect to other examples of the technology will not be repeated here, but may be applied in conjunction with the concepts described below. The positioning and stabilization structures 1300 shown in Figures 36A-36D, 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D also share some features with the examples shown in Figures 21A-21D and 23A-23D and each other. The features of each of these examples should be understood to be applicable to each of the other examples, either alternatively or in combination, unless otherwise required.

In each of the examples shown in FIGS. 36A-36D, 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D, the head-mounted display system 1000 includes a battery pack 1500 for powering the head-mounted display system 1000 , the battery pack 1500 is configured to be positioned behind the user's head in use. The top strap portion 1340 of each positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is connected to the battery pack 1500 in use.

4.18.1 The outer layer of the top strap portion is separable from the user-facing layer

39A-39C, 40A-40B, and 41A-41B, the top strap portion 1340 includes a user-facing layer 1344 and an outer layer 1341 (on the opposite side of the top strap portion 1340 from the user-facing layer 1344). ). In these examples, the user-facing layer 1344 of the top strap portion 1340 , the parietal strap portion 1310 , the occipital strap portion 1320 and the side strap portions 1330 may be separated from the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 . With respect to the example of FIGS. 32A-39C , FIG. 39B shows these components separate from the outer layer 1341 of the top strap layer 1340 . Figure 39C shows the separate outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 (in the example, the outer layer 1341 is formed from the outer sleeve 1348 to be described below). Figures 42A-42D illustrate the components of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 of Figures 41A-41B individually.

An advantage of this type of configuration is that the user-facing layer 1344 of the top strap portion 1340, the parietal strap portion 1310, the occipital strap portion 1320, and the side strap portions 1330 can form the positioning and stabilization structure 1300 (shown separately in FIG. 39B ). The washable part (eg, washable sub-element) of the washable part). These components may be parts of the user contact positioning and stabilizing structure 1300, and may all be formed from washable materials such as textile materials, plastic materials, non-electronic components (machine washable or other easily washable materials). The washable portion may be separated from the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 for washing by the user, eg, periodically or when soiled as desired. Additionally, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a power cable 1510 that connects the battery pack 1500 to the head mounted display unit 1200, as described below. The washable portion can be separated from the power cable 1510 (and battery pack 1500 ) while being separated from other non-user-contacted components without requiring the user to manipulate the power cable 1510 (eg, when removing the washable zero of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 ). component, pull it out, pull it out of the sleeve, or consider the power cable 1510).

The outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 may be configured to be connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 of the head mounted display system 1000 . As shown in each of Figures 39A, 40A and 41A, the front of the outer layer 1341 can be looped back and secured through a portion (not shown) of the head-mounted head-mounted display unit 1200, such as eyelets, lugs, etc. to itself, for example by a hook and loop connection (or another suitable connection, such as by a buckle or one of a series of snaps). This connection can be as described elsewhere herein.

As shown by the example in Figures 42A-42D, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a buckle 1312 attached to the parietal strap portion 1310, similar to the buckles described above with reference to Figures 7B and 7C 1312. In use, the user contact portion 1342 (eg, at least the user facing layer 1344 ) may be located between the buckle 1312 and the parietal strap portion 1310 . The buckle 1312 may be configured to limit lateral movement of the user contact portion 1342, which may advantageously keep the top strap portion 1340 centered on the user's head in use. In an example, the buckle 1312 is located in the sagittal plane of the user's head in use. 42A-42D, the buckle 1312 is formed from a length of flexible material extending between two points along the parietal strap portion 1310 on opposite sides of the center of the parietal strap portion 1310 (eg, during use symmetrically with respect to either side of the sagittal plane of the user's head). The buckle 1312 may be sewn or welded to the parietal strap portion 1310, or attached in other suitable manner (eg, glue, other buckles). Another example of a buckle 1312 is shown in FIG. 57 .

4.18.2 Connection between the occipital strap portion and the top strap portion

The occipital strap portion 1320 may be removably attached to the top strap portion 1340 . 39A-39C, occipital strap portion 1320 includes a pair of intermediate occipital strap portions 1321 configured to connect between parietal strap portion 1310 and top strap portion 1340, each The middle occipital strap portion 1321 is configured to, in use, lie on the corresponding side of the user's head. In an example, the length of each intermediate occipital strap portion 1321 is adjustable. Accordingly, the length of the occipital strap portion 1320 is adjustable. In this example, the occipital strap portion 1320 is connected to the top strap portion 1340 via a magnetic connection. In particular, each middle occipital strap portion 1321 is configured to be connected to the top strap portion 1340 by magnetic fasteners. As shown in Figures 39A and 39B, the occipital strap portion 1320 is connected to the top strap portion 1340 by magnetic clips.

In the example of Figures 40A-40B and 41A-41B, occipital strap portion 1320 is removably connected to top strap portion 1340, but in such a way that the length of occipital strap portion 1320 is not adjustable, which can advantageously enable positioning and Stabilizing structure 1300 is more intuitive to set up.

Figures 42A and 42B illustrate the connection between the occipital strap portion 1320 and the top strap portion 1340 shown in Figures 41A-41B. Top strap portion 1340 is configured for attaching via a pivotable connection in this example Attached to the occipital strap portion 1320. That is, the occipital strap portion 1320 can pivot relative to the top strap portion 1340 (or vice versa), which may improve comfort. As shown in Figures 42A and 42B, the pivotable connection includes a snap connection. The snap connection includes a male snap portion 1324a and a female snap portion 1324b that are configured to snap during assembly of the top strap portion 1340 and the occipital strap portion 1320 Buckle together. The male and female parts of the snap connection can be reversed. In other examples, the occipital strap portion 1320 may be connected to the top strap portion 1340 in this manner, but may be adjustable in length. In other examples, the top strap portion 1340 and the occipital strap portion 1320 are connected via alternative mechanisms, such as hook and loop connections, magnetic clips, or other suitable connections.

In some other examples of the present technology, the occipital strap portion 1320 is permanently connected to the top strap portion 1340, such as in the example shown in FIGS. 39A-39C where the occipital strap portion 1320 is removably connected to the top strap portion 1340 at the rear end.

56A-56C illustrate another example of the connection between the occipital strap portion 1320 and the top strap portion 1340. In this example, occipital strap portion 1320 includes occipital attachment tabs 1326 and top strap portion 1340 includes occipital attachment tab holes 1351 . The occipital attachment tab 1326 may be configured to pass through the occipital attachment tab hole 1351 and be secured to the top strap portion 1340 . In some examples, the occipital connection tab 1326 may be connected to the top strap portion 1340 by a snap connection. In some examples, the occipital connection tab 1326 may be connected to the top strap portion 1340 by a hook and loop connection.

4.18.3 Outer sleeve of top strap portion

In each of the examples shown in FIGS. 39A-39C , 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D, the top strap portion 1340 includes an outer sleeve 1348 . The outer sleeve 1348 forms the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 . In these examples, outer sleeve 1348 is connected to battery pack 1500 . The outer sleeve 1348 may be removably attached to the battery pack 1500 or may be permanently attached (eg, not configured to be detached from the battery pack 1500 by a user). For example, the outer sleeve 1348 may be glued, thermally bonded, threaded, or otherwise connected to the battery pack 1500 in a suitable manner.

As mentioned above, the head mounted display system 1000 may include a power cable 1510 connected between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display system 1000 in use. In the examples shown in FIGS. 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D, head mounted display system 1000 includes power cable 1510 within outer sleeve 1348. The power cable 1510 can slide within the outer sleeve 1348 along the length of the outer sleeve 1348 .

In these examples, power cable 1510 can be retracted into and extended from battery pack 1500 . The ability of the power cable 1510 to also slide within the outer sleeve 1348 allows the length of the outer sleeve 1348 and top strap portion 1340 to be adjusted without affecting the amount of slack in the power cable 1510 . A power cable 1510 that is retractable into and extends from the battery pack 1500 can also secure the power cable 1510 relative to the head mounted display unit 1200 . The power cable 1510 that does not retract into and extends from the head mounted display unit 1200 can keep the head mounted display unit 1200 small in size (or at least smaller than required to accommodate the retractable power cable 1510) . In other examples, the power cable 1510 is fixed relative to the outer sleeve 1348 . In other examples, the power cable 1510 does not retract into or extend from the battery pack 1500 .

4.18.4 Hook and loop connection

The washable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be connected to other components of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 by a hook and loop connection. Advantageously, this may enable the washable portion to be "peeled" from other components of the head mounted display system 1000 . For example, the washable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be connected to the outer sleeve 1348 by one or more shackle connections 1349. For example, the user contact layer 1344 of the top strap portion 1340 (which is part of the washable portion in at least some examples) may be connected to the outer sleeve 1348 by a hook and loop connection 1349 . In the example shown in FIG. 40B , the user contact layer 1344 is connected to the outer sleeve 1348 via a hook and loop connection 1349 as shown.

In some examples, such as the examples shown in FIGS. 41A-41B and 42A-42D, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 includes a user contact 1342, which will be described in more detail below. User Contact 1342 includes a user contact layer 1344. The user contact 1342 is connected to the outer sleeve 1348, for example, by a hook and loop connection, or alternatively by a press stud connection, strap, or another suitable connection. As shown in FIG. 41A, the user contact portion 1342 is connected to the outer sleeve 1348 by a hook and loop connection 1349.

The outer sleeve 1348 may include one or more hooks 1349a. In the example shown in Figure 42C, the outer sleeve 1348 includes a plurality of hooks 1349a. In this example, there are two hooks 1349a, while in other examples there may be one, three, or more hooks 1349a. In some examples, the washable portion includes a plurality of uninterrupted loop portions 1349b corresponding to the hook portion 1349a and to which the hook portion 1349a can be attached. As shown in FIG. 42C, the user-contact portion 1342 of the washable portion includes a pair of uninterrupted loop portions 1349b that correspond to the hook portions 1349a to form a hook-and-loop connection 1349.

In other examples of the present technology, the washable portion (which may be the user contact portion 1342 or the user contact layer 1344), for example, may include a surface formed of an uninterrupted loop material to which one or more hooks 1349a can be attached , thereby forming a hook-and-loop connection 1349. The outer sleeve 1348 or other portion of the top strap portion 1340, including the hook portion 1349a, can then be attached directly to the surface of the washable portion of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300.

In other examples, the washable portion includes a hook portion 1349a, and the outer sleeve 1348 or other portion of the non-washable portion includes an uninterrupted loop portion 1349b or a surface formed of uninterrupted loop material.

4.18.5 Other examples of hook-and-loop connections

The above-described concepts related to hook-and-loop connections within the top strap portion 1340 may also be applied to other examples of the present technology. In some examples, a head mounted display system 1000 is provided that includes: a head mounted display unit 1200 that includes a display; and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that includes a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 The head mounted display unit 1200 is configured to hold, in use, the head mounted display unit 1200 in an operable position on the user's head, as described elsewhere herein.

41A-41C and 42A-42D, to illustrate a more generally applicable aspect of the present technology, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a rear support 1350 configured to engage a user's head the rear; a pair of side strap portions 1330 configured to connect between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200 (in use, each on the respective side of the user's head); a top strap portion 1340 configured to connect between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200, a top strap portion 1340 configured to cover the upper portion of the user's head in use, the top strap portion 1340 comprising a user contact portion 1342 and an outer layer 1341. As shown, in these examples, the user contact portion 1342 of the top strap portion 1340 and the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 are removably connected by one or more hook and loop connections 1349.

The user contact 1342 and the outer layer 1341 can be separated from each other by a hook and loop connection 1349, which can advantageously enable the user contact 1342 to be washed separately from the outer layer 1341 and any electronic devices that may be connected to or form part of the outer layer 1341. Alternatively or additionally, one of the user contact 1342 or the outer layer 1341 may be replaced separately from the other.

In some examples, the rear support portion 1350 includes a parietal strap portion 1310 configured to cover the parietal bone of the user's head in use and an occipital strap configured to cover or lie beneath the occipital bone of the user's head in use Band 1320. However, the hook and loop connection 1349 between the user contact portion 1342 and the outer layer 1341 may also be applied to other configurations of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . By separating the hook and loop connection 1349, the parietal strap portion 1310, occipital strap portion 1320, and side strap portion 1330 may be separated from the outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 along with the user contact portion 1342.

The top strap portion 1340 may include an outer sleeve 1348 that forms an outer layer 1341 of the top strap portion 1340 . The outer sleeve 1348 may be connected to the battery pack 1500 (in the example in which the battery pack 1500 is present).

Any exemplary configuration of hooks 1349a, uninterrupted loops 1349b, and/or surfaces formed from uninterrupted loop material may be employed to provide between outer sleeve 1348 and user contact 1342, or more generally, outer layer 1341 and the user A hook-and-loop connection 1349 is created between the contacts 1342 or the outer layer 1341 .

4.18.6 Substantially inextensible layers

The top strap portion 1340 of the examples includes a substantially inextensible layer 1343 (eg, a rigid layer in some examples, which is capable of at least partially under its own weight) between the outer layer 1341 and the user-facing layer 1344 in use. is at least partially rigid in the sense of retaining its shape). The substantially inextensible layer 1343 may be identified in examples as a rigidizer or rigid layer that, in these examples, makes the top strap portion 1340 more rigid than it would be without the substantially inextensible layer 1343 . In some examples, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 is inextensible but does not substantially increase the stiffness of the top strap portion 1340 . The substantially inextensible layer 1343 may assist the top strap portion 1340 to transfer some or all of the weight of the rear mounted battery pack 1500 or other counterweight to the upward force on the head mounted display unit 1200 . This can advantageously cause the user to feel that the head mounted display unit 1200 is lighter in weight. Additionally, less tension may be required in other headgear straps (eg, side strap portions 1330 ) because if the top strap portion 1340 and/or the weight/battery pack 1500 do not occupy the head mounted display unit 1200 With some weight, it may not be necessary to pull the head mounted display unit 1200 against the user's face with the force that may be required. The substantially inextensible layer 1343, the top strap portion 1340 as a whole, and the presence of the counterweight can each (independently or together, as the case may be) help the head mounted display system 1000 to be comfortable for the user, At the same time stability is provided on the user's head even during vigorous exercise.

In some examples, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 may be formed from a thermoplastic material. In an example without a rear mounted battery pack 1500 (eg, where any batteries are in the head mounted display unit 1200 ), the substantially inextensible layer 1343 may be formed by anchoring the head mounted display unit 1200 to the rear support 1350 The head mounted display unit 1200 mounted on the head is supported. As described above, in each of the examples shown in FIGS. 39A-39C, 40A-40B, 41A-41B, and 42A-42D, the head-mounted display system 1000 includes a battery pack 1500 for powering the head-mounted display system 1000 , the battery pack 1500 is configured to be positioned behind the user's head in use. The top strap portion 1340 is connected to the battery pack 1500 in use.

The battery pack 1500 may be removably attached to the substantially inextensible layer 1343 . The substantially inextensible layer 1343 and the battery pack 1500 may include respective fastener portions (eg, respective first and second fastener portions 1503, 1504) configured to removably connect the battery pack 1500 to the Substantially inextensible layer 1343. For example, as shown in FIGS. 40A , 41A and 42D , the substantially inextensible layer 1343 includes a first fastener portion 1503 . In these examples, the first fastener portion 1503 is located on the rearward facing surface of the top strap portion 1340 in use. As shown in FIG. 42D , the battery pack 1500 includes a second fastener portion 1504 corresponding to the first fastener portion 1503 . The first fastener portion 1503 and the second fastener portion 1504 are configured to be connected together to connect the battery pack 1500 to the substantially inextensible layer 1343 in use. In these examples, the first fastener portion 1503 and the second fastener portion 1504 connect the substantially inextensible layer 1343 to the battery pack 1500 such that the substantially inextensible layer 1343 at least partially supports the weight of the battery pack 1500 in use , for example supporting most of the weight of the battery pack 1500 .

The first fastener portion 1503 and the second fastener portion 1504 may be configured to snap fit together. In other examples, the battery pack 1500 may be connected to the substantially inextensible layer 1343 via a hook and loop connection, may fit into a pocket, or may be directly or indirectly connected to the substantially inextensible layer 1343 in another suitable manner. In the example shown in FIG. 42D , the first fastener portion 1503 is a convex portion, and the second fastener portion 1504 is a concave portion. In other examples, the first fastener portion 1503 may be a female portion configured to receive the male second fastener portion 1504 .

In some instances, the substantially inextensible portion 1343 is flat (as shown in Figure 43B). In other examples, the cross-section of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 is curved, as shown in Figure 43D. The curvature may avoid compression points, eg by matching the curvature to the desired curvature of the human head at the sagittal plane, thereby making it more comfortable for the user. In some examples, the substantially inextensible portion may be in the range of 1-3mm thick, such as 1.5mm-2mm thick, eg 1.8mm thick.

4.18.7 The washable portion may be separated from the substantially inextensible portion

The washable portion can be separated from the substantially inextensible layer 1343 . As described above, top strap portion 1340 includes outer sleeve 1348 forming outer layer 1341 . In the example shown in FIGS. 40A-40B, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 is located within the outer sleeve 1348. The outer sleeve 1348 is attached to the battery pack 1500, as shown in Figure 39C.

In an example, the user facing layer 1344 is separated from the outer sleeve 1348 when the washable portion is separated from the remainder of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 for washing. The substantially inextensible layer 1343 remains within the outer sleeve 1348. The battery pack 1500 may or may not be disconnected from the substantially inextensible layer 1343, as the user may not need to do so since the washable portion can now be washed. In some examples where the substantially inextensible layer 1343 does not form part of the washable portion (eg, where the washable portion is separable from the substantially inextensible layer 1343), the battery pack 1500 may not be configured to be removed from the substantially nonextensible portion by the user The non-extensible layer 1343 is disconnected.

4.18.8 Washable parts include substantially inextensible parts

In other examples, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 forms part of the washable portion. In the example shown in Figures 41A-41B, 42A-42D, and 43A-43D, the top strap portion 1340 includes a user contact portion 1342 that forms a user facing layer 1344 as described above. In this example, a substantially inextensible layer 1343 is provided to the user contact 1342 . The user contact portion 1342 forms part of the washable portion and is detachable from the outer sleeve 1348 such that the substantially inextensible layer 1343 forms part of the washable portion and is detachable from the outer sleeve 1348 .

In this example, the user contact portion 1342 includes a user contact sleeve 1342a. As shown in Figure 41B, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 is located within the user contact sleeve 1342a.

43A-43D, the user contact sleeve 1342a can include a rigid opening 1343a through which the substantially inextensible layer 1343 can be inserted. Rigid opening 1343a may be a slit or narrow hole in the material of user contact sleeve 1342a, and may be shaped and dimensioned such that it corresponds to the shape and size of the cross-section of substantially inextensible layer 1343 such that substantially inextensible layer 1343 is substantially inextensible. The extension layer 1343 can be inserted. The rigid opening 1343a may be located at or near the end of the user-contact sleeve 1342a to enable the first end of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 to be inserted into the interior of the user-contact sleeve 1342a, and be rigid The opening 1343a may enclose the second end of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 to substantially enclose the substantially inextensible layer 1343 . The substantially inextensible layer 1343 may be removably insertable into the user contact sleeve 1342a. Advantageously, this may enable the user contact sleeve 1342a to be replaced if necessary.

User contact sleeve 1342a may include fastener openings 1503a through which battery pack 1500 can be removably attached to substantially inextensible layer 1343. As described above, the substantially inextensible layer 1343 may include a first fastener portion 1503 configured to connect to a corresponding second fastener portion 1504 of the battery pack 1500 . When assembled, the first fastener portion 1503 may extend through the fastener opening 1503a, configured to connect to the second fastener portion 1504, thereby being configured to connect the substantially inextensible layer 1343 to the battery pack 1500.

The battery pack 1500 may cover either or both of the rigid opening 1343a and the fastener opening 1503a in use. 43A and 43C illustrate the outline of the shape of the battery pack 1500. As shown, in use, both the rigid opening 1343a and the fastener opening 1503a are within the perimeter/perimeter of the battery pack 1500.

In the example shown in Figure 56C, occipital strap portion 1320 includes occipital attachment tabs 1326, as described above. In this example, the occipital attachment tab 1326 is configured for attachment to the user-contact sleeve 1342a on a non-user-facing side of the user-contact sleeve 1342a. The occipital connection tab 1326 may be configured to pass through a first user-contact sleeve hole 1352 on the user-facing side of the user-contact sleeve 1342a and through a second user-contact sleeve on the non-user-facing side of the user-contact sleeve 1342a hole 1353. In this example, the occipital connection tab 1326 is configured to connect to the user contact sleeve 1342a with a hook and loop connection 1349. In other examples, it may be connected with a press stud or another suitable connection.

User contact sleeve 1342a and/or outer sleeve 1348 may each be formed from a fabric material and may be formed by cutting a sheet of fabric (eg, by die cutting, ultrasonic cutting, or RF cutting), folded into a tubular shape and run along the length of the sleeve Together with any other edges ultrasonic welded seams are formed. The sleeve can be turned inside out so that any sharp welding edges are provided on the inside and the outside is advantageously free of sharp edges that might cause discomfort or an unsightly appearance in use. Any other suitable way of forming user contact sleeve 1342a and outer sleeve 1348. The hook or loop portion used to form the hook and loop connection 1349 can be welded or sewn to the fabric material. In other examples, the textile material can be sewn to form a tubular shape. In other examples, the substantially non-extensible layer 1343 may not be encapsulated by the user contact sleeve 1342a, but may be attached by securing to the user contact layer 1344 (eg, by hook and loop connection 1349, embedding, overmolding, or otherwise connecting) and adhesion, fastening) to provide the user contact portion 1342.

The outer sleeve 1348 and/or the user contact sleeve 1342a may be formed of elastic or non-elastic material, may be formed of a soft material that is comfortable if in contact with the user, washable (eg, machine washable) and/or Or formed from a material that helps draw moisture away from the user's face or head. In some examples, the sleeves (ie, outer sleeve 1348 and/or user contact sleeve 1342a) are formed from any of an elastic material, TPE, or nylon. The sleeve may be formed of an elastic material that facilitates insertion of the substantially inextensible layer 1343 in the event that the user contacts the sleeve 1342a. The sleeve may be formed of a low friction material (or a material with a low friction inner surface), which in the case of the outer sleeve 1348 facilitates movement of the power cable 1510 within the outer sleeve 1348 during adjustment of the length of the outer sleeve 1348 .

As described above, the head mounted display system 1000 may include the power cable 1510 connected between the battery pack 1500 and the head mounted display unit 1200 . As shown in the examples of Figures 40B and 41B, the power cable 1510 may be located within the outer sleeve 1348 (eg, in the manner described elsewhere herein).

FIGS. 69A and 69B illustrate a battery pack case 1505 having a second fastener portion 1504 and a substantially inextensible layer 1343 having a corresponding The first fastener portion 1503. In this example, the first fastener portion 1503 is configured to fit into the hole of the second fastener portion 1504 and slide in a direction parallel to the plane of the hole such that the post of the first fastener portion 1503 slides into the second fastener in the channel of the firmware section 1504. The second fastener portion 1504 may include a snap-fit arm configured to resist sliding of the post of the first fastener portion 1503 out of the channel of the second fastener portion 1504 .

FIGS. 70A and 70B illustrate a battery pack case 1505 having a second fastener portion 1504 and a substantially inextensible layer 1343 with a corresponding The first fastener portion 1503. In this example, the first fastener portion 1503 includes a first cylindrical portion configured to be compressed between two corresponding second cylindrical portions of the second fastener portion 1504 . The second fastener portion 1504 includes a release cutout in the battery pack housing 1505 configured to allow the second cylindrical portion of the second fastener portion 1504 to deform to receive the first cylindrical portion of the first fastener portion 1503, But return to the undeformed position to achieve a snap fit of the first fastener portion 1503 and the second fastener portion 1504 .

71A and 71B illustrate a battery pack case 1505 having a second fastener portion 1504 and a substantially inextensible layer 1343 having corresponding The first fastener portion 1503. In this example, the first fastener portion 1503 includes a male sliding portion that is configured to be slidingly received in the female sliding portion of the second fastener portion 1504 . Both the male and female slides may be elongated. The first fastener portion 1503 and the second fastener portion 1504 may be oriented in use such that to disengage the female slide on the battery pack housing 1505 would need to slide up against the weight of the battery pack 1500 to slide from the male part removed.

71A and 71B illustrate a battery pack case 1505 having a second fastener portion 1504 and a substantially inextensible layer 1343 having corresponding The first fastener portion 1503. In this example, the first fastener portion 1503 includes a male slide configured to be inserted into an opening in the battery pack housing 1505 formed by the second fastener portion 1504 and slid into the battery housing 1505 formed by the second fastener portion 1504. in the channel formed by the fastener portion 1504 . The second fastener portion 1504 may include release cutouts on both sides of the channel such that the opening of the channel forms a snap-fit connection with the corresponding portion of the first fastener portion 1503 .

4.19 Battery pack structure

46-52B illustrate various features of a battery pack 1500 according to examples of the present technology. The battery pack 1500 may include a battery pack housing 1505 connected to the battery pack base 1525 . The top strap portion 1340 may include a user contact portion 1342 forming a user facing layer 1344, and the battery pack base 1525 may be configured to connect to the user contact portion 1342.

The battery pack 1500 may also include a cable guide 1530 configured to guide the power cable 1510 . As shown in FIGS. 47A-48B , the cable guide 1530 can include an elongated portion 1531 through which the power cable 1510 can be slid into and out of the battery pack housing 1505 . The elongated portion 1531 may be rigid. Advantageously, elongated portion 1531 may provide a long passage for power cable 1510 to pass through, the long passage may support a corresponding long length of power cable 1510, which may prevent the cable from biting into the walls of cable guide 1530 when power cable 1510 is moved. The cable guide 1530 may include a cable guide mount 1532 configured to connect to the battery pack base 1525 . The battery pack base 1525 in this example includes a cable guide mount 1526 for the cable guide 1530 that is configured to connect to the cable guide mount 1532 .

The cable guide 1530 may include one or more teeth 1533 , such as a plurality of teeth 1533 , configured for engaging the top strap portion 1340 . In this example, cable guide 1530 includes three teeth 1533 . As described above, the top strap portion 1340 may include an outer sleeve 1348 that forms an outer layer of the top strap portion 1340, And the outer sleeve 1348 may be connected to the battery pack 1500 . The power cable 1510 may be located within the outer sleeve 1348 and may be capable of sliding within the outer sleeve 1348 along the length of the outer sleeve 1348 . Teeth 1533 of cable guide 1530 may be configured to engage outer sleeve 1348 to secure outer sleeve 1348 to battery pack 1500 . Teeth 1533 may be located on elongated portion 1531 of cable guide 1530 and may face outwardly relative to elongated portion 1531 . Teeth 1533 of cable guide 1530 may be configured to clamp outer sleeve 1348 against battery pack base 1525 .

In some examples, at least a portion of the elongated portion 1531 of the cable guide 1530 is located within the outer sleeve 1348 in use. The cable guide mount 1526 of the battery pack base 1525 may include one or more teeth 1527 configured to engage the top strap portion 1340, as shown in Figure 47B. In certain examples, the teeth 1527 of the cable guide mount 1526 are configured to engage the outer sleeve 1348 to secure the outer sleeve 1348 to the battery pack 1500 . In particular, the teeth 1527 of the cable guide mount 1526 may clamp the outer sleeve 1348 against the cable guide 1530 .

49B , the battery pack base 1525 in this example includes a base groove 1528 configured to receive an occipital connection tab 1326 configured to connect the occipital strap portion 1320 to the top strap portion 1340 The user contact part 1342 of the . The occipital attachment tabs 1326 may reside in the base grooves 1528. The base grooves 1528 can advantageously accommodate the occipital connection tabs 1326 while maintaining the low profile of the battery pack 1500. The battery pack base 1525 may also include a mounting structure configured to connect the battery pack base 1525 (and thus the battery pack 1500 ) to the user contact 1342 , as described elsewhere herein.

The battery pack 1500 in the example shown in FIGS. 46-50 includes a cable stop 1540 secured to the power cable 1510 within the battery pack 1500, the cable stop 1540 being configured to limit the ability of the power cable 1510 to travel from the battery The extent to which the group 1500 stretches. The cable stop 1540 in this example is annular (although other examples may include different shapes) and includes an adjustment screw 1542 configured to allow the diameter of the cable stop 1540 to be reduced to engage the power cable 1510. cable stop The mover 1540 can be clamped to the power cable 1510 and can be fixed in place relative to the power cable 1510 . Cable stop 1540 may include internal threads 1541 configured to engage power cable 1510 .

As shown in FIGS. 47A-52B , the battery pack housing 1505 in this example includes a power cable opening 1506 . The power cable opening 1506 is thus also the power cable opening 1506 of the battery pack 1500 . The cable guide 1530 may extend out of the battery pack 1500 , for example, through the power cable opening 1506 .

As shown in FIGS. 51C and 51D , the battery pack housing 1505 may include a power cable spacer 1507 configured to house a portion of the power cable 1510 and one or more cell spacers 1508 configured to house the battery cells 1502 . The battery pack housing 1505 may include one or more partition walls 1509 separating the power cable separator 1507 from the one or more battery cell separators 1508 . In this example, power cable opening 1506 is aligned with power cable bulkhead 1507 . In the example shown, battery pack 1500 includes two cell separators 1508 . A power cable spacer 1507 is located between the two battery cell spacers 1508 . The battery pack 1500 includes battery cells 1502 oriented vertically in use and aligned in series along a left-right axis. In the example shown in FIG. 52B , the battery cells 1502 are inclined inwardly on the rear side of the battery pack 1500 . In this example, there are four battery cells 1502, but in other examples there may be one, two, three, or more than four battery cells 1502. In other examples, the battery cells 1502 may also be oriented horizontally.

53A-53F, the power cable 1510 may include a service loop 1513 inside the battery pack 1500. Service loop 1513 may be configured to provide extension and retraction of battery pack 1500 from power cable 1510 . The retraction and extension of the power cable 1510 relative to the battery pack 1500 is described in more detail elsewhere herein, but in the head mounted display system 1000 the power cable 1510 is disposed within a headgear, such as the top strap of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 The retractable and extendable power cable 1510 may advantageously provide easy adjustment of the length of the top strap portion 1340 and the power cable 1510 (eg, to achieve a good fit with the user's head).

As shown in FIG. 53A , power cable 1510 may enter battery pack 1500 in a direction substantially parallel to battery pack base 1525 and bend away from battery pack base 1525 to form service loop 1513 . The power cable 1510 may enter the battery pack 1500 in a direction substantially parallel/tangential to the curvature of the user's head. In other examples, such as shown in FIG. 53B , power cable 1510 enters battery pack 1500 in a direction that is oblique to battery pack base 1525 and bends toward battery pack base 1525 to form service loop 1513 .

53G shows a cross-sectional view of a battery pack 1500 according to another example of the present technology. Power cable 1510 is secured within battery pack 1500 at securing end 1514 . In this example, power cable 1510 is secured to battery pack base 1525 at securing end 1514 . For example, the securing end 1514 may be secured with adhesive or fasteners. Power cable 1510 is shown in a retracted configuration and in phantom in an extended configuration. As shown, when the power cable 1510 is in the extended configuration, the length of the service loop 1513 is reduced. The configuration of service loop 1513 , fixed end 1514 and cable guide 1530 in this example can advantageously impose low resistance to extension/retraction of power cable 1510 . The power cables 1510 in this arrangement are extended and retracted by a "rolling" motion. Advantageously, the power cable 1510 does not need to be elastic. Power cable 1510 changes radius by small amounts as it expands/contracts. The power cable 1510 bends to different amounts during extension/retraction. The elongated portion 1531 may include a long aspect ratio (eg, a long length compared to a width). The length of the elongated portion 1531 may be in the range of 20-40mm, such as 25-35mm, 28-32mm or about 30mm long. The inner diameter of the elongated portion 1531 may be in the range of 5-10 mm, such as 6.5 mm-8.5 mm, or about 7.5 mm.

53G, the elongated portion 1531 of the cable guide 1530 includes one or more rounded ends 1539. In particular, the cable guide 1530 includes a rounded end 1539 at the first or inner end of the elongated portion 1531 and a rounded end 1539 at the second or outer end of the elongated portion 1531, which may be advantageous Low friction is provided on the power cable 1510 and can present a low risk of the power cable 1510 getting stuck on the end of the elongated portion 1531 . In an example of the present technology, the cable guide 1530 may include Rounded ends 1539 on either or both ends of elongated portion 1531. Each rounded end 1539 may include a rounded edge around the opening into the elongated portion 1531 on one or both of the interior or exterior. Additionally or alternatively, each rounded end 1539 may include a flared portion of the cable guide 1530 , such as a flared portion of the elongated portion 1531 .

In some examples, the cable guide 1530 includes a fabric sleeve 1534, as shown in Figures 53C-53F. The fabric sleeve 1534 may include a low friction material configured to provide low resistance to movement of the power cable 1510 through the fabric sleeve 1534 . In some examples, the fabric sleeve 1534 may be stretchable. Cable guide 1530 may include one or more entry features 1535 configured to guide power cable 1510 into fabric sleeve 1534 . The cable guide 1530 may include one entry feature 1535 as shown in FIG. 53E or two entry features 1535 as shown in FIG. 53D , eg, one on each side of the power cable 1510 . The lead-in features may include curved surfaces. As shown in FIG. 53E , in some examples, the cable guide 1530 can include one or more rollers 1536 configured to reduce friction on the power cable 1510 at the entrance of the fabric sleeve 1534 .

As shown in Figures 53C and 53F, in some examples, the fabric sleeve 1534 may be located inside the battery pack 1500. In other examples, such as shown in Figures 53D and 53E, the fabric sleeve 1534 may be located outside the battery pack 1500. In some examples, fabric sleeve 1534 , or more generally, any form of cable guide 1530 it may take, may be located partially inside and outside battery pack 1500 , completely inside or outside of battery pack 1500 . In some examples, the fabric sleeve 1534 may be part of the outer sleeve 1348 of the top strap portion 1340 . That is, the outer sleeve 1348 of the top strap portion 1340 may extend into the interior of the battery pack 1500 to form the fabric sleeve 1534 portion of the cable guide 1530 .

Referring to FIG. 53C , in some examples, the battery pack 1500 includes one or more standoffs 1537 configured to limit the shape and/or movement of the power cable 1510 within the battery pack 1500 . In some examples, the standoff 1537 may be set by a bend radius for the service loop 1513 of the power cable 1510 A lower limit is placed to limit the amount that the power cable 1510 extends from the battery pack 1500 . The standoffs 1537 may take the form of posts within the battery pack 1500, such as extending from one side of the battery pack housing 1505 or from one side of the power cable separator 1507 to the other. In some examples, the standoffs 1537 can support the battery cells 1502 .

In some examples, one or more portions of power cable 1510 between service loop 1513 and one or more battery cells 1502 to which power cable 1510 is connected are secured in place within battery pack 1500, such as with adhesive The agent or bracket is secured to the battery pack base 1525 , the battery pack housing 1505 , or other components of the battery pack 1500 or other components within the battery pack 1505 . As shown in Figure 53E, the power cable 1510 in this example is secured in position 1538 by adhesive.

As shown in Figures 53D and 53E, the service loop 1513 of the power cable 1510 can be shaped as a curve with a sufficiently small bend radius so that the service loop 1513 does not experience frictional contact with the battery pack housing 1505 radially outside the curve. For example, in the fully retracted position of power cable 1510 (eg, as shown in FIG. 53E ), service loop 1513 may have no or only minor contact with the inner walls within battery pack 1500 . The bend radius of the service loop 1513 may be sufficiently small that when moved from the fully retracted position to the extended position (eg, as shown in FIG. 53D ), the service loop 1513 may not contact any interior walls within the battery pack 1500 such that the service loop 1513 does not. Experiencing frictional contact with the battery pack 1500 . Advantageously, this may make it easier for a user to extend or retract the power cable 1510 and thereby adjust the head mounted display system 1000.

Figures 53A, 53B, and 53F each show two configurations of service loop 1513 simultaneously, one showing service loop 1513 and power cable 1510 in a retracted position, and one showing service loop 1513 and power cable 1510 in an extended position Cable 1510.

5. The arm is inside the perimeter of the head-mounted display unit

While in some examples of the present technology, the arm 1210 of the head-mounted display unit 1200 may extend from the exterior of the display unit housing 1205 , in some examples of the present technology, the arm 1210 may extend from the interior of the head-mounted display unit 1200 .

As shown in Figures 34A-34I, head mounted display system 1000 may include a head mounted display unit 1200 and a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 (not shown in Figures 34A-34I) constructed and arranged to be The head mounted display unit 1200 is held in use in an operating position over the user's face (eg, in the position shown in Figure 34A). The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may include a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage the back of a user's head and a pair of side strap portions 1330 configured to connect to the rear support portion 1350 and the headgear Between the display units 1200, each side strap portion 1330 is configured to, in use, be positioned on a corresponding side of the user's head. The head mounted display unit 1200 may include a display unit housing 1205 including a display and an interface structure 3800 configured to contact a user's face in use.

The head mounted display unit 1200 may also include a pair of arms 1210, such as shown in Figure 34A. Each arm 1210 may extend rearwardly from the display unit housing 1205 , each arm 1210 being configured for connection to a respective one of the side strap portions 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 .

In the example shown in FIGS. 34A-34I, the display unit housing 1205 has a rear side that includes a perimeter (eg, an outermost perimeter). Each arm 1210 extends from the display unit housing 1205 from within the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing 1205 . Arms 1210 extending from the interior of the perimeter of display unit housing 1205 may reduce the overall width of head mounted display unit 1200 and/or may help to be closer to the optimal headgear force vector (eg, more parallel to the front-to-rear axis) ).

34A-34C in particular, the interface structure 3800 has a perimeter, and each arm 1210 is located between the perimeter of the rear side of the display unit housing 1205 and the perimeter of the interface structure 3800 . The arms 1210 may each be located in the middle of adjacent portions of the display unit housing 1205 . Additionally, the arms 1210 may each be positioned laterally to adjacent portions of the interface structure 3800 . The outermost portions of the display unit housing 1205 may be on the sides of some or all of the arms 1210 . For example, the most lateral portion of the display unit housing 1205 may be on the side of the connection between a respective one of the arms 1210 and the display unit housing 1205 .

Each arm 1210 may include an eyelet 1212 configured to receive a corresponding one of the side strap portions 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . The eyelet 1212 of each arm 1210 may be located at or near the rear end of the corresponding arm 1210.

5.1 Pivoting of the arm

Each of the pair of arms 1210 is pivotable relative to the display unit housing 1205 . 34D-34G and 34I illustrate the pivot point 1213 of each arm 1210. The pivot point 1213 may be proximate the display within the display unit housing 1205 and may be located in front of the user's face. Each arm 1210 may be configured to pivot, in use, about a horizontal axis perpendicular to the sagittal plane of the user's head. Each arm 1210 may be configured to pivot through an angular range A of at least 9 degrees (FIGS. 34F and 34G). In some examples, the angular range A may be at least 19 degrees.

As shown in FIGS. 34D-34G and 34I, each arm 1210 in this example includes a hub 1230 and an elongated portion 1231 extending away from the hub 1230. The eyelet 1212 of the arm 1210 is formed at the distal end (rear end) of the elongated portion 1231 . Hub 1230 is secured to display unit housing 1205 at pivot point 1213 (optionally via arm mount 1215, described below). Hub 1230 rotates about pivot point 1213, and because elongated portion 1231 is rigidly connected to hub 1230 (eg, by being integrally formed with hub 1230), elongated portion 1231 rotates with hub 1230 about pivot point 1213.

In another example of the present technology, as shown in FIG. 34J , each arm 1210 is slidably connected to the display unit housing 1205 and configured to slidably move to pivot about a pivot point 1213 . Figure 34J shows only one side of the head mounted display, but it should be understood that where a single arm 1210 is described, the features may be applied to both arms 1210 of the head mounted display.

In this example, each pivot point 1213 is a theoretical/hypothetical pivot point about which the arm 1210 rotates. In this example, the pivot point 1213 is not the point at which the arm 1213 connects to the display unit housing 1205, but rather the space around which the arm 1210 rotates due to its connection to the display unit housing 1205 at other locations. point in between. Specifically, each arm 1210 is slidably connected to the display unit housing 1205 at a location spaced from its corresponding pivot point 1213 .

As shown in Figure 34J, each arm 1210 is slidably connected to a respective one of a pair of guides 1219 (depicted by dashed lines) of the display unit housing 1205 for sliding along the respective guide 1219 and about the respective pivot The pivot point 1213 pivots. Each guide 1219 may be elongated to allow the corresponding arm 1210 to slide therealong. Additionally, each guide 1219 may be curved to force pivotal movement of the arm 1210 during sliding. Thus, each guide 1219 may be elongated and curved. In this manner, each arm 1210 is configured to pivot relative to the display unit housing 1205 about the pivot point 1213 without the physical connection between the arm 1210 and the display unit housing 1205 being located at the pivot point 1213 .

Each arm 1210 includes an eyelet 1212 configured to receive a corresponding side strap portion 1330 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 . In this example, the eyelet 1212 of each arm 1210 is located at or near the rear end of the corresponding arm 1210, as shown in Figure 34J. In other examples, the arms 1210 may be connected to the strap portion of the headgear in other suitable manners, such as a clip (eg, a magnetic clip) or a hook and loop connection between the strap portion and each arm 1210 .

In Figure 34J, the front end of the arm 1210 hidden behind a portion of the display unit housing 1205 is shown in phantom. In this example, the arm 1210 need not be longer than the desired length to span between the eyelet 1212 and the intended location of the guide 1219. As shown, the front end of arm 1210 is located near guide 1219. In addition, the display unit housing 1205 has a pair of rearmost points 1205p, the rearmost points 1205p being located on respective sides of the display unit housing 1205. In this example, each guide 1219 is located near a corresponding one of the rearmost points 1205p of the display unit housing 1205 .

Guide 1219 and arm 1210 may include any configuration that allows arm 1210 to slide along guide 1219 but restricts movement of arm 1210 to pivot/rotate about pivot point 1213 . Guide 1219 and arm 1210 may comprise complementary configurations. Guide 1219 and arm 1210 can be in complementary or male-female Tie connections, such as in the examples shown in Figures 34K and 34L. In some examples, guides 1219 each include a female portion configured to receive a male portion of a corresponding arm 1210 . In other examples, the arms 1210 each include a recess that receives a protrusion of a corresponding guide 1219 (such as shown by way of example in FIG. 34M ). In some examples, guide 1219 and arm 1210 are connected in an interlocking configuration that prevents arm 1210 and guide 1219 from separating. For example, arm 1210 and guide 1219 may include a dovetail connection (shown by way of example in FIG. 34K ), an L-shaped connection, a T-shaped connection, or another connection that limits the movement of arm 1210 about pivot point 1213 The pivoting movement, in turn, prevents arm 1210 from separating from guide 1219.

Alternatively, the connection between arm 1210 and guide 1219 may not by itself prevent arm 1210 from separating from guide 1219 . 34L shows a configuration in which the guide 1219 is in the form of a slot that receives the protrusion of the arm 1210 and the guide arm 1210 moves along the slot, but by a portion of the arm mount 1215 adjacent to the arm 1210 The arm 1210 is not prevented from separating from the guide 1219 by the guide 1219 itself. The guide 1219 may be formed in the arm mount 1215 , in a portion of the display unit housing 1205 , or in another part of the head mounted display unit 1200 . Figure 34M shows an example where the arm 1210 includes a slot that receives a guide 1219 in the form of a protrusion configured to fit into the slot. In this example, the arm 1210 may be prevented from separating from the guide 1219 by a portion of the arm mount 1215 or by another component within the head mounted display unit 1200 .

The use of guides 1219 for the arm 1210 may advantageously allow the arm 1210 to be shorter, which may allow sufficient space for other components of the head mounted display unit 1200 near the arm 1210.

The arm 1210 and head mounted display unit 1200 of the example of the present technology shown in FIGS. 34J-34M may also include any of the other features described herein with reference to other examples of the present technology, including, but not limited to, for example, the arm 1210 in the display unit Between the perimeter of the rear side of the housing 1205 and the perimeter of the interface structure 3800 between the arm mounts 1215, the range of pivotal motion of the arm 1210, a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement, a resistance to pivoting between predetermined incremental orientations and/or a static torque resistance.

5.2 Arm's resistance to pivotal movement

In some examples, each arm 1210 has a predetermined resistance to pivotal movement relative to the display unit housing 1205 . As depicted in Figure 34E, each arm 1210 can be configured to pivot between a plurality of predetermined incremental orientations (eg, the arms 1210 can snap, drop, or fit into place in a plurality of orientations). A predetermined resistance to pivotal movement needs to be overcome before the arm 1210 can pivot from one predetermined incremental orientation to another predetermined incremental orientation.

In some examples, each of the arms 1210 includes one or more first engagement features 1232 configured to sequentially engage the head mounted display unit 1200 as the arms 1210 pivot between predetermined incremental orientations A plurality of second engagement features 1233 (eg, display unit housing 1205, arm mount 1215, or another component) engage. 34E and 38B-38N depict various such examples of the present technology.

Each arm 1210 may include a single first engagement feature 1232, such as shown in Figure 34E or Figures 38J and 38K. Alternatively, each of the arms 1210 may include a plurality of first engagement features 1232 , wherein each first engagement feature 1232 is configured to engage a corresponding one of the second engagement features 1233 at a time and configured to be in contact with the arm 1210 . Sequential movement between the second engagement features 1233 during pivoting. Structures of this type are shown in the examples of Figures 38B-38I and 38L.

In some examples, each arm 1210 includes a plurality of first engagement features 1232 configured to engage with one or more second engagement features 1233 of the head mounted display unit 1200, one or more A second engagement feature 1233 is configured to sequentially engage the first engagement feature 1232 during pivoting of the arms 1210 between the predetermined incremental orientations.

In some examples, the first engagement feature 1232 is a protrusion and the second engagement feature 1233 is a depression. In other examples, the first engagement feature 1232 is a recess and the second engagement feature 1233 is a protrusion. The first engagement feature 1232 and the second engagement feature 1233 may be complementary, eg, male and female features.

In some examples, each arm 1210 includes a hub 1230 pivotally connected to display unit housing 1205 (eg, directly or via arm mount 1215 ) and an elongated portion 1231 extending from hub 1230 . In some examples, such as the examples shown in FIGS. 34E , 38J, 38K, and 38L, one or more first engagement features 1232 of each arm 1210 are provided to the elongated portion 1231 of the arm 1210 .

The display unit housing 1205 in the example of FIG. 34E includes a plurality of second engagement features 1233 (eg, recesses formed by a plurality of bumps) corresponding to predetermined incremental orientations. Additionally, each arm 1210 includes a first engagement feature 1232 configured to mate to each second engagement feature 1233 . A predetermined force (eg, predetermined resistance to pivotal movement) may be required to move each arm 1210 from one second engagement feature 1233 to the other.

In some examples, each arm 1210 is configured to deform to allow one or more of the first engagement features 1232 to move sequentially between the second engagement features 1233 during pivoting of the arm 1210, as depicted in Figure 38J .

In some examples, each arm 1210 includes a spring 1236 configured to bias the elongated portion 1231 of the arm 1210 toward the second engagement feature 1233 such that the one or more first engagement features 1232 are biased into engagement with the second engagement feature 1232. Engagement feature 1233 engages. In Figure 38K, the arm 1210 includes a spring 1236 in the form of a leaf spring. For example, the spring 1236 may be pressed against a portion of the display unit housing 1205 or the arm mount 1215.

In the example shown in FIG. 38L , arm 1210 includes a plurality of first engagement features 1232 configured to engage second engagement features 1233 .

In some examples, such as those shown in Figures 38B, 38C-38D, 38E-38F, 38G-38H, 38I, 38M, and 38N, the first engagement feature 1232 of each arm 1210 is provided in a circular arrangement to on the hub 1230 of the arm 1210 and configured with the hub 1230 about the pivot point of the arm 1210 1213 spins. 38E, 38C-38D, 38E-38F, 38G-38H, and 38I, the first engagement feature 1232 of each arm 1210 faces radially away from the pivot point 1213, and the second engagement feature 1233 faces radially away from the pivot point 1213. towards the pivot point 1213. In other examples, the first engagement feature 1232 of each arm 1210 faces radially toward the pivot point 1213 and the second engagement feature 1233 faces radially away from the pivot point 1213 .

In some examples, the first engagement feature 1232 is provided to a deformable portion of the hub 1230 that is configured to deform when the arm 1210 is pivoted to allow the first engagement feature 1232 to be sequentially between the second engagement feature 1233 move. As shown in FIGS. 38B , 38C-38D, 38E-38F, and 38I, the hub portion 1230 may include a raised portion 1234 raised relative to the arm 1210 and include a deformable portion and a first engagement feature 1232. The raised portion 1234 may include a hole 1235 adjacent to each deformable portion that allows the deformable portion and the first engagement feature 1232 to deform toward the hole 1235 to allow the first engagement feature 1232 to engage the second engagement feature when the arm 1210 is pivoted 1233 moves sequentially. The absence of material in hole 1235 may allow arm 1210 to be sufficiently flexible in the deformable portion to deform sufficiently to allow arm 1210 to rotate through a predetermined increment.

In some examples, such as shown in FIGS. 38C-38D and 38E-38F, each deformable portion includes one or more cantilevered portions having at least one of the first engagement features 1232 thereon, the cantilevered portions being configured to act as the arm 1210 deforms as it pivots to allow sequential movement of the first engagement features 1232 between the second engagement features 1233 . Each cantilever portion may have a single first engagement feature 1232 at its end, as shown in Figures 38C-38D, or may have multiple first engagement features 1232 thereon, as shown in Figures 38E-38F. In some examples, the raised portion 1234 has an S-shape, as shown in Figure 38F.

In some examples, the first engagement feature 1232 of the arm 1210 forms a snap-fit connection with the head mounted display unit 1200 to connect the arm 1210 to the head mounted display unit 1200, as shown in Figures 38G and 38H. In this example, each first engagement feature 1232 is capable of deforming radially inward. The first engagement feature 1232 is snap-fit to the second engagement feature 1233 .

In some examples, the first engagement feature 1232 faces away from the hub 1230 of the arm 1210 and faces the second engagement feature 1233 in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm 1210 (eg, the axis passing through the pivot point 1213 ), as shown in FIG. 38M and 38N are shown. The first engagement feature 1232 may be located on or in the face of the hub 1230, rather than on the side. The hub 1230 may be configured to move parallel to the axis of rotation of the arm 1210 to move away from the second engagement feature 1233, thereby allowing the first engagement feature 1232 to move sequentially between the second engagement features 1233 as the arm 1210 pivots. In the example shown in FIG. 38N , hub 1230 is biased toward second engagement feature 1233 by spring 1236 . For example, spring 1236 may be a coil spring disposed around a pin, bolt or screw that connects arm 1210 to display unit housing 1205.

5.2.1 Static torque resistance

In another example, each arm 1210 is connected to the display unit housing 1205 such that pivoting of each arm 1210 relative to the display unit housing 1205 requires overcoming a predetermined static torque resistance. In some examples, the predetermined static torque resistance is provided by static friction. Static friction may act between each arm 1210 and a corresponding portion of the display unit housing 1205 or a corresponding arm mount 1215 (to be described below).

In some examples, head mounted display system 1000 includes a pair of friction rings 1220 (eg, O-rings, washers, or the like). 38A shows a schematic cross-sectional view through the pivot point 1213 of the arm 1210, and FIG. 54 shows a schematic cross-sectional view through the pivot point 1213 of the arm 1210 according to another example of the present technology. Each friction ring 1220 may be mounted in contact with a corresponding one of the arms 1210 and in contact with an adjacent surface within the head mounted display unit 1200 (which may be a surface of the arm mounting portion 1215). Friction rings 1220 provide each arm 1210 with the static friction to overcome to pivot relative to the display unit housing 1205.

As shown in FIG. 38A , each friction ring 1220 may be received in a correspondingly shaped recess in the arm 1210. This holds friction ring 1220 in place without causing friction ring 1220 to occupy According to the excessive space in the head mounted display unit 1200 . As shown in FIG. 54, each friction ring 1220 may be located within a friction ring 1220 cavity defined in part by the corresponding arm 1210 and in part by a portion of the head mounted display unit 1200 to which the arm 1210 is mounted. In these examples, each arm 1210 is attached to a respective one of a pair of arm mounts 1215 .

Friction ring 1220 may be attached to or received on hub 1230 of arm 1210 . In this example, bolts 1221 and nuts 1222 secure arm 1210 to arm mount 1215 . Nut 1222 may be received or attached to hub 1230 of arm 1210 . A portion of the bolt 1221 may extend through the hub 1230 of the arm 1210 and may define a pivot point 1213 . The friction ring 1220 may be formed of a high friction material and/or clamped to create the desired friction and predetermined static torque resistance.

The arms 1210 may have a length such that the rear end of each arm 1210 is located near a corresponding one of the user's ears.

5.3 Arm Mounting Section

As shown in particular in Figures 34B, 34C, 34H and 34I, in this particular example, each arm 1210 is connected to a respective one of a pair of arm mounts 1215. The display unit housing 1205 may include a pair of side portions 1207 on opposite sides of the display unit housing 1205, each of the arm mounting portions 1215 being attached to a medial side of a respective one of the side portions 1207. In this example, each arm is located between a corresponding arm mounting portion 1215 and a corresponding side portion 1207 of the display unit housing 1205 . Each arm 1210 may be pivotably connected to a corresponding arm mount 1215 . In other examples, each arm mount 1215 is attached to, or integrally formed with, the display unit housing 1205 or other component, such as a lens plate.

5.4 Arm Orientation

As shown in Figures 37A and 37B, in some examples, each arm 1210 has a cross-sectional shape that includes a major axis MA and a minor axis MN. In this example, each arm 1210 is greater on the long axis MA than on the short axis MN (eg, each arm 1210 has a flattened shape, which may be rectangular, for example). in this technology In some examples, the major axis MA is aligned parallel to the sagittal plane of the user's head along the length of the arm 1210 in use. Figure 37A shows a cross-section of the arm 1210 with a vertical orientation (eg, aligned with the sagittal plane). One disadvantage of this arrangement is that the extent to which the arm 1210 can pivot before interfering with the display unit housing 1205 is limited (as shown in Figure 37A). Thus, in some examples of the present technology, at points along the length of each arm 1210 located inside the display unit housing 1205 (eg, where interference may occur), the major axis MA is oriented in use as The oblique angle O (equal to the angle O to the vertical axis VA) to the sagittal plane of the user's head, as shown in Figure 37B. Compared to the example of Figure 37A, the range of angles through which the arm 1210 can pivot can be increased in this example with little or no additional space occupied by the arm 1210 and associated surrounding components.

In some examples, at a point along the length of each arm 1210 located inside the display unit housing 1205, the major axis MA of the cross-sectional shape in use has an upper mid-lower orientation. This is the orientation shown in Figure 37B.

In some examples, each arm 1210 is shaped such that the major axis MA of the cross-section changes orientation along the length of the arm 1210 . For example, the shape or cross-sectional orientation of each arm 1210 may have one orientation on the interior of the head mounted display unit 1200 (eg, major axis MA with an upper medial orientation) and another orientation on the exterior of the head mounted display unit 1200 ( For example, vertical orientation). In some examples, at a point along the length of each arm 1210 located outside the display unit housing 1205, the major axis MA is oriented substantially parallel to the sagittal plane of the user's head in use.

The head mounted display system 1000 having the arms 1210 described with reference to Figures 34A-34I may have any one or more of the other features described herein (such as the top strap portion 1340) unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

5.5 Electron volume

In some examples of the present technology, head mounted display unit 1200 includes a pair of electronic volumes 1203 . FIG. 55C shows a schematic of one side of head mounted display unit 1200 including electronic volume 1203 picture. Each electronic volume 1203 may be located on a respective side of the head mounted display unit 1200 and adjacent to a respective one of the arms 1210 . Each electronic volume 1203 may include one or more electronic components. Electronic volume 1203 may be a volume of space within head mounted display unit 1200 that contains one or more electronic components.

As shown in FIG. 55C , each arm 1210 includes a hub 1230 pivotally connected to the display unit housing 1205 at a pivot point 1213 and an elongated portion 1231 extending from the hub 1230 . In an example, the elongated portion 1231 is curved to avoid interfering with the electron volume 1203 . The elongated portion 1231 may include curved portions and straight portions, but may be generally elongated. As also shown in FIG. 55C , each arm 1210 may include an eyelet 1212 for connection with a side strap portion 1330 . The elongated portion 1231 of each arm 1210 may include an offset portion 1237 . The offset portion 1237 may be offset from an axis 1238 passing between the eyelet 1212 and the pivot point 1213 . Offset portion 1237 can increase the rotational range of arm 1210 without disturbing electron volume 1203 . The curvature and/or offset portion 1237 of the arm 1210 can advantageously allow the electron volume 1203 to be located adjacent (eg, below) the arm 1210 without the arm 1210 interfering with the electron volume 1203 . Additionally, positioning the electronic volume 1203 as far back as possible within the head mounted display unit 1200 may be advantageous in Provides a more favorable weight balance inside. Furthermore, by shaping the arm 1210 to avoid the electron volume 1203, the pivot point 1213 and eyelet 1212 can be advantageously positioned in an optimal location.

In some examples, electronic volume 1203 includes audio speakers. In other examples, the electronic volume may alternatively or additionally contain one or more of a sensor, a battery, and a processor.

6. Elastic connector element between arm and side strap portion

55A and 55B, in some examples, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 that includes a pair of side strap portions 1330 configured to connect to a rear support portion Between 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200, each side strap portion 1330 is configured, in use, to rest on a corresponding side of the user's head. The head mounted display unit 1200 can It includes: a display unit housing 1205 that includes a display; an interface structure 3800 configured to contact a user's face in use; and a pair of arms 1210 . 55B, each arm 1210 may be configured for releasable direct attachment to a corresponding one of the side strap portions 1330.

The head mounted display unit 1200 may further include a pair of elastic connectors 1250 . Each elastic connector 1250 may be configured to form an elastic connection connecting a respective one of the side strap portions 1330 to a respective one of the arms 1210 . The elastic connector 1250 may be configured to stretch when the side strap portion 1330 is not directly attached to the arm 1210 during donning and doffing of the head mounted display system 1000, while maintaining the side strap portion 1330 in contact with the arm 1210. Elastic connection between arms 1210. Advantageously, this may enable the head mounted display system 1000 to be put on and taken off without completely separating the side strap portions 1330 from the head mounted display unit 1200 . The stretchable nature of the elastic temporal connectors 1250 may enable some tension to be maintained in the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 during donning and doffing, which may advantageously display the headset as the user tightens the headgear straps The unit 1200 remains on the user's head and the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 can be prevented from inadvertently sliding, falling, or otherwise out of position.

55A and 55B, each arm 1210 includes a hub portion 1230 and an elongated portion 1231. In this example, the elastic temple connector 1250 is connected to the elongated portion 1231 at the elastic connector connection point 1251 . As shown in FIG. 55B , each arm 1210 includes an eyelet 1212 at the rear end of the arm 1210 that is configured to connect to the corresponding side strap portion 1330 . The elastic connector connection point 1251 may be located in front of the eyelet 1212 . In some examples, the elastic temporal connectors 1250 are permanently connected to the corresponding arms 1210 . In other examples, the elastic temporal connector 1250 may be removably connected to the arm 1210, such as by a hook and loop connection or a press stud connection. In some examples, the elastic temple connectors 1250 may be removably attached to the side strap portions 1330 , such as via a hook and loop connection or a press stud connection, or may be permanently attached to the side strap portions 1330 .

7. Head strap buckle integrated into the interface structure

Referring to FIGS. 35A and 35B , in some examples, a head mounted display unit 1200 includes a display unit housing 1205 and an interface structure 3800 . The interface structure 3800 may be configured and arranged to be in relative relation to the user's face. The interface structure 3800 may include a face engaging portion 3810 configured to engage a user's face in use, and a chassis 3802 coupled to the face engaging portion 3810 and further coupled to the display unit housing 1205 to attach the interface structure 3800 to the display unit housing 1205.

35A and 35B are schematic cross-sectional views of the upper portion of the interface structure 3800 and display unit housing 1205 aligned with the sagittal plane of the user's head.

In the example of FIGS. 35A and 35B , the chassis 3802 of the interface structure 3800 is configured for attachment to the top strap portion 1340 of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 for attaching the head mounted display unit 1200 in use Remains in an operable position on the user's head. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may further include a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage the back of a user's head and a pair of side strap portions 1330 configured to connect between the rear support portion 1350 and the head Between the wearable display units 1200, each side strap portion 1330 is configured to lie on a corresponding side of the user's head in use. The features of the top strap portion 1340 and the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 are described elsewhere herein.

As shown in Figures 35A and 35B, the chassis 3802 can include eyelets 3812 through which the top strap portion 1340 can be looped back and secured to itself. In the example of FIG. 35A , the eyelet 3812 is formed by both the chassis 3802 and the display unit housing 1205 so that the top strap portion 1340 can wrap around a portion of the chassis 3802 and a portion of the display unit housing 1205 . In the example of FIG. 35B , eyelets 3812 are formed in upper protrusions 3814 of chassis 3802 . As shown, the upper protrusion 3814 may protrude through an opening in the display unit housing 1205.

The top strap portion 1340 can be passed through the eyelet 3812, looped back and fastened to itself, for example, by hook and loop fastening, buckles, magnetic connections, or the like.

The chassis 3802 may be a substantially rigid portion and may be formed from a thermoplastic material or an elastomer, such as a high durometer elastomer.

8. Interface structure

In some embodiments, two or more of the face-engaging surfaces of the chassis 3802, support structure, and interface structure 3800 may be integrally formed as a single piece including different thicknesses and finishes across the chassis for A desired level of stiffness is provided at 3802 or a desired level of cushioning is provided at the face engagement surface. For example, in some such embodiments, the interface structure 3100 may be formed from a single body of silicone. For example, FIGS. 10A-10C show an interface structure 3100 including a support structure in the form of a support flange 3102 supporting an integral face-engaging flange 3106 having a face-engaging surface 3108 . In further embodiments, additional components may be provided to the interface structure 3100. In alternative embodiments, the interface structure 3100 may be integrally formed as a single piece from a foam or elastomeric material.

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a face-engaging portion composed of a flexible and resilient material (eg, an elastomer such as silicone), and the face-engaging portion composed of a more rigid support portion (eg, composed of a plastic material) support. In embodiments, the rigid support may include a chassis.

For example, referring to FIG. 11A, the interface structure 3200 may include a rigid support portion 3202 to which a flexible and resilient face engaging portion 3204 may be provided. The face engaging portion 3204 may be curved in cross-section, having a support flange 3206 and an integral face engaging flange 3208 having a face engaging surface 3210 . The overlapping portion 3212 of the face engaging portion 3204 may be secured to the rigid support portion 3202.

In another example, referring to FIG. 11B , the rigid support portion 3202 may include a positioning portion, such as a recess 3214 . The face engaging portion 3204 may include a biasing portion, such as a spring 3216, which is biased by Received within recess 3214 and configured for providing a biasing force to face engaging portion 3204 in the direction of the user's face.

In another example, referring to FIG. 11C , the face engaging portion 3204 may include an accordion-shaped section 3218 between the rigid support portion 3202 and the face engaging flange 3208 . The accordion-shaped section 3218 includes one or more folds and can provide a higher degree of flexibility or increased movement to help conform to the user's face.

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure 3200 may include a foam portion supported by an elastic and flexible face-engaging portion 3204, wherein the foam portion provides a face-engaging surface.

For example, referring to Fig. 12A, the interface structure 3300 can include a rigid support 3302 on which a flexible and resilient face engaging portion 3304 can be provided in a configuration similar to that described with reference to Fig. 11A. The face engaging portion 3304 has a support flange 3206 and an integral face engaging flange 3208, and the overlapping portion 3210 is secured to the rigid support portion 3302. A foam pad 3212 having a face-engaging surface 3214 is provided on the user-facing side of the face-engaging flange 3208. In an example, the foam gasket 3212 may be permanently attached to the face-engaging flange 3208. In an alternative embodiment, the foam gasket 3212 can be releasably attached to the face-engaging flange 3208. In the example of FIG. 12A, the foam pad 3212 may comprise a textile foam composite (eg, a foam core with a textile outer layer). In the example of Figure 12B, the foam pad 3212 may comprise flocked foam. In the example of Figure 12C, the foam pad 3212 may comprise virgin foam.

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a fabric layer disposed to the elastic and flexible face-engaging portion, wherein the fabric layer provides a face-engaging surface.

For example, referring to Fig. 13A, the interface structure 3400 can include a rigid support 3402 on which a flexible and resilient face engaging portion 3404 can be provided in a configuration similar to that described with reference to Fig. 11A. The face engaging portion 3404 has a support flange 3406 and an integral face engaging flange 3408 with the overlapping portion 3410 secured to the rigid support portion 3402. Fabric layer with face engaging surface 3414 3412 is provided on the user facing side of the face engaging flange 3408. In the example of FIG. 13A , the fabric layer 3412 is releasably attached to the face engaging portion 3404 using retention element means 3416 . In one example, the retention element device 3416 may be a rigid element that clamps the fabric layer 3412 in place. In another example, the retainer device 3416 may be elastic, fitting over the face engaging portion 3404 to hold it in place. In an alternative embodiment, referring to FIG. 13B , the fabric layer 3412 may be permanently attached to the face-engaging flange 3408. It is contemplated that in this embodiment, the surface area of the fabric layer 3412 may be smaller compared to that of FIG. 13A because the fabric layer 3412 may be defined as areas that may contact the user's skin, ie, need not surround the exterior of the face engaging portion 3404 stretches that far. This may also have the effect of reducing the effect of the fabric layer 3412 on the spring properties of the exposed areas of the support flange 3406.

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a face-engaging portion supported by a more rigid support (eg, constructed of a plastic material), wherein the face-engaging portion includes a foam pad and an elastomeric cover over the foam pad .

For example, referring to Figure 14A, the interface structure 3500 may include a rigid support 3502 to which a flexible and resilient face engaging portion 3504 may be provided. The face engaging portion 3504 may have a support flange 3506 and a gasket support flange 3508 extending from the support flange 3506 . A foam pad 3510 is disposed on the pad support flange 3508. A cushion cover 3512 (eg, made of elastomer) extends over the foam cushion 3510 and provides a face engaging surface 3514 in use. In an example, the cushion cover 3512 is releasably attached using, for example, a fastening device 3516. The free edge of the gasket cover 3512 extends beyond the gasket support flange 3508.

In another example, referring to Figure 14B, the gasket cover 3512 is permanently attached (eg, integrally formed) to the support flange 3506 and the gasket support flange 3508. In the example of FIG. 14B , the cushion cover 3512 does not extend around the foam cushion 3510 until it reaches the cushion support flange 3508 .

14C shows an example in which the gasket support flange 3508 extends from the rigid support 3502 and is made of a more rigid material than the gasket cover 3512.

In an example such as that shown in Figure 14D, the cushion cover 3512 may extend, in use, from a position on the cushion support flange 3508 proximate the user's face. In such an example, the exposure of the foam cushion 3510 may be considered an "outward" facing as compared to the "inward" facing exposure of the foam cushion 3510 in the example of Figure 14B.

In another example, referring to FIG. 14E , the face engaging portion 3504 includes an overlapping portion 3516 that is fastened to the rigid support portion 3502 . Cushion cover 3512 may cover at least a portion of foam cushion 3510 and support flange 3506. In one example, the edge of the cushion cover 3512 may be located proximal of the rigid support 3502. In an alternate example, the cushion cover 3512 may be attached to the rigid support 3502.

In some forms of the present technology, an interface structure may be provided wherein the support structure and the face-engaging portion of the interface structure may be integrally formed as a single part including different thicknesses to provide a desired level of rigidity and/or cushioning at the face-engaging surface .

For example, Figures 15A-15E show an integrally formed interface structure 3600, which generally includes a forehead portion 3602, two cheek portions 3604, and two side portions 3606 that, in use, are adjacent to the user's sphenoid bone area and connect the forehead 3602 to the corresponding cheek 3604. A tab 3608 extends from the free end of each cheek 3604. The interface structure 3600 includes a plurality of regions of different thicknesses. The first region 3610 extends around the inner periphery of the interface structure 3600, ie, the edge of the interface structure 3600 closest to the user's face. The second region 3612 extends around the periphery of the interface structure 3600 . The third region 3614 extends around the inner periphery of the interface structure 3600 and is located between the first region 3610 and the second region 3612 . A fourth area 3616 is provided in each cheek 3604 bounded by the first area 3610 and the third area 3614. In this example, the first region 3610 has a greater thickness (eg, about 2 mm) than the fourth region 3616 (eg, about 1.5 mm). The fourth region 3616 has a greater thickness than the third region 3614 (eg, about 1 mm). The third region 3614 has a greater thickness than the second region 3612 (eg, about 0.7 mm).

15F-15K illustrate another example of an integrally formed interface structure 3600. The first region 3610 includes a rear forehead portion 3630 of the forehead portion 3602 that extends in an upward direction from the inner periphery of the interface structure 3600 . The third region 3614 includes an upper forehead portion 3632 of the forehead portion 3602 that extends into the forehead portion 3634 over the center of the forehead portion 3602 . The second region 3612 includes an upper side portion 3636, each extending from the respective side portion 3606 towards the upper forehead portion 3632, and an outer peripheral forehead portion 3628, the outer peripheral forehead portion 3628 being in use relative to a more rigid support (eg, the chassis) is fixed. The relative thicknesses of these regions can be seen from the coding scale provided.

In the example shown in FIGS. 15A-15E , the width of the first region 3610 through the forehead 3602 is wider than the width of the cheeks 3604 or the sides 3606 . Additionally, the width of the second region 3612 through the forehead 3602 is greater than the width of the cheeks 3604 .

In some forms of the present technology, an interface structure may be provided wherein a face-engaging portion of the interface structure is configured to be biased into engagement with a user's face in use. In an embodiment, only selected areas of the face engaging portion may be biased toward engagement with the user's face. In embodiments, the interface structure may be shaped such that when unloaded, the area of the face-engaging portion extends toward the user at an angle that is not parallel to the surface of the user's face with which the face-engaging portion is to be engaged. Referring to Figure 16A, the interface structure 3700 includes a support flange 3702 supporting an integral face engaging flange 3704 that engages a user's face 3706 in use. At least a portion of the cross-section of interface structure 3700 may be shaped "preloaded," ie, biased toward the user's face when engaged. For example, the rest position of face-engaging flange 3704 (indicated by dashed line 3708) may be such that face-engaging flange 3704 is not parallel to the user's face (indicated by dashed line 3710), angled toward the user. This can help facilitate engagement with the user's face and friction between the interface structure 3700 and the user.

In embodiments, it may be desirable to provide such "preloading" in selected regions. Referring to Figure 16B, the first region 3712 of the user's face may generally be concave. Such recessed areas It may be tempting to allow light to enter through the gap between the user's face and the interface structure 3700 . As such, the corresponding first interface region 3714 of the interface structure 3700 can be shaped to bias the face engaging flange 3704 toward engagement with the user's face in the first region 3712. In contrast, the second region 3716 of the user's face may typically protrude and be prone to discomfort due to pressure from the interface structure 3700 . The corresponding second interface area 3718 of the interface structure 3700 may be shaped to avoid biasing the face engaging flange 3704 in the first area 3712 towards engagement with the user's face, or at least at a reduced size compared to the first interface area 3714. Offset face engaging flange 3704 to some extent.

9. Airflow through the interface structure

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a chassis configured to allow airflow into and out of the space between the interface structure and the user. Heat may be generated during use, eg, as a result of user activity, and/or emitted from electronic components of the head mounted display unit 1200 . This heat can build up in the space and cause discomfort to the user. Enabling airflow to and from the space may help provide a cooling effect to the user.

In an example, referring to FIG. 17A, the interface structure 3800 can include a chassis 3802 that includes a main chassis portion 3804 and a side chassis portion 3806, the main chassis portion 3804 being configured to extend laterally across a user's face in use, and the side chassis portion 3806. 3806 is configured to extend in a generally rearward direction. The chassis 3802 includes openings 3808 (ie, chassis air ports) between the main chassis portion 3804 and each side chassis portion 3806 . A face engagement portion 3810 is provided to the chassis 3802.

Referring to Figure 17B, a display unit 3820 with a display unit housing 3822 is shown as being worn by a user. Air may flow through opening 3808 and between display unit housing 3822 and face engaging portion 3810 .

In an example, reinforcement may be provided between the main chassis portion 3804 and each side chassis portion 3806 . For example, as shown in FIG. 17C , the chassis 3802 may include one or more reinforcement members spanning between the main chassis portion 3804 and the side chassis portions 3806 .

17D and 17E illustrate another example of a display unit 3820 having an interface structure 3800 that includes a chassis 3802 configured to allow airflow into the space between the interface structure 3800 and the user. In this example, the chassis 3802 is configured to be fastened to a mounting plate 3824 of the display unit 3820, the mounting plate 3824 having a generally flat configuration and extending laterally across a user's face in use. The side chassis portion 3806 extends in a generally rearward direction from the mounting plate 3824 toward the side of the user's head.

A face engagement portion 3810 is provided to the chassis 3802. In an example, the face engaging portion 3810 may be a single structure, such as described with reference to Figures 15A-15E, constructed of a flexible and resilient material (eg, an elastomer), while the chassis 3802 may be constructed of a more rigid material.

In an example, the face engaging portion 3810 may be integral with the chassis 3802 to provide a single component. A single component including face engagement portion 3810 and chassis 3802 may be releasably fastened to display unit 3820, such as to mounting plate 3824. For example, a releasable fastening arrangement may be provided that includes one or more of the following: hook and loop fastening means, magnetic fastening means, and permitting friction, interference, snapping or other Clamps or retainers for mechanical fixation arrangements.

The chassis 3802 includes lateral openings 3808 in each side chassis portion 3806. One or more gaps between the display unit housing 3822 and the interface structure 3800 allow air to flow to and from the external environment through the side openings 3808 (as indicated by the dashed arrows in Figures 17D and 17E).

In an example, one or more upper openings may be provided in the chassis 3802 to allow airflow between the external environment and the space within the interface structure 3800. In an example, one or more lower openings may be provided in the chassis 3802 to allow airflow between the external environment and the space within the interface structure 3800. In an example, the chassis 3802 may include one or more of the following: a lateral opening 3808, an upper opening, and a lower opening.

10. Inward-biased interface structure

FIG. 18A illustrates an interface structure 3800 according to another example of the present technology. Similar to the interface structure 3800 described above with reference to Figures 17A-17C, the interface structure 3800 includes a chassis 3802 including a main chassis portion 3804 and side chassis portions 3806 configured to extend laterally across a user in use The face, side chassis portions 3806 are configured to extend in a generally rearward direction. Each side chassis portion 3806 extends from a corresponding side of the main chassis portion 3804 in a generally rearward direction. The interface structure 3800 further includes a face-engaging portion 3810 attached near the perimeter of the chassis 3802, the face-engaging portion 3810 being configured to contact a user's face in use.

In this example, each of the side chassis portions 3806 is centrally biased toward the user's head to bias the face engaging portion 3810 at the user's sphenoid bone with the user's head on each side of the user's head or nearby contact. That is, the side chassis portions 3806 are biased inwardly such that the face engaging portions 3810 engage the side facing surfaces of the eye side of the user's head (eg, at or near the user's sphenoid).

The chassis 3802 may be flexible (eg, as a whole or with specific flexible portions), allowing the side chassis portions 3806 to be deployed laterally in use to a deployed configuration and biased medially to an undeployed configuration by a user's head. The side chassis portions 3806 may be flexible to flex or pivot relative to the main chassis portion 3804 to allow the side chassis portions 3806 to be deployed laterally to the deployed configuration and biased medially to undeployed by the user's head in use configuration.

In some examples, the side chassis portion 3806 is capable of flexing or pivoting relative to the main chassis portion 3804, thereby allowing the side chassis portion 3806 to be deployed laterally to a deployed configuration and biased medially to undeployed by a user's head in use configuration, each side chassis portion 3806 is biased toward the center by a biasing member.

The biasing member may include a spring element configured to pull each side chassis portion 3806 in the middle. In other examples, the biasing member includes a spring element configured to urge each side chassis portion 3806 toward the center.

The face engaging portion 3810 may have one of the configurations described herein with respect to a portion of the interface structure that engages the user's face. The face engaging portion 3810 may include a face engaging flange. The face engaging flanges may be bent inward from the chassis 3802. The face engaging flange is formed of silicone.

In some examples, the chassis 3802 includes at least one opening 3808 between the main chassis portion 3804 and each side chassis portion 3806 . In some examples, head mounted display unit 1200 includes display unit housing 3822 and an air path is provided between interface structure 3800 and display unit housing 3822 through at least one opening 3808 .

11. Positioning and stabilizing structure, which is connected to the interface structure

In some examples of the present technology, the head mounted display system 1000 includes a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 (eg, one or more straps) that is connected to the head mounted display unit of the head mounted display system 1000 Interface structure 3800 of 1200 (eg, straps are attached to interface structure 3800 instead of display unit housing 1205).

18B-18C illustrate a positioning and stabilization structure 1300 for a head mounted display system 1000 connected to an interface structure 3800 configured to contact a user's face in use. The positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 in this example includes a rear support portion 1350 configured to engage the back of a user's head and a pair of strap portions 1332, 1334 connected to the rear support The portion 1350 is configured to connect to the interface structure 3800 of the head mounted display unit 1200 . FIG. 18D shows an example of the side strap portion 1330 being connected to the interface structure 3800 .

12. Position and stabilize the structure, which pulls the sides inward

18B-18C illustrate a head mounted display system 1000 according to an example of the present technology (with the exception of interface structure 3800, most of the components of head mounted display unit 1200 are not shown). In each example, the interface structure 3800 includes a chassis 3802 that includes a main chassis portion 3804 and a pair of side chassis portions 3806, the main chassis portion 3804 being configured to extend laterally across a user's face in use, Each side chassis portion 3806 is configured to extend in a generally rearward direction from a corresponding side of the main chassis portion 3804 . A face engaging portion 3810 is attached around the perimeter of the chassis 3802, and the face engaging structure 3810 is configured to contact a user's face in use.

Each head mounted display system 1000 further includes a positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 including a rear support portion 1350 and a pair of side strap portions 1330, the rear support portion 1350 being configured to engage the rear, side and side strap portions of a user's head The strap portion 1330 is configured to connect the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200 in use. In the example shown in FIGS. 18B and 18C , the pair of side strap portions 1330 includes a pair of upper side strap portions 1332 and a pair of lower side strap portions 1334 . In the example shown in Figure 18D, the pair of side strap portions 1330 includes side strap portions 1330 on each side of the user's head.

In each example, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 is attached to the head mounted display unit 1200 such that, in use, the side chassis portion 3806 is pushed towards the middle of the user's head by the side strap portion 1330 to push the face engaging portion 3810 with the The user's head on each side of the user's head touches at or near the user's sphenoid bone.

As shown, each side strap portion 1330 may be configured to connect to a corresponding one of the side chassis portions 3806. Each side strap portion 1330 may be configured to pull the corresponding side chassis portion 3806 rearwardly such that the side chassis portion 3806 flexes or pivots medially to force the face engaging portion 3810 to engage the user's head at or near the user's sphenoid bone Ministry contact.

In other examples, each side strap portion 1330 may be configured to push the corresponding side chassis portion 3806 in the middle, thereby causing the side chassis portion 3806 to flex or pivot in the middle to force the face engaging portion 3810 in the user's butterfly Contact with the user's head at or near the bone. For example, each side strap portion 1330 may be configured to mediately push the corresponding side chassis portion 3806 via a substantially rigid member (eg, arm 1210 ) or a portion of the side chassis portion 3806 in contact with the side strap portion 1330 .

As shown in Fig. 18D, the rear support portion 1350 may include a parietal strap portion 1310 configured to cover the parietal bone of the user's head in use and an occipital bone configured to cover the user's head in use or located in the user's head. The occipital strap portion 1320 below the occipital bone of the head of the household. In some examples, the rear support portion 1350 includes an annular strap portion having an upper portion covering the parietal bone of the user's head and a lower portion covering the occipital bone of the user's head.

As shown in Figures 18B and 18C, as described above, the pair of side strap portions 1330 includes a pair of upper side strap portions 1332, each upper strap portion 1332 being configured to be attached, in use, to a respective side of a user's head between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200 (only its interface structure 3800 is visible); and a pair of lower strap portions 1334, each configured to attach to a user's head in use between the rear support portion 1350 and the head mounted display unit 1200 (only its interface structure 3800 is visible) on the corresponding side of the portion. In this example, the upper strap portions 1332 are each configured to apply a force to the head mounted display unit 1200 having upper and rear dimensions. In some examples, the lower side strap portions 1334 are each configured to be removably attached to a corresponding side chassis portion 3806 by magnetic attachment.

13. Interface structure consisting of two or more components

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a chassis, wherein one or more, or portions thereof, of the support portion and/or the face engaging portion of the interface structure are releasably attached to the chassis.

It is contemplated that the ability to releasably attach the support and/or face-engaging portion may assist in one or more of the following: cleaning of the interface structure, replacement of its components, and/or selection of component characteristics (eg, hardness or softness) level, surface finish or material, shape, and/or size).

In one example, the releasably attachable portions of the interface structure may be provided at discrete locations of the chassis, ie, may not extend along the entire perimeter of the chassis. For example, the releasably attached portion may be provided in one or more of the forehead region and/or the one or more cheek regions of the interface structure. In an alternative example, the releasably attachable portion of the interface structure may be provided over the entire perimeter of the chassis, or at least over a major portion of the chassis.

In an example, the releasably attached portion of the interface structure may be made of one or more of a foam material, an elastomeric material, a fabric material, or a composite material.

In one example, the interface structure may include at least one elastomeric portion and at least one foam portion. In one example, at least one foam portion may be attached to the interface structure such that the elastomeric portion covers the foam portion to provide a face-engaging surface. In one example, the at least one foam portion may be attached to the chassis, the elastomeric portion, or both the chassis and the elastomeric portion.

In an example, a portion of the support portion and/or face engaging portion of the interface structure may be permanently attached to the chassis (eg, integrally molded) at selected locations. A number of spaces may be provided in which the removable portion may be positioned and attached relative to the chassis.

14. Interface structure including foam parts

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a face engaging portion supported by a more rigid support portion, wherein the face engaging portion includes a first foam portion and the support portion includes a second foam portion.

For example, referring to Fig. 44A, the interface structure 6500 may include a support portion 6502 made of a first foam to which a face engaging portion 6504 may be provided. The face engaging portion 6504 may be made of a second foam. The first foam may be configured to provide greater stiffness than the second foam, with the support portion 6502 serving to maintain the position of the softer face engaging portion 6504, which provides a comfortable point of contact for the user.

In an example, the first foam and the second foam may be made of the same material, but with different densities. In an example, the first foam can have a first density, and the second foam can have a second density that is lower than the first density. In an example, the foam may be viscoelastic foam or polyurethane foam.

In an example, the face engaging portion 6504 may comprise coarse foam. In an example, such as shown in Figure 44B, the face engaging portion 6504 may comprise a fabric foam composite (eg, a foam core with a fabric outer layer 6506) or flocked foam to provide a soft contact point to the user's skin.

In an example, as shown in FIG. 44D , the support portion 6502 may include a first support portion 6510 extending in a first direction and a second support portion extending from the first support portion 6510 in a second direction 6512. For example, the first support portion 6510 may extend in a generally radial direction through the user's face, while the second support portion 6512 may extend in a generally rearward direction toward the user's face.

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a support portion and a face-engaging portion integrally formed as a single piece, the support portion and the face-engaging portion being formed from a foam material.

For example, referring to FIG. 45A, the interface structure 6600 may include a support portion 6602 from which a curved interface portion 6604 extends. In the example shown, the rearward transition between the support portion 6602 and the curved interface portion 6604 produces a generally hook-shaped cross-section.

In an example, the integral form of the support portion 6602 and the curved interface portion 6604 may be thermoformed.

In an example, the interface structure 6600 may comprise coarse foam. In alternate examples, such as shown in Figure 45B, the interface structure 6600 may include a fabric foam composite (eg, a foam core with a fabric outer layer 6606), or flocked foam to provide a soft contact point to the user's skin.

15. Interface structure comprising at least one ring portion

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a flexible and resilient face-engaging portion having a curved cross-section, wherein the face-engaging portion includes at least one closed loop portion having a closed cross-section.

For example, referring to Figures 59A and 50B, the face engaging portion 3810 includes cheeks 3840 that, in use, are disposed on respective sides of the user's nose. The cheeks 3840 include a base 3842 having a front 3844 connected to a chassis 3802 that is curved to provide a rear 3846 for a user contact surface.

Cheek 3840 also includes ring 3850. In this example, the ring portion 3850 includes a front ring portion 3852 that is secured to the front portion 3844 of the base portion 3842 (eg, using adhesive). Ring portion 3850 further includes an arcuate portion 3854 extending from front ring portion 3852 in a rearward direction. Ring portion 3850 also includes a ring flange 3856 extending from arcuate portion 3854 in a rearward direction. The cross section of the arcuate portion 3854 is at the arcuate portion Tapered between 3854 and ring flange 3856. Although not shown, the ring flange 3856 is inserted into the base 3842 and fastened to the forward facing surface 3848 of the rear portion 3846. In doing so, ring flange 3856 overlaps base 3842 to provide a closed ring.

In the example shown, the base portion 3842 and the ring portion 3850 are fabricated as separate pieces and fastened together via the front ring portion 3852 . In an alternative example, the front loop portion 3852 may be integrally formed with the base portion 3842 (ie, the loop portion 3850 will extend from the base portion 3842).

16. Interface structure including shading nose

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a face-engaging portion, wherein the face-engaging portion includes a light-shielding nose that spans between cheeks of the face-engaging portion.

For example, referring to FIGS. 59A , 59C, and 59D, the face engaging portion 3810 includes a nose portion 3880 spanning between cheek portions 3840. The nose 3880 includes a nose 3882 extending radially and in an upward direction over the nose of the user's nose 3880 in use. In an example, the nose portion 3882 is connected to the ring portion 3850 by the alar portion 3884.

The nose portion 3880 includes first and second nasal bridge portions 3886 extending in an upward direction from the nose point portion 3882. A central slot 3888 extends from the rear edge of the nose 3880 between the nose bridge portions 3886 toward the nose point portion 3882. The outer groove 3890 is disposed between the bridge portion 3886 and the ring portion 3850, extending to the alar portion 3884. As a result, the second nose bridge portion 3886 acts like a flap and, in use, rests on the side of the user's nose bridge. When resting on the user, the lift of the second nose bridge portion 3886 causes the nose bridge portion 3886 to overlap to facilitate the light blocking effect.

17. Releasably attachable to the interface structure relative to the head mounted display unit

In some forms of the present technology, the interface structure may include a face-engaging portion configured to engage a user's face in use, a chassis connected to the face-engaging portion, and a chassis releasably attachable to the head-mounted display The chassis mounting portion of the unit.

For example, referring to Figures 59E-59H, chassis 8000 includes body 8001 having forehead 8002, cheeks 8004, sides 8006 connecting forehead 8002 and cheeks 8004, and bridging between cheeks 8004 in the anterior direction Nose 8008 between. Each side portion 8006 of the chassis 8000 has a chassis capturing portion 8010 .

59E, in this example, the capture flange 8022 of the chassis capture portion 8010 extends approximately the distance between the forehead portion 8002 and the cheek portion 8004 in the upper and lower directions of the connection. In an alternative example, as shown in Figure 59F, the capture flange 8022 may extend only a portion of the span (as shown by the slot 8009).

In the example shown, the head mounted display unit 1200 includes a mounting plate 8100 having an integral chassis mount 8200 extending in a rearward direction. In an alternative example, the chassis mount 8200 may be provided as a separate portion secured to the mounting plate 8100 . The chassis mount 8200 includes a plurality of mount catches 8210 configured to engage the chassis catches 8010 for releasably attaching the chassis 8000 to the chassis mount 8200 .

As shown in Figure 59H, the body 8001 of the chassis 8000 has a "U" channel cross-section. The chassis mount 8200 includes a chassis receiver in the form of an "L" channel 8202 . In use, the body 8001 is inserted into the channel 8202.

The chassis catch portion 8010 includes catch protrusions 8014 . The capture arm extends from the main body 8001 toward the capture protrusion 8014 . The capture protrusion 8014 includes a rearward facing capture surface 8016 . The rearward facing capture surface 8016 is angled in a radially outward forward direction (as indicated by angle 8018). The capture protrusion 8014 further includes a forward facing guide surface 8020 that is angled to the rearward facing capture surface 8016 in a radially inwardly forward direction. The capture flange 8022 extends from the capture protrusion 8014 in a radially inwardly forward direction.

The mounting catch 8210 includes a forward facing catch surface 8216 that is angled in a radially inwardly forward direction. Mounting capture portion 8210 further includes rearward facing guide surface 8220, and between rearward facing guide surface 8220 and forward facing capture surface 8216 Transition surface 8222 between. The transition surface 8222 is angled in a radially inward rearward direction with the forward facing capture surface 8216 with an acute angle therebetween to provide a capture edge 8222.

In use, the chassis 8000 is inserted into the chassis mount 8200 in the forward direction with the forward facing guide surface 8020 abutting the rearward facing guide surface 8220 and with the catch protrusion 8014 riding on the mounting catch 8210 until the catch protrusion 8014 Pass through transition surface 8222.

When the chassis 8000 is fully inserted into the chassis mount 8200, a gap 8030 is provided in the front-rear direction between the rear-facing catch surface 8016 and the front-facing catch surface 8216. The forward facing capture surface 8216 (more specifically the capture edge 8222) acts on the rearward facing capture surface 8016 to prevent unintentional release of the chassis 8000.

When the user wishes to remove the chassis 8000, the catch flange 8022 can be forced in a radially inward direction and the chassis 8000 can be pulled in a rearward direction. The corners 8018 of the rearward facing capture surface 8016 in combination with the force applied to the capture flange 8022 cause the capture protrusions 8014 to ride over the capture edge 8222 and release the chassis 8000.

60A-60G illustrate alternative examples of securing the chassis. In the example shown, the chassis 8000 includes a side connector portion 8050 and a forehead connector portion 8070 . Portions of the chassis 8000 include a body channel 8040 from which an outer web 8042 extends.

In this example, chassis 8000 is fastened to display unit housing 1205 . The side connector portion 8050 includes a receiver slot 8052 in which the edge of the display unit housing 1205 is received, and a bracket member 8054 maintains the desired spacing between the chassis 8000 and the display unit housing 1205 . The outer flange 8056 of the side connector portion 8050 includes locating features 8058 configured to interact with compatible components (not shown) of the display unit housing 1205 .

The forehead connector portion 8070 is configured to interact with a forehead positioner 8080 having a positioner body member 8082 and a tab receiver 8084 . Tab receiver 8084 includes receiving slot 8086 and lower slot member 8088 . Forehead connector portion 8070 includes a male tab with tab locating feature 8074 Sheet 8072. In use, the tab 8072 is inserted into the receiving slot 8086 and the lower slot member 8088 acts on the tab locating feature 8074 to prevent inadvertent withdrawal.

In this example, the front rating detent 8080 includes the eyelet 3812 and the display unit housing 1205 includes the eyelet slot 8090 . The front rating positioner 8080 is positioned relative to the display unit housing 1205 by inserting the eyelet 3812 through the eyelet slot 8090 , and the chassis 8000 is secured by inserting the tab 8072 into the receiving slot 8086 .

18. Ventilation of the interface structure through tortuous paths

In some forms of the present technology, a tortuous airflow path may be provided between the interior of the interface structure and the exterior of the head mounted display unit 1200 , wherein the tortuous airflow path passes between the exterior of the interface structure and the interior of the display unit housing 1205 . As mentioned above, enabling airflow into and out of the space inside the interface structure may be described as providing cooling to the user.

For example, referring to FIGS. 61A-61G , a rearward facing side gap 8300 (ie, a chassis mounting opening) may be provided between the display unit housing 1205 and the chassis mounting portion 8200 . The chassis mount 8200 includes a radially facing air intake 8210 that opens into the space between the chassis mount 8200 and the display unit housing 1205 . This provides a tortuous airflow path between the side gap 8300 and the interior of the chassis mount 8200, ie, a tortuous path through which air can flow but prevents light from directly passing through. Additional shading features are shown in the form of upper shading flange 8202 and lower shading flange 8204 that extend in a rearward direction to overlap chassis 8000 in cheek 8004.

Alternative or additional airflow paths are also contemplated. For example, referring to FIGS. 61E and 61F , a forehead gap 8302 may be provided in the forehead region 8304 between the display unit housing 1205 and the chassis mount 8200 . The forehead air port 8212 in the chassis mount 8200 may facilitate airflow along this path (and/or through the side gap 8300).

In some forms of the present technology, as shown in Figure 61G, the face engaging portion 3810 of the interface structure can include one or more interface air ports 8220 in the forward-facing portion. In Figure 61G, a One or more interface air ports 8220 are provided on the upper portion of the face engaging portion 3810, ie, close to the user's forehead in use. Air can flow through the interface air port 8220 and the forehead gap 8302, where the overlap of the display unit housing 1205, which extends in a rearward direction over the interface air port 8220, creates a tortuous path that provides a shading effect.

In an example, one or more interface air ports 8220 may be provided in one or more lower portions of the face engaging portion 3810, ie, the cheek portion 8004 that is proximate the user's cheek in use. In an example, one or more interface air ports 8220 may be provided in one or more of the lower portion of the face-engaging portion 3810 and the upper portion of the face-engaging portion 3810.

In an example, one or more interface vents may be provided in at least one side portion 8006 of the face engaging portion 3810, ie, in the portion proximate the user's sphenoid region in use. It should be understood that an interface port 8220 may be provided in at least one side portion 8006 in place of, or in addition to, the interface port 8220 in the upper and/or lower portion.

19. Further Examples of Head Mounted Display Systems

19.1 Head-mounted display systems without battery packs

Figure 63 shows a head mounted display system 1000 that has many of the same features as the other head mounted display systems 1000 described herein. The head mounted display system 1000 does not have a battery pack 1500 located behind the user's head. The positioning and stabilization structure 1300 includes a top strap portion 1340 connected between the head mounted display unit 1200 and the occipital strap portion 1320 . The top strap portion 1340 includes a user facing layer 1344, a substantially inextensible layer 1343 or rigid layer, and an outer layer 1341, the user facing layer 1344 contacting the patient's head along at least a majority of its length. These layers can be as described elsewhere herein. In an example, the outer layer 1341 is connected to the substantially inextensible layer 1343 at a location above the user's parietal bone in use. The outer layer 1341 may be connected to the substantially inextensible layer 1343 near the buckle 1312. top tied The length of the strap portion 1340 can be adjusted by pulling more or less of the outer layer 1341 through the eyelet or around the ear stems on the head mounted display unit 1200, as described elsewhere herein.

19.2 In addition, the head-mounted display system may be specially configured to tolerate long hair

Figure 64A shows a head mounted display system 1000 that includes a battery pack 1500 located behind the user's head. The positioning and stabilization structure 1300 includes a parietal strap portion 1310, an occipital strap portion 1320, a side strap portion 1330, and a top strap portion 1340, which may be as described elsewhere herein. Top strap portion 1340 and side strap portion 1330 are connected to head mounted display unit 1200 as described elsewhere herein. The battery pack 1500 in this example may be supported by the top strap portion 1340 and/or the parietal strap portion 1310 . The difference in this example compared to the other examples is that the battery pack 1500 is neither directly connected to the occipital strap portion 1320 nor connected to the occipital strap portion 1320 through a portion of the top strap portion 1340 . That is, there is an opening between the battery pack 1500 and the occipital strap portion 1320 that, in use, intersects the sagittal plane of the user's head. In some examples, the opening may be configured (eg, shaped and sized) to allow the user's hair (eg, long hair) to pass through, such as in a locket or otherwise, to be collected and bundled and/or returned. This may advantageously enable better anchoring of the occipital strap portion 1320 on the user's head in the occipital region, and may advantageously reduce adverse effects on the user's hair (eg, making the user's hair look messy, eg, dim, disheveled, etc.).

Figures 64B and 64C show a head mounted display system 1000 having a similar positioning and stabilization structure 1300 as shown in Figure 64A, however, the occipital strap portion 1320 is formed as two parts 1320a, 1320b, each in use At least partially on the respective sides of the sagittal plane of the user's head. The two parts 1320a, 1320b are releasably attached to each other at a pair of connection points 1337. Each connection point 1337 may be provided to a respective one of the two portions 1320a, 1320b of the occipital strap portion 1320. When the two portions 1320a, 1320b of the occipital strap portion 1320 are connected to each other, each connection point 1337 may, in use, be located at or near the sagittal plane of the user's head. The attachment points 1337 may include press studs, magnetic clips, hook and loop fasteners, or the like, or may be attached by buckles or the like. in two available The occipital strap portion 1320 formed in the releasably attached portions 1320a, 1320b may advantageously make it easier for users with long hair to wear the head-mounted display system 1000 because instead of threading their long hair or ponytail on the occipital strap On the portion 1320, they can connect the two portions 1320a, 1320b of the occipital strap portion 1320 under their long hair (eg, between their long hair and their neck).

Figure 64D shows a variation of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 shown in Figures 64B and 64C, wherein the attachment point 1337 is offset from the sagittal plane of the user's head. When the head mounted display system 1000 is worn by the user, the connection points 1337 may be spaced laterally in the sagittal plane when the two parts of the occipital strap portion are connected to each other in use. The first portion 1320a of the occipital strap portion 1320 may be longer than the second portion 1320b of the occipital strap portion 1320 such that, in use, the first portion 1320a is connected to the second portion 1320b at a lateral and posterior position of the user's head. This arrangement is less likely to get in the way of the user's hair during use or during putting on/off the head mounted display system 1000 .

Figures 64E and 64G show another variation in which the occipital strap portion 1320 is formed as two parts 1320a, 1320b. The battery pack 1500 in this example is disposed or supported on the occipital strap portion 1320 . In particular, two battery packs 1500a, 1500b are disposed or supported on respective portions 1320a, 1320b of the occipital strap portion 1320. In other examples, only one battery pack 1500 is provided to the occipital strap portion 1320 or one of its two portions 1320a, 1320b. In the example shown in Figures 64E and 64G, the battery packs 1500a, 1500b are spaced apart to allow the two portions 1320a, 1320b of the occipital strap portion 1320 to connect to each other in use at or near the sagittal plane of the user's head. A power cable 1510 may connect each battery to the head mounted display unit 1200 and may extend along the two portions 1320a, 1320b of the occipital strap portion 1320 and the side strap portion 1330. In some examples, one battery pack 1500a can be electrically connected to another battery pack 1500b, which can then connect both battery packs 1500a, 1500b to the head mounted display unit 1200 through a single power cable 1510. In some examples, head mounted display system 1000 may include one, two, three, or more battery packs 1500 . Even though the battery pack 1500 is provided to the occipital strap portion 1320, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may still include a top strap Band 1340. In some examples, battery pack 1500 is alternatively (or additionally) provided to parietal strap portion 1310, side strap portion 1330, and/or other strap portions. The advantage of providing the battery pack 1500 or the battery packs 1500a, 1500b to the occipital strap portion 1320 is that they are provided closer to the axis of rotation of the user's head, meaning that compared to if the battery pack 1500 were provided further away from the axis of rotation Lower stabilizing forces may be required to counteract disruptive forces (eg, when users turn their heads rapidly in use). Additionally, two or more battery packs 1500 may distribute the weight of the battery pack 1500 more widely than a single battery pack 1500 for the same total cell weight.

64F shows another example in which a pair of battery packs 1500a, 1500b are provided to two corresponding portions 1320a, 1320b of the occipital strap portion 1320. In this example, the two portions 1320a, 1320b of the occipital strap portion 1320 are not connected to each other. The occipital strap portion 1320 formed by the two portions 1320a, 1320b leaves a gap in the sagittal plane of the user's head. This can advantageously leave some room for the user's hair (eg, a ponytail). The intermediate ends of the occipital strap portions 1320a, 1320b may be spaced apart from each other and may each be spaced laterally from the sagittal plane. The spacing between the two parts 1320a, 1320b may be in the range of 20mm-60mm, eg in the range of 30mm-50mm, or may be 40mm. The occipital strap portion 1320, eg, its two portions 1320a, 1320b, may be rigid, eg, secured to the back of the user's head. The occipital strap portion 1320 may be at least partially stiffened by the battery pack 1500 . In this example, other strap portions such as side strap portions 1330 and/or parietal strap portions 1310 may also be stiffened.

19.3 Further adjustments to positioning and stabilizing structures

FIG. 65A shows another example of a head mounted display system 1000 having an adjustable positioning and stabilization structure 1300 . The parietal strap portion 1310, the occipital strap portion 1320, the side strap portions 1330, and the top strap portion 1340 may be as described elsewhere. However, in this example, the top strap portion 1340 can be selectively connected to the head mounted display unit 1200 at multiple locations on the top strap portion 1340 to adjust the effective length of the top strap portion 1340 . The top strap portion 1340 can be Part 1340 is selectively connected to head mounted display unit 1200 at one of three connection points 1337a, 1337b and 1337c. The user can select the attachment point 1337 to adjust the effective length of the top strap portion 1340 for a good fit. Each connection point 1337 may include hook and loop material, press studs, or any other suitable feature for attachment to the head mounted display unit 1200 . In some examples, the excess length of the top strap portion 1340 may be fed into the display unit housing 1205 , may be located above the upper surface of the display unit housing 1205 , or may be looped back and fastened to the top strap portion 1340 . external surface. It should be understood that the selective adjustment of the top strap portion 1340 may be applied to any other example of the present technology disclosed herein.

FIG. 65B shows another head mounted display system 1000. In this example, at least a portion of the occipital strap portion 1320 is pivotable about a pair of pivot points 1213 . The pivot point 1213 may be located at the end of the occipital strap portion 1320 and may be located at or near the junction between the occipital strap portion 1320, the side strap portion 1330, and the parietal strap portion 1310, respectively. In other examples, pivot point 1213 may be positioned along occipital strap portion 1320 such that only a portion of occipital strap portion 1320 pivots at pivot point 1213 . In some examples, occipital strap portion 1320 may be rigid and capable of pivoting about pivot point 1213 . The pivotable occipital strap portion 1320 may advantageously assist the occipital strap portion 1320 in an optimal position, eg, for comfort and stability. The occipital strap portion 1320 may be selectively pivotable (eg, adjustable by the user) or may naturally pivot to a stable position when the head mounted display system 1000 is worn by the user.

66 summarizes some adjustability options in a head mounted display system 1000 according to an example of the present technology. As shown, in some examples, side strap portion 1330 may pivot relative to head mounted display unit 1200, eg, about pivot point 1213. In other examples, the arm 1210 of the head mounted display unit 1200 can pivot relative to the display unit housing 1205 . The length of the side strap portions 1330 may also be selectively adjustable, or may extend when tensioned (eg, the side strap portions 1330 may be elastic). In some examples, the length of the occipital strap portion 1320 may be selectively adjustable Adjustable or can stretch and contract due to elasticity. In the example of FIG. 66 , occipital strap portion 1320 is connected to frontal support portion 1360 . The occipital strap portion 1320 and the frontal bone support portion 1360 may form a strap around the user's head. In some examples, the length of the top strap portion 1340 may be selectively adjustable or may be elastic.

20. Cleaning

In some forms, head mounted display system 1000, or at least a portion thereof, is designed for use by a single user, and is cleaned in the user's home, eg, in soapy water, without the need for specialized equipment for disinfection and disinfection. Specifically, the positioning and stabilization structure 1300 and the interface structure 1100 are designed to be cleaned because they are both in direct contact with the user's head.

In some other forms, components of positioning and stabilization structure 1300 and interface structure 1100 are used in laboratories, clinics, and hospitals, where a single head mounted display can be reused on multiple people or used in medical procedures. In every laboratory, clinic and hospital, the head mounted display or its associated components can be reprocessed and exposed to processes such as thermal sterilization, chemical sterilization and sterilization. Likewise, the design of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 and the interface structure may require disinfection and sterilization of the mask in accordance with ISO17664.

Materials can be selected to withstand rework. For example, robust materials can be used in positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 to withstand exposure to high levels of disinfecting solutions and agitation with a brush. Additionally, some components of the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 are detachable and can be broken in use to improve reprocessing efficiency.

In some examples, the interface structure 1100 may come into contact with the user's head in use and thus may become dirty (eg, due to perspiration). The interface structure 1100 may be designed to be removed from the display unit housing 1205 to provide the ability to remove the display unit housing 1205 for cleaning and/or replacement. It may be desirable to wash the interface structure 1100 without making the positioning and stabilization structure 1300 wet. Alternatively or additionally, the positioning and stabilizing structure 1300 may be damaged due to contact with the user's head. become dirty, and can be removed independently of the interface structure 1100 for cleaning and/or replacement. In either case, this can be facilitated by allowing the components to be disconnected for this purpose.

In some examples, a cover (eg, constructed of textile, silicone, etc.) may be removably positioned over interface structure 1100 and may be removed for cleaning and/or replacement after each use. The cover may allow the interface structure 1100 to remain secured to the display unit housing 1205 and still provide a surface that can be easily cleaned after use.

21. External computer

In some forms, the head mounted display system 1000 (eg, VR, AR, and/or MR) may be used in conjunction with a separate device (eg, a computer or video game console). For example, the display interface may be electrically connected to a separate device.

In some forms, at least some of the processing for head mounted display system 1000 may be performed by a separate device. The stand-alone device may include a processor that is larger and/or more powerful than the user can comfortably support (eg, the processor of the stand-alone device may be too heavy for the user to comfortably support on their head).

Glossary

For the purposes of this technical disclosure, one or more of the following definitions may apply in some forms of the present technology. In other forms of the present technology, alternative definitions may apply.

General

Environment: In some forms of the present technology, the term environment may have the following meanings (i) external to the display interface or user, and (ii) directly surrounding the display interface and/or user.

For example, ambient light with respect to the display interface may be light directly surrounding the user, such as light in the same and/or adjacent room as the user, and/or natural light from the sun.

In some forms, ambient (eg, acoustic) noise may be considered to be the background noise level in the room in which the user is located, rather than, for example, noise produced by the display device or from speakers connected to the display device. Ambient noise can be generated by sound sources outside the room.

Leaks: Word leaks would be considered unintended exposure to light. In one example, leakage may occur due to an incomplete seal between the display unit and the user's face.

Noise, radiated (acoustic): Radiated noise in this document refers to the noise that is brought to the user through the ambient air. In one form, radiated noise can be quantified by measuring the sound power/pressure level of the object in question according to ISO 3744.

User: A person who operates a display interface and/or views images provided by the display interface. For example, a person can wear, don and/or take off the display interface.

1.1 Materials

Silicone or silicone elastomer: Synthetic rubber. In this specification, references to silicone refer to Liquid Silicone Rubber (LSR) or Chlorosulfonated polyethylene Rubber (CMSR). One form of commercially available LSR is SILASTIC (included in the range of products sold under this trademark), manufactured by Dow Corning. Another manufacturer of LSR is Wacker. Unless specified to the contrary, exemplary forms of LSR have a Shore A (or Type A) indent hardness in the range of about 35 to about 45 as measured using ASTM D2240.

Polycarbonate: is a transparent thermoplastic polymer of bisphenol A carbonate.

1.2 Mechanical properties

Resilience: The ability of a material to absorb energy when elastically deformed and release it when unloaded.

Elasticity: Will release substantially all of the energy when unloaded. These include, for example, certain siloxanes and thermoplastic elastomers.

Hardness: The ability of the material itself to resist deformation (eg, as described by Young's modulus or the indent hardness scale measured on standardized sample dimensions).

"Soft" materials may include silicones or thermoplastic elastomers (TPEs) and can easily deform, eg, under finger pressure.

"Hard" materials may include polycarbonate, polypropylene, steel, or aluminum, and may not easily deform, eg, under finger pressure.

Stiffness (or rigidity) of a structure or component: The ability of a structure or component to resist deformation in response to an applied load. Loads can be forces or moments, such as compression, tension, bending or torsion. Structures or components can provide different resistance in different directions. The inverse of stiffness is compliance.

Flexible structure or component: A structure or component that will change shape (eg bend) when allowed to support its own weight for a relatively short period of time, eg, 1 second.

Rigid structure or component: A structure or component that does not substantially change shape when subjected to the loads normally encountered in use. An example of such use may be to set up and maintain the user interface in a sealed relationship.

As an example, the I-beam may include a different bending stiffness (resistance to bending loads) in the first direction than in the second orthogonal direction. In another example, a structure or component may be flexible in a first direction and rigid in a second direction.

2. Materials

Closed Cell Foam: A foam that contains fully encapsulated cells, ie closed cells.

Elastomeric material: polymer made of polyurethane.

Elastomer: A polymer that exhibits elastic properties. For example, silicone elastomers.

Ethylene Vinyl Acetate (EVA): A copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate.

Fiber: A filament (monofilament or multifilament), strand, yarn, thread, or twist that is significantly longer than its width. Fibers may include: animal-based materials, such as wool or silk; plant-based materials, such as linen and cotton; and synthetic materials, such as polyester and rayon. Fibers may specifically refer to materials that may be interwoven and/or interlaced (eg, in a web) with other fibers of the same or different materials.

Foam: Any material that has air cells introduced during manufacture to create a lightweight cellular form, such as polyurethane.

Neoprene: Synthetic rubber produced by the polymerization of chloroprene. Neoprene used in commodity: Breath-O-Prene.

Nylon: A synthetic polyamide that has elastic properties and can be used, for example, to form fibers/filaments for fabrics.

Open Cell Foam: A foam that contains cells, i.e. air cells that are not fully encapsulated, i.e. open cells.

Polycarbonate: A typical transparent thermoplastic polymer of bisphenol A carbonate.

Polyethylene: A thermoplastic that is resistant to chemicals and moisture.

Polyurethane (PU): A plastic material made by copolymerizing an isocyanate and a polyol, for example in the form of foam (polyurethane foam) and rubber (polyurethane rubber).

Semi-Open Cell Foam: A foam comprising a combination of closed and open (encapsulated) cells.

Silicone or silicone elastomer: Synthetic rubber. In this specification, references to silicone refer to either Liquid Silicone Rubber (LSR) or Compression Molded Silicone Rubber (CMSR). One form of commercially available LSR is SILASTIC (included in the range of products sold under this trademark), manufactured by Dow Corning. Another manufacturer of LSR is Wacker. Unless specified to the contrary, exemplary forms of LSR have a Shore A (or Type A) indent hardness in the range of about 35 to about 45 as measured using ASTM D2240.

Spacer Fabric: A composite structure consisting of two outer fabric substrates joined together and separated by a monofilament interlayer.

Spandex: An elastic fiber or fabric, mainly composed of polyurethane. Spandex is used in commodity: Lycra.

Fabric: A material comprising at least one natural or man-made fiber. In this specification, fabric may refer to any material formed as a network of interwoven and/or interlaced fibers. One type of fabric can include fabric, which is constructed by interlacing these fibers using specific techniques. These include weaving, knitting, crocheting, knotting, weaving, tufting or weaving. Garment may be used synonymously with fabric, although it may specifically refer to a piece of fabric that is processed. Other types of fabrics can be constructed using bonding (chemical, mechanical, thermal, etc.), felting, or other nonwoven processes. The fabric produced by one of these methods is fabric-like and may be considered synonymous with fabric for the purposes of this application.

Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE): Typically a low modulus, flexible material that can be stretched at room temperature with the ability to return to approximately its original length upon release of stress. Products using TPE include: Hytrel, Dynaflex, Medalist

Thermoplastic Polyurethane (TPU): A thermoplastic elastomer with high durability and flexibility.

3. Mechanical properties

Resilience: The ability of a material to absorb energy when elastically deformed and release it when unloaded.

Elasticity: Will release substantially all of the energy when unloaded. These include, for example, certain siloxanes and thermoplastic elastomers.

Hardness: The ability of the material itself to resist deformation (eg, as described by Young's modulus or the indent hardness scale measured on standardized sample dimensions).

"Soft" materials may include silicone or thermoplastic elastomers (TPE) and can easily deform, eg, under finger pressure.

"Hard" materials may include polycarbonate, polypropylene, steel, or aluminum, and may not easily deform, eg, under finger pressure.

Stiffness (or rigidity) of a structure or component: The ability of a structure or component to resist deformation in response to an applied load. Loads can be forces or moments, such as compression, tension, bending or torsion. Structures or components can provide different resistance in different directions.

Flexible structure or component: A structure or component that will change shape (eg bend) when allowed to support its own weight for a relatively short period of time, eg, 1 second.

Rigid structure or component: A structure or component that does not substantially change shape when subjected to the loads normally encountered in use.

As an example, the I-beam may include a different bending stiffness (resistance to bending loads) in the first direction than in the second orthogonal direction. In another example, a structure or component may be flexible in a first direction and rigid in a second direction.

4. Anatomy

The following definitions correspond to the references identified in Figures 1-2.

4.1 Anatomy of the face

Ala: The outer outer wall or "wing" of each nostril (plural: alar)

Alar tip: The outermost point on the alar of the nose.

Alar curvature (or alar apex) point: The rearmost point in the curved baseline of each alar, which is found in the fold formed by the union of the alar and the cheek.

Pinna: The entire outer visible part of the ear.

(Nose) Skeleton: The nasal skeleton includes the nasal bone, the frontal process of the maxilla, and the nose of the frontal bone.

Bridge (nose): The bridge of the nose is the midline protrusion of the nose that extends from the point of the bridge of the nose to the point of the nose.

(Nose) Soft Skeleton: The nasal soft skeleton includes the septum, lateral, major and minor cartilages.

Corner point: A point located at the corner of the mouth.

Columella: The strip of skin that separates the nostrils and extends from the point of the nose to the upper lip.

Columellar angle: The angle between the line drawn through the midpoint of the nostril and the line drawn perpendicular to the Frankfort plane (while the two lines intersect at the point below the nasal septum).

Medial Canthus: The point where the upper and lower eyelids meet, near the bridge of the nose.

Cranioparietal muscle: The cranioparietal muscle or frontal abdomen refers to the structure covering the skull.

Lateral occipital eminence: The eminence on the outer surface of the occipital bone.

Frankfurt level: line extending from the lowermost point of the orbital margin to the left cochlea. The cochlea is the deepest point in the notch above the tragus of the pinna.

Glabellar: Located on the soft tissue, the most prominent point in the midsagittal plane of the forehead.

Pupil distance: The distance between the centers of the pupils of the eyes.

Extranasal cartilage: Cartilage plate in a substantially triangular shape. Its upper edge is attached to the nasal bone and frontal process of the maxilla, and its lower edge is attached to the greater alar cartilage.

Lip, lower (lower lip): The point on the face between the mouth and the epithelial layer, in the midsagittal plane.

Lip, upper (upper lip): The point on the face between the muzzle, in the midsagittal plane.

Greater Alar Cartilage: The cartilage plate that lies beneath the external nasal cartilage. It curves around the front of the nostril. Its rear end is connected to the frontal process of the maxilla by a tough fibrous membrane containing three or four small cartilages of the alar.

Nostrils (Nostrils): The approximately oval shaped holes that form the entrance to the nasal cavity. The singular form of nare is naris (eye). The nostrils are separated by the nasal septum.

Nasolabial folds or nasolabial folds: The skin folds or furrows that extend from each side of the nose to the corners of the mouth that separate the cheeks from the upper lip.

Nasolabial angle: The angle between the columella and the upper lip (which also intersects the point below the nasal septum).

Subauricular Base: The lowest point at which the pinna attaches to the facial skin.

supraauricular base: the highest point at which the pinna attaches to the skin of the face.

Nasal point: The most prominent point or tip of the nose, which can be identified in a side view of the rest of the head.

Midline: The midline groove extending from the lower border of the nasal septum to the top of the lip in the region of the upper lip.

Premental point: On the soft tissue, the midpoint of the most anterior part of the chin.

Ridge (nose): The nasal ridge is the midline protrusion of the nose that extends from the point of the bridge of the nose to the point of the nose.

Sagittal plane: the vertical plane from anterior (anterior) to posterior (posterior). The midsagittal plane is the sagittal plane that divides the body into right and left halves.

Nose Bridge Point: Located on the soft tissue, covering the most concave point in the frontal-nasal suture area.

Septal Cartilage (Nose): The nasal septal cartilage forms part of the septum and divides the front of the nasal cavity.

Posterior Panel: The point at the lower edge of the base of the alar where the base of the alar joins the skin of the upper (upper) lip.

Infranasal point: On the soft tissue, the point where the columella meets the upper lip in the midsagittal plane.

Mandibular alveolar seat point: The point of maximum concavity in the midline of the lower lip between the midpoint of the lower lip and the soft tissue premental point.

Eyebrows: The bulge of the frontal bone above the eyes.

Temporal muscle: The muscle in the temporal fossa that elevates the jaw.

Temporomandibular Joint: The freely movable joint between the temporal bone and the mandible that allows the opening, closing, protrusion, retraction, and lateral movement of the mandible.

Lip, upper: The red part of the lips, covered with stratified scaly epithelium, which is continuous with the oral mucosa of the gingival labial sulcus.

4.2 Anatomy of the skull

Frontal bone: The frontal bone includes a larger vertical part (frontal scale) that corresponds to an area called the forehead.

Lateral cartilage: The part of the cartilage on the side of the septal cartilage and below the nasal bone.

Mandible: The mandible forms the lower jaw. The chin eminence is the bony eminence of the lower jaw that forms the chin.

Masseter Minor: The lower part of the masseter muscle that elevates the lower jaw.

Maxilla: The maxilla forms the upper jaw and is located above the lower jaw and below the orbit. The frontal process of the maxilla projects upwardly from the side of the nose and forms part of the lateral border.

Nasal Bones: The nasal bones are two small oval bones that vary in size and form among individuals; they lie side by side in the middle and upper parts of the face, and through their junctions form the "bridge" of the nose.

Nasal Root: The intersection of the frontal bone and the two nasal bones, directly between the eyes and in the concave area above the bridge of the nose on the nose.

Occipital Bone: The occipital bone is located at the back and lower part of the skull. It includes an oval foramen (foramen magnum) through which the cranial cavity communicates with the spinal canal. The curved plate behind the foramen magnum is the occipital scale.

Orbit: The bony cavity in the skull that houses the eyeball.

Parietal Bones: The parietal bones are the bones that, when joined together, form the roof and sides of the skull.

Septal Cartilage: The cartilage of the nasal septum.

Sphenoid: The cuneiform bone at the base of the skull.

Supraorbital foramen: The opening in the infraorbital bone for the passage of the supraorbital nerves, arteries, and veins.

Temporal bone: The temporal bone is located at the base and sides of the skull and supports that part of the face called the temples.

Trapezius Minor: The superficial triangular muscle of the upper back.

Cheekbones: The face includes two cheekbones, which are located on the upper and side parts of the face and form the bulge of the cheeks.

5. User Interface

Frame: Frame will be considered to refer to the display housing unit that is loaded in tension between two or more points of attachment to the headband and/or hoop. The frame may be sealed against the user's face to limit and/or prevent the entry and/or exit of light.

Functional dead space: (description to be inserted here)

Hoop: A hoop will be considered to mean a form of positioning and stabilizing structure designed for use on the head. For example, the cuff may include a collection of one or more struts, ties, and stiffeners configured to position and hold the user interface in place on the user's face, to hold the display unit in the operating position in front of the user's face. Some laces are formed from soft, flexible, resilient materials such as foam and laminate/fabric laminate composites. In some forms, the term headgear may be synonymous with the term hoop.

Film: Film will be taken to mean a typically thin element that is preferably substantially not resistant to bending, but is resistant to stretching.

Seal: Can refer to the noun form of structure (seal) or the verb form of effect (seal). The two elements may be constructed and/or arranged to 'seal' or achieve a 'seal' therebetween without the need for a separate 'seal' element itself.

Shell: Shell will be taken to mean a curved and relatively thin structure with bendable, stretchable and compressible stiffness. For example, the curved structural walls of the mask may be the shell. In some forms, the housing may be multi-faceted. In some forms, the housing may be airtight. In some forms, the housing may not be airtight.

Reinforcement: A reinforcement will be taken to mean a structural component designed to increase the bending resistance of another component in at least one direction.

Support: A support will be considered a structural member designed to increase the compression resistance of another member in at least one direction.

Spindle: (noun) A subcomponent of a component configured to rotate about a common axis, preferably independently, preferably at low torque. In one form, the swivel may be configured to rotate through an angle of at least 360 degrees. In another form, the rotating shaft may be configured to rotate through an angle of less than 360 degrees.

Lace (noun: a structure used to resist tension.

6. The shape of the structure

Products according to the present technology may include one or more three-dimensional mechanical structures, such as mask cushions or thrusters. Three-dimensional structures can be bound by two-dimensional surfaces. These surfaces can be distinguished using labels to describe the relative surface orientation, location, function, or some other characteristic. For example, the structure may include one or more of a front surface, a rear surface, an inner surface, and an outer surface. In another example, the seal-forming structure may include a face-contacting (eg, exterior) surface and a separate non-contacting face (eg, underside or interior) surface. In another example, the structure may include a first surface and a second surface.

To help describe the shape of the three-dimensional structure and surface, first consider a cross-section through a point p of the surface of the structure, see Figures 3A-3E, which show the cross-section at point p on the surface and an example of the resulting plane curve. Figures 3A to 3E also show the outward normal vector at p. The outward normal vector at p points away from the surface. In some examples, the surface is depicted from the viewpoint of an imaginary figurine standing upright on the surface.

6.1 One-dimensional curvature

The curvature of a plane curve at p can be described as having sign (eg, positive, negative) and magnitude (eg, the reciprocal of the radius of the circle that only touches the curve at p).

Positive Curvature: If the curve at p turns towards the outward normal, the curvature at that point will be taken to be positive (if the imaginary villains leave point p, they must go uphill). See Figure 3A (relatively large positive curvature compared to Figure 3B) and Figure 3B (relatively small positive curvature compared to Figure 3A). Such curves are often referred to as concave shapes.

Zero Curvature: If the curve at p is a straight line, the curvature will be taken to be zero (if the imaginary villains leave point p, they can walk horizontally without going up or down). See Figure 3C.

Negative curvature: if the curve at p turns away from the outward normal, the curvature in that direction at that point will be taken to be negative (if the imaginary villains leave point p, they must go downhill Walk). See Figure 3D (relatively small negative curvature compared to Figure 3E) and Figure 3E (relatively large negative curvature compared to Figure 3F). Such curves are often called convex.

6.2 2D Surface Curvature

The description of a shape at a given point on a two-dimensional surface according to the present technique may include multiple normal sections. Multiple sections may cut a surface in a plane including the outward normal ("normal plane"), and each section may be taken in a different direction. Each section produces a planar curve with corresponding curvature. Different curvatures at points can have the same sign or different signs. Each curvature at a point has a quantity, eg a relatively small quantity. The plane curves in Figures 3A to 3E may be examples of such multiple cross-sections at specific points.

Principal Curvature and Principal Direction: The direction of the normal plane where the curvature of the curve takes its maximum and minimum values is called the principal direction. In the example of FIGS. 3A to 3E , the maximum curvature occurs in FIG. 3A and the minimum curvature occurs in FIG. 3E , so that FIGS. 3A and 3E are sections in the main direction. The principal curvature at p is the curvature in the principal direction.

Area of a surface: A connected set of points on a surface. Groups of points in a region can have similar characteristics, such as curvature or sign.

Saddle region: A region in which the principal curvatures have opposite signs at each point, ie one sign is positive and the other is negative (they can walk up or down depending on which direction an imagined individual turns).

Dome region: A region where the principal curvatures have the same sign at each point, eg, two positive ("concave domes") or two negative ("convex domes").

Cylindrical region: A region in which one of the principal curvatures is zero (or, for example, within manufacturing tolerances) and the other principal curvature is not zero.

Planar area: A surface area in which both principal curvatures are zero (or zero, for example, within manufacturing tolerances).

Edge of Surface: The boundary or limit of a surface or area.

Path: In some forms of the present technology, 'path' will be taken to mean a path in a mathematical-topological sense, eg, a continuous space curve from f(0) to f(1) on a surface. In some forms of the present technology, a 'path' may be described as a route or journey, including, for example, a set of points on a surface. (The imaginary person's path is where they walk on the surface and resembles a garden path).

Path Length: In some forms of the present technology, 'path length' will be considered to be the distance from f(0) to f(1) along the surface, ie the distance along the path on the surface. There may be more than one path between two points on the surface, and such paths may have different path lengths. (The path length of an imaginary person would be the distance they would have to travel along the path on the surface.

Line Distance: A line distance is the distance between two points on a surface, but the surface is not considered. On a planar area, there will be paths on the surface that have the same path length as the straight-line distance between two points on the surface. On a non-planar surface, there may not be a path that has the same path length as the straight-line distance between two points. (For an imagined individual, a straight-line distance would correspond to a distance as a 'straight line'.

6.3 Spatial Curves

Space curves: Unlike planar curves, space curves do not have to lie in any particular plane. Space curves can be closed, ie, have no endpoints. A space curve can be thought of as a one-dimensional segment of three-dimensional space. An imaginary person walking on one strand of a DNA helix follows a curve in space Walk. A typical human left ear includes a helix, which is a left-handed helix, see Figure 3M. A typical human right ear includes a helix, which is a right-handed helix, see Figure 3N. Figure 3O shows a right-handed helix. The edges of structures, such as membranes or impellers, can follow spatial curves. In general, a space curve can be described by the curvature and twist at each point on the space curve. Torque is a measure of how a curve turns out of the plane. Torque has sign and magnitude. The twist at a point on a space curve can be characterized with reference to the tangent, normal, and binormal vectors at the point.

Tangent Unit Vector (or Unit Tangent Vector): For each point on the curve, the vector at the point specifies the direction and magnitude from that point. A tangent unit vector is a unit vector that points in the same direction as the curve at the point. If an imaginary person flies along a curve and falls from her vehicle at a specific point, the direction of the tangent vector is the direction she will travel.

Unit normal vector: This tangent vector itself changes as the imaginary person moves along the curve. The unit vector pointing in the direction of change of the tangent vector is called the unit principal normal vector. It is perpendicular to the tangent vector.

Double normal unit vector: The double normal unit vector is perpendicular to both the tangent vector and the principal normal vector. Its orientation may be determined by the right-hand rule (see eg Figure 3L) or alternatively by the left-hand rule (Figure 3K).

Intimate plane: The plane containing the unit tangent vector and the unit principal normal vector. See Figures 3K and 3L.

Twist of a space curve: The twist at a point of a space curve is the magnitude of the rate of change of the binormal unit vector at the point. It measures how far the curve deviates from the close plane. A space curve that lies in a plane has zero twist. A spatial curve that deviates by a relatively small amount from the intimacy plane will have a relatively small amount of twist (eg, a gently sloping helical path). A spatial curve that deviates by a relatively large amount from the intimacy plane will have a relatively large amount of twist (eg, a sharply sloping helical path). see 3O, since T2>T1, the amount of twist near the top coil of the spiral of FIG. 3O is greater than that of the bottom coil of the spiral of FIG. 3O.

Referring to the right-hand rule of FIG. 3M, a spatial curve toward the right-hand binormal direction can be considered to have a right-handed positive twist (eg, the right-handed helix shown in FIG. 3O). A spatial curve that turns away from the right-hand binormal direction can be considered to have a right-hand negative twist (eg, a left-hand helix).

Likewise, with reference to the left-hand rule (see Figure 3K), a spatial curve towards the left-hand dual normal direction can be considered to have a left-hand positive twist (eg, a left-hand helix). So a positive left hand is equivalent to a negative right hand.

6.4 holes

The surface may have one-dimensional holes, such as holes bounded by planar curves or by spatial curves. Thin structures (eg, membranes) with pores can be described as having one-dimensional pores. See, for example, a one-dimensional hole in a surface bounded by a planar curve of the structure shown in Figure 3F.

The structure may have two-dimensional pores, eg, pores defined by a surface. For example, pneumatic tires have two-dimensional holes defined by the inner surface of the tire. In another example, a capsule with a cavity for air or gel can have two-dimensional pores. In yet another example, a conduit may include a one-dimensional aperture (eg, at its inlet or at its outlet) and a two-dimensional aperture defined by the inner surface of the conduit. See also the two-dimensional holes in the structure shown in Figure 3H bounded by the surfaces shown.

7. Other remarks

A portion of the disclosure of this patent document contains material that is subject to copyright protection. The copyright owner has no objection to the reproduction by anyone of the patent file or patent disclosure, as it appears in the Patent Office file or records, but otherwise reserves any and all copyright rights whatsoever.

Unless the context clearly dictates otherwise and a numerical range is provided, it is to be understood that every intervening value between the upper and lower limit of the range, to one tenth of the unit of the lower limit, and any other value within the stated range Recited or intermediate values are broadly encompassed within the present technology. This The upper and lower limits of these intervening ranges may independently be included in the intervening ranges and are also encompassed within the art, subject to any specifically excluded limit in the stated range. Where a range includes one or both of the limits, ranges excluding either or both of those included limits are also included in the art.

Furthermore, where a value or values recited herein are implemented as part of the present technology, it is understood that such values may be approximate unless otherwise indicated, and that such values may be practical The technical implementation may allow or require it for any suitable significant number of digits.

Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this creation belongs. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can also be used in the practice or testing of the present technology, a limited number of exemplary methods and materials are described herein.

When a particular material is identified for use in constructing a part, obvious alternative materials with similar properties can be used as substitutes. Furthermore, unless stated to the contrary, any and all components described herein are understood to be capable of being manufactured and thus may be manufactured together or separately.

It must be noted that, as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and "the" include their plural equivalents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.

All publications mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety to disclose and describe the methods and/or materials that are the subject of those publications. The publications discussed herein are provided solely for their disclosure prior to the filing date of the present application. Nothing herein should be construed as an admission that the technology is not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior authorship. In addition, the publication date provided may differ from the actual publication date, which may require independent confirmation.

The terms "comprises" and "comprising" should be understood as referring to elements, parts or steps in a non-exclusive manner, indicating all possible presence or utilization of Elements, components or steps that are marked, or in combination with other elements, components or steps that are not marked.

The subject headings used in the detailed description are for the convenience of the reader only and should not be used to limit the subject matter that may be found throughout this disclosure or the claims. Subject headings should not be used to explain the scope of the request item or request item restrictions.

Although the techniques herein have been described with reference to specific examples, it should be understood that these examples are merely illustrative of the principles and applications of the techniques. In some cases, terms and symbols may imply specific details that are not required to practice the technique. For example, although the terms "first" and "second" may be used, they are not intended to denote any order unless otherwise indicated, but rather may be used to distinguish between different elements. Additionally, although process steps in a method may be described or illustrated in an order, such order is not required. Those skilled in the art will recognize that such an order may be modified and/or aspects thereof may be performed concurrently or even synchronously.

Accordingly, it should be understood that many modifications may be made to the illustrative examples, and other arrangements may be devised without departing from the spirit and scope of the present technology.

1300: Positioning and Stabilizing Structures

1310: Parietal Banding Department

1320: Occipital Banding Department

1321: Middle occipital strap

1330: Side straps

1338: Connector straps

1340: Top Strap Department

1341: Outer Layer

1344: User-oriented layer

1348: Outer Sleeve

1350: rear support

1500: battery pack

Claims (10)

A head mounted display system comprising: a head mounted display unit; and a positioning and stabilizing structure constructed and arranged to, in use, maintain the head mounted display unit in an operating position over a user's face ; wherein the head-mounted display unit comprises: a display unit housing; an interface structure constructed and arranged to be in opposing relation to the user's face, the interface structure including a face engaging portion, the face engaging portion a portion configured to engage the user's face in use; and at least one tortuous airflow path between the interior of the interface structure and the exterior of the head mounted display unit, wherein the at least one tortuous airflow path is The outside of the interface structure and the inside of the display unit casing pass through. The head mounted display system of claim 1, wherein the interface structure includes a chassis connected to the face engaging portion, and wherein the head mounted display unit includes at least one airflow port, the at least one tortuous airflow A path passes through the at least one airflow port, wherein the at least one airflow port is disposed forward of the connection between the chassis and the face engaging portion. The head mounted display system of claim 2, wherein the at least one airflow port includes at least one chassis port disposed in the chassis. The head mounted display system of claim 2, wherein the chassis is releasably attached to a chassis mounting portion of the head mounted display unit, wherein the at least one airflow port comprises a chassis mount provided on the chassis at least one chassis mount port in the . The head mounted display system of claim 2, wherein the at least one airflow port is disposed in a radially facing wall. The head mounted display system of claim 1, wherein the interface structure includes a flexible and resilient portion, the flexible and resilient portion includes the face engaging portion, and wherein the flexible and resilient portion includes one or more an interface port through which the at least one tortuous airflow path passes. The head-mounted display system of claim 6, wherein the one or more interface ports of the interface structure are disposed in at least one forward-facing portion of the flexible and elastic portion. The head-mounted display system of claim 6, wherein the one or more interface ports of the interface structure are provided in at least one of an upper portion of the flexible and elastic portion and a lower portion of the flexible and elastic portion one of them. A head mounted display system as claimed in claim 6, wherein in use the one or more interface ports of the interface structure are provided in at least one side of the flexible and resilient portion proximate the sphenoid region of the user . The head mounted display system of claim 6, wherein the display unit housing extends in a rearward direction over the one or more interface ports of the flexible and resilient portion.

Images